Home

SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User's Manual

1. 196 Schema Trigger Editor ttn rn Ee dua RE RE 198 Usingnavig tion E 199 Editing DB Schema Trigger definition eee nnne enne nnne nenne 199 lrnidiGes etc Index Editor IB Tere NAVIGATION 202 Creating mew Index 5 de etra E ideo We Adee cree se 203 C 205 Package Editon eer S 206 Using navigati n m 207 Editing package definition itinere der ttn ctn e irc eee ceret 207 Package c S Package Body Editor Using navigation bar Editing Package Body d ee e cem o t i n Hine ac e cathe e eb tei e 211 SEQUENCES I S 211 Sequences Editor 3 rp ER TREE ERE EEG CREER ENTRE RIA DETENER ORE PER EH ee VES 213 Using navigatlon Dar odo tei pee tp ete e rehab eg te eee gae cles 214 Editing sequence definition
2. 287 Profile EION e e 288 USING morie urge 289 Editing Profile definition cti ert derriere i rct eee cer natio se 289 M Consumer Group Editor Using navigation bar Editing Consumer Groups ner ttti recae d tite ca d htec Mee Resource Plan Editon ger Dus eri a eric R arena ELE ERES M EHE UTEL IB Tore ir ileunje r E Sages ety Editing Resource Pl ri oie rnc tini eret crm d neci re ai d c e He Rer cun Resource Plan Directives Ide ner c Directory Usinginavigation Dafina a re t cet cai E Pr eb b ite dodi Editing Directory definition iiio ien Ilic Usinginavigation Dar id aient E tepida recti ee a Har c e Ee occu Editing TableSPaCe Managing Tablespace files
3. USING NAVIGATION DAF Working with recompile service Enable Disable constraints sence ee eeee seca eseeeeeeeeeseaeeeeseeeseeeneeeeneenees selecting target table Specifying Operation A Backup Database t Checking DB and instance options User Managed Selectiiigidatallles reete titre E deed Setting AACINOMALOPTONS so 2 tiri eorr n tte ebrei crt Ea S re Doo cota re E Ree Recovery Manager RMAN E M enne Setting additiolial OptlOris Restore Database i228 ssid neneennBAnIinuncehenlenesusecin6unseeAeneeneiees User Managed SCript Verifying eV n ET eL selecting datatiles M Setting additonal 16 sisita Nivv serisini sesi Recovery Manager Y Setting additional options Part XII SQL Manager Options Environment Options tccccenccccess2cccecsceccteectenceseceezcecetescaceceguicaecuggescacedsasseetesezccceteveecccunfeeecececs
4. Warming Windows authentication is only supported in version 9 0 0 and higher Authentication Connect as SYSDBA Connect using Q 90 Database name SAMPLEDB Database alias SAMPLEDB on OraDB Font charset DEFAULT_CHARSET Setting database options Customize database options according to your needs The detailed description is given below M Login prompt before connection Enables SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle to prompt for user name and password each time you connect to the database Autoconnect on startup With this option on SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle automatically establishes connection with the registered database at application startup M Refresh objects on connection This option allows to skip refreshing objects on connection to database is added It is highly recommended to uncheck this option if your database contains many objects or if connection to the database is slow Rollback on disconnect All active transactions are rolled back on disconnect from the server Enable trace 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 78 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Creates a trace log file at the client side which allows you to view statistics data on sessions connections etc M Auto commit When checked applying transactions is automatic Decimal separator Define the separator which will be used for floating point t
5. 9 46 Selecting objects to extract their data Select tables to copy their data by moving them from the Available tables list to the Selected tables one Note that this step is not available if you select the Extract structure only mode on selecting what copy 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 452 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wizard X Extract Database Select database objects to extract their data Extract all tables Extract data of tables selected on previous step Extract selected tables Available Selected SB OUTLN OL NODES 88 SCOTT SALGRADE PM ONLINE_MEDIA E EB SCOTT DEPT PM PRINT MEDIA SCOTT EMP SH CAL MONTH SALES MV SH CHANNELS SH COSTS SH COUNTRIES EB SH CUSTOMERS SH DR SUP TEXT IDxsl SH DR SUP TEXT IDX K 9 4 7 Customizing script options This step allows you to customize structure and data copying Click Finish button to start copying 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 453 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wizard t3 Extract Database Select additional options for destination script and click the Finish button Generate object grants statement Insert description Data Options Records in a block 50002 Insert COMMIT statement after each block Abort extraction on error Load script to
6. jr windows Bar Close Toolbars Toolbars The toolbars of the window from which the Customize was called Click a box near the toolbar name to show or hide the toolbar New Adds a new toolbar to the toolbar list and to the parent window Rename Renames a user created toolbar Delete Deletes a user created toolbar Commands This tab allows you to view the list of all the commands available within toolbars of the parent window Selecting categories in the Categories list box displays commands of the selected category e g Database or Tools in the Commands list box You can pick a command and drag it on any parent window toolbar to create a button for this command 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 609 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Options Menus show recently used commands first With this option on the parent window menus drop down containing only several items available which have been used recently To display full menus unselect this option Show full menus after a short delay This option is available only if Menus show recently used commands first is on It displays full menus after a few seconds of showing only recent items Reset my usage data Resets the lists of recently used commands in the toolbars and menus Large Icons Displays larger icons on the parent window toolbars Show ToolTips
7. c M Rollback Segment Editor c ite ett dee rir eei teer e eei ide hr Re ORE USiINgiNaVIGAatiON Dali ciscesc eee teats Editing Rollback Segments ici US rr thi a tede hei ena abe Redo 09 Group C REdO LOG Group Editor 2 rerit trie tette iet d ce ria Sata ded ea sacas Rd Using navigation bar Editing Redo Log Group Part VI Queries lemper 319 Using Navigation 320 Working with SQL Editor area ssssessessecseseeseseeesesseeeeeeneneesneseesensenseesnassaseaasseeeneseeseeseaseeseesseeseesaesaeeseeneeseenaesaeas 321 Using the Context mMenu X 323 Viewing Query Plan 324 Biel SE a en eee eee 326 Executing queries and viewing results _ 326 Viewing 1OGS 328 Using PL SQL Code Debugger cte AS Aaa c eese 329 METTE EIE Using navigati n Working with d
8. 436 Creating relationships 436 Working with multiple pages R 437 Reverse engineering Printing diagram Print Preview dialog 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 11 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual On esr o Xo rios n 440 EE 441 CIAQKAM OPTIONS cm 441 ziemmmEme Using navigation bar Using popup menu Using script explorer Extract Database Wizard e ecu liie eee ILLI RR rS o i ena Selecting source database erede ie eee ss tacere ctt cnt rcs teste ees Specifying destination file name Selecting components to extract sseeeesesseeseeseesseeseeseeseesessevenvseeseeneesaessesseesoeseesaesaevaesaneanenaesnesansneeneenesaneas Setting BLOB Options s Selecting objects to extract their structure Selecting objects to extract their data oo cece ssseseseseeseessesseesevseeseeseeseesaesesseesoesoesaesaevaevanesneseesnesansnesnesnesaneas CustomiZing SCript OPTIONS X H Print Metadata M E USING navigation Dar
9. M A Properties 5 3 13 Package Bodies Package body is an encapsulated collection of related procedures stored functions and other program objects stored together in the database The package body defines these objects The package specification defined in an earlier in Packages declares these objects Packages are an alternative to creating procedures and functions as standalone schema objects Create Package Body To create a new Package Body e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Package Body the New Object dialog e Edit Package Body definition within the Package Body Editor Hint To create new Package Body you can also right click the Package Bodies node of the explorer tree and select the New Package Body item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 209 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To create a new Package Body with the same properties as one of the existing Package bodies has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit Package Body To edit the existing Package Body e Select the Package Body for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the Package Body name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Package Body Package Body_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the Package Body
10. o JOB ID VAR sorde DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT NAME VARCHAR2 30 MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 LOCATION ID NUMBER 4 0 9 2 7 Working with multiple pages You can create several pages in one diagram to separate certain subject areas from the database for better viewing and understanding To manage diagram pages right click on the tabs under the diagram area and select the appropriate menu item for adding deleting or renaming pages HR DEPARTMENTS A DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 9 DEPARTMENT NAME VARCHAR2 30 9 MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 LOCATION ID MUMBER 4 0 di Delete All Pages Rename Page 9 2 8 Reverse engineering The reverse engineering process builds relationship diagram basing on the current database s structure The objects are arranged automatically within the diagram To start the reverse engineering process press the appropriate button on the toolbar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 438 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 2 9 diss s eaa 1g EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 EMAIL ARCHAR2 25 PHONE NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 HIRE DATE DATE JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 SALARY NUMBER 8 2 COMMISSION PCT NUMBER 2 2 MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 k gt Lu Printing diagram
11. a v XX SIE p Hexadecimal Text Description Manager net EMS Database Management Solutions Type JPEGImage Size 10K GridView FomView PrintData Blob View Records fetched 0 Mac 7 1 4 6 Editing as HTML The HTML panel displays field data in Hyper Text Markup Language format HTML You can load a new content to the field using Load from File item on the navigation bar or save current field content to a file using Save to File item 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 366 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL Features Matrix Windows Windows Professional Lite New state of the art graphical user interface Office 11 and Windows XP visual schemes support Well described Wizard System User friendly database explorer for easy management of all Oracle objects Windows Toolbar to switch between windows easily like in Windows Task Bar Navigation bars with hot actions in most of the windows Ability to save all program settings Customizable toolbars for all program windows Fully customizable program interface Powerful visual options module Localizable program interface Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View 7 1 4 7 Applying changes After changes are done click Post Edit button to a
12. 12 2 2 Display Visible right margin Makes the right text margin visible 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 553 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Visible gutter Makes the gutter visible in the editor window Right margin Defines the position of the right text margin in the editor window Gutter width Defines the gutter width in the editor window Editor font Size Use these options to set the editor font and its size Ifthe Show only fixed width fonts option is checked only fonts with the fixed width are displayed in Editor font dropdown list Editor Options 5 Color Margin and gutter SE Quick code Visible right margin Right margin Gutter width 501 Formatter Visible gutter 80 3009 amp 9 Key Mapping Editor font Size n Courier New 10 C Show only fixed width fonts Sample Text 12345 12 2 3 Color On Color tab you can specify font and background colors and attributes of the text editor uses to mark out different text fragments default comments strings SQL keywords numbers links wrong symbols identifiers symbols and selected text Set the foreground and background colors for different elements in the corresponding boxes 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 554 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Editor Options General f Element Foreground color
13. S Data format Fields Options Styles Extensions Hyperlinks Notes Charts 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 10 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 390 Merged Cells 391 Advanced 392 ACCESS OPTIONS 393 Word ODtOMS m M Q 394 Base Styles wasdsdseiideatdnec antis Ee WR EH iere hd eee e eH Ee E Svr PW EP 395 A n c ER 396 HTML options Preview Basic Multi file Advanced 401 PDF OPUOMS 402 IPSE 403 CSV options 404 XML EE 405 Setting common export options s sesieseseseeseeseseseeeenn enn tn etna tn ttai tna tn sanas tna aeann asma sna sn sana assa sa assa sna snas 406 Import Data WiZard D 408 Selecting source file name and format _ 408 Selecting Gata SOUC eA 410 Setting fields correspondence sesesesseseeeeetestesseeseveeveeeseeseesoesessessessoesaesaesseus
14. rr ait ean te to 214 Cl sters eicere Cluster Editor 217 Editing intern 218 Materialized ATE 219 MaterializediView Editor ceni 2 al eid er rper aes Oa Ae ease 220 Using navigation DAM C 221 Editing Materialized View nein itr trt ritenere Peg cit ree Cuir c eb He ac 221 Viewing Materialized View 223 Setting Refresh parameters Setting USING INDEX parameters Viewing Materialized View data 2 rd ee dee et e t reet teta ee a EE ee Li e eo ei cus DEGERE R YX X Materialized View Log EG tOr tetra rn rh tni td re ue ka tea te Ea sa SENEESE Using NAVIGATION DAK vis eoo iei eei ei pter ee e rte cid pete e auge co dep dte eee gaudet Editing Materialized View Log definition seseseeseeeeeeeneeeeeneeneee nennen nnns 230 Synonyms Synonym Editor DAK seis erinrar disderiet Lecter Fades cca yeewvegeaycansupeselayedipaccisugesuengseie anacgevdergesipeccdeiy 233
15. 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 324 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Execute Query F3 gt Execute Selected Only Alt F3 Execute under Cursor Ctrl Alt F9 Reset Execution Point Ctrl Alt F2 Toggle Bookmarks Undo Ctrlez Redo Shift Ctrl z Ctrlex I Ctrl C 3 Ctrl Ctrl 4 x Ctrl F Replace Ctrl R Search Again Go To Line By Number if Change Case Load from File Save to File Preview Print I WS Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl Properties AS See also Using Navigation bar Working with SQL Editor area Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Using PL SQL Code Debugger 6 1 4 Viewing query plan Using SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle you can view the plan for each of the queries created and executed in the application The query plan is available within the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 325 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual corresponding Plan tab To view the Plan of a query open the query in SQLEditor and use the b Explain query item of the Navigation bar The Plan tab allows you to view the sequence of actions performed by the database server in the process of the query execution and the amount of system resources used for the query execution Note that this tab only appears after
16. 48 Using database popup menu NREN nnn inne nnn AAEN nnn nnne nn nn nnn 49 Using object popup menu 50 Switching between windOWS 51 Database Explorer 53 Managing database registration info eene nennen nennen nnn nnn 55 Connecting Remntuczr 56 Performing database object operations nennen nnn nnn 57 Creating IL 59 Navigating database objects with tabs 61 Selecting multiple objects eee recen rene cccnecesceecneesseccundesccennseeecceneserecaunieecceats 62 Recently opened objects 63 Finding database elements _ ccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nennen nn nnn nnn nnn 64 SQL Assislant aa itii 65 Configuring Database Explorer nennen nn nnn 66 Database Management 69 Register Database Wizard cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nnne nennen hnn nnn mennun nnn nn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnn nnn 71 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 4 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s
17. 2 6 Using object popup menu The popup menu of the database object e g table in the explorer tree allows you to Create a new database object Open the selected object in its editor Rename the selected object note that not all the objects can be renamed Drop the selected database object Duplicate the selected object create a new object with the same properties as the selected object has Define grants for the selected object Create new tab for the selected node for quick accessing it through this tab Databases Gf HR Tables 3 BB BLOB TA B COUNTRI New Table Ctrl N DEPARTM Edit Table BLOB TABLE Ctrl Q EMPLOYEE Rename Table BLOB TABLE Ctrl R _ Drop Table BLOB TABLE Shift Del P D 1 i LOCATION amp Duplicate Table BLOB_TABLE ER MATERIAL Data Manipulation 4 Efj REGIONS Grants for Table BLOB_TABLE i 1 es Al Pete Tables H F rnclons M Database Registration Info Triggers 3 New Tab from Here T n poem Rename Current T ab g8 Indices 5 08 Packages Delete Current T ab Package Bodie Find Item Ctrl F Sequences a 5 Clusters 9 18 Materialized Views 29 108 Materialized View Logs 9 4 Synonyms Database Links aMMa mto rr Tables of HR SAMPLE on racleDB 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 51 SQL Manager 20
18. Using navigation Dar id aine tie tra p epp er And B neci Pe Ca Setting table ccrte ren ec i pee eei eee aise eee rt te pecie Externaltable parameters Record pararrieters titre tn trat tiene rad rto ESEE d oi REL dea daa sea RE stk ta duda genui m IE Ili ge TADS EGON IB Tore murine Wet telato Lico C M Managingkeys Managing foreign Keys nre tette t traces tt ee ISSNA SESEL EISES SE SSIES CM Mucurepelqt EBESM ManaginG c Viewing table data aie e e e rg Ee ER LER E as RD REF RACE AERE zl PR Field Editor Setting field name and type 1 entente eint endet idet rete rer etant cia etant a ina 156 Setting field defaults Setting field description Mileeli iiecisig Editing Key definition
19. id 5 3 6 1 3 Viewing view fields The Fields tab is provided for viewing fields represented in the view A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to export field name list or copy it to clipboard 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 180 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Foreign Keys Triga Field Name Field Type Not Null Description v wb varaa EH MANAGER 10 NUMBER 6 0 E DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 EH LOCATION ID 4 0 COUNTRY ID CHAR 2 5 EE varca saav BicMSSONFCT numere O o E DEPARTWENT NAME vancas Bome woe NEM PROVINCE AREA meme wee _ Field Description EMPLOYEE ID 5 3 6 1 4 Managing keys The Keys tab is provided for managing table view keys Double click a key to open the Key Editor for editing it Right clicking in the tab area allows you to add new edit or drop the selected key See Keys for details cou 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB ES Print z Zi Drop Primary Unique Key EMP DETAILS VIEW Del 2 Dependency tree Enable Key EMP_DETAILS_VIEW_PK1 a Refresh Disable Key EMP_DETAILS_VIEW_PK1 Restore default size Enable All Disable All Export Metadata 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 181 SQL Manager 2007 for O
20. 1 ER ep cere Lee etate a SENG eei M Foreign Keys Foreign Key Editor USING navigation Dal Editing foreign key definitiori ce asc ttt iti ir ii ee enne tr i ieri Ee reas 167 CHECKS vs sare T 168 CheckiEditor ee ee ete ee 170 USING navigation Dal 171 Editing checkdefirition 2 nente tete ater Feci tie aeri i 171 lieet Triggers MID View EQtO oi Usinginavigation Daf raa A E ET Editing View GefiMitiOn cicccccsecscccscsecescessecsessecsecscascccenacnacscenceea casvecaivacesctnscsstesacsecaacvsscatveceacesassasscstuecasarearanaes Viewing View fields tes cenis eec coetu ip cient tock avg i patei edes reed Haas ned 5 M Managing foreign keys Managing triggers S Viewing view IN Procedures RE RU H
21. Edit Local Naming Parameters Edit Profile Parameters Show Database Groups Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases Refresh Database New Tab from Here 444444444 Rename Current T ab Delete Current T ab Find ltem Ctrl F 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 56 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 2 Connecting to database The simplest way to connect to a database is to double click its node in the Database Explorer tree The same operation is also available by using the Connect to Database item from the explorer popup menu or using the Database Connect to Database main menuitem Note that you can change database nodes order by dragging them DB Explorer tree Databases 8 18 OraDB c8 OracleDB SAMPLE on OracleDE Disconnect from Database Shift Ctrl D Register Database Shift Alt R Unregister Database Shift Alt U Unregister Database Group Database Registration Info Edit Local Naming Parameters Edit Profile Parameters Show Database Groups Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases Refresh Database New Tab from Here Rename Current T ab Delete Current T ab Find ltem Ctrl F 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 57 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 3 Performing database object operations Database Explorer allows you to perform the follow
22. OPM VIEW a Print Data ec cates a LES Navigating with the BLOB Editor Editing as hexadecimal dump ii Editing as plain text im ema iiia taie tefie od i rect c pre easi Le dnd ten cu ED aaa Editing as rich text RETE rette as eee nie eet e eni eden eate ea Ucet ERA pe nd reu ne TIMES RPREEREETOETOIC ITINERE EGIting AS HTML e Applyvingichamjes tertie I idt trii esie alain Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding new condition Setting filter criteria Setting filter operator Setting filter Criteria VAlUSS E LepDnnaden 1 EE Applying filter Conditions Part VIII Import Export Tools Export Data Wizard ossis 2 oiii AARAA SAADAA ATAA ADAE ATBAR 376 Setting destination file name and format 377 Selecting fields for X Adjusting data formats Setting header footer t A Setting format specific options ues
23. 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 158 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Column name FIRST_NAME Column type kind Oracle built in datatype SQL datatype User defined data type Schema SYS AnonymousUsex 5 3 5 3 1 3 Setting field description On the Description tab you can set the column description that can be any optional text Column name FIRST_NAME Column type kind Oracle built in datatype Ansi SQL datatype User defined data type Schema SYS Data Type Default Comment First name of the employee not null column 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 159 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 4 Keys Keys are managed on the Keys tab of the Table Editor View Editor A primary key constraint designates a column as the primary key of a table or view A composite primary key designates a combination of columns as the primary key Add Key To add a key to the table or view e Open the table view in the Table Editor View Editor e Open the Keys tab e Right click and select the Add Key item from the popup menu e Edit key properties within the Key Editor dialog Edit Key To edit key e Open the table view in the Table Editor View Editor e Open the Keys tab e Right click the key and select the Edit Key item from the popup m
24. 594 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 3 Find Text dialog The Find Text dialog is provided for quick and flexible searching for specified text within the working area of SQL Manager editors Text to find Enter a search string in this box The Arrow Down button which can be found next to the input box allows you to select any of the previously entered search strings Options Case Sensitive This option can be used to differentiate uppercase characters from lowercase ones during the search process M Whole words only Use this option to search for words only with this option off the search string might be found within longer words Regular Expressions Recognizes regular expressions in the search string Find Text Test to find Language y Options Direction i Forward Whole words only C Regular expressions Backward Scope Origin Global Erom sursor Selected text Entire scope Direction 9 Forward Searches from the current position to the end of the working area 9 Backward Searches from the current position to the beginning of the working area Scope 9 Global Searches within the entire working area in the direction specified by the Direction setting 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 595 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 Selected text Searches only within the currently selected text in the di
25. Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 13 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a package body for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current package body Print metadata of the current package body View Dependency Tree for the package body Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 211 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 13 1 2 Editing Package Body Specify the package body which can contain PL SQL subprogram bodies or call specifications which are declarations of a C or Java routine expressed in PL SQL New Package Body SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object SE Package Body DDL PACKAGE BODY OLAPSYS PACKAGEBODYi 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v IS Toggle Bookmarks gt m PROCEDURE procedure_name Unde Mc 2 parami IN datatype DEFAULT d P g Compile param2 IN OUT datatype Redo neci MSS IS Cut Restore default size variable name datatype NOT NU BEGIN e statements Paste Ctrl EXCEPTION Select All WHEN exception name THEN statements JA Find Ctrl F END Replace Ctrl R ERD Search F3 Go To Line By Number Alt G Change Case Load from File Ctrl L Save to File CS gl Preview Pri
26. 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 205 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 12 Makes index unique Packages The package is an encapsulated collection of related procedures functions and other program objects stored together in the database The package specification declares these objects The package body specified subsequently defines these objects Create package To create a new package e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select package in the New Object dialog e Edit package definition within the Package Editor Hint To create new package you can also right click the Packages node of the explorer tree and select the New package item from the popup menu To create a new package with the same properties as one of the existing packages has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit package To edit the existing package e Select the package for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the package name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit package Package Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the package e Edit package definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Package Editor Drop package To drop a package e Select the package to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop package Package Name item from
27. 7 1 1 5 Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard Enter level caption and set its type You have completed the steps required to create a grid level Now set caption of the level that will be displayed at the top of the level data if the 1 corresponding option is on Also select type of the level table card view Level caption HR EMPLOYEES SQL Level type Manager for Oracle O Cad ur Click Finish to Create New Grid Level Viewing data in card view You can represent data in table or card view according to your needs To manage the levels representation right click on the grid and select Grid Levels submenu It allows you to e View data in a form of table e View data in a form of cards 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 358 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Drag a column header here to group by that column DEPARTMENT ID DEPARTMENT NAME MANAGER ID LOCATION ID I 10 Administration 200 1700 30 Puchasng A 1700 114 40 Human Resources 203 2 400 121 103 50 Shipping 1500 Tai EMPLOYEE ID 103 EMPLOYEE ID EMPLOYEE ID FIRST NAME Alexander FIRST NAME Bruce FIRST NAME LAST NAME Hunold LAST NAME Ernst LAST_NAME EMAIL AHUNOLD EMAIL BERNST EMAIL PHONE_NUMBER 590 423 4567 PHONE_NUMBER 590 423 4568 PHONE_NUMBER HIRE_DATE 03 01 1990 HIRE_DATE 21 05 1991 HIRE_DATE JOB_ID IT_
28. ANONYMOUS Tables g Execute SQL script E Execute query X Views 2 9134 Procedures Bs Manage jobs 9 Manage permissions 9 58 Functions 5 Triggers Help and Support DB and Schema Tri Ba Indices amp 3 Packages LS SOL Manager 2007 help system Internet Resources SQL Manager 2007 home page S Support Center SQL Manager 2007 on line documentation SOL Manager 2007 DEPARTMENTS EMPLOYEES 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 48 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 4 Working with database objects The nodes of the DB Explorer tree allow you to access objects of the selected database respectively If Oracle server you connected to supports certain types of objects their nodes will appear in the tree Double click an object to open it in the appropriate editor Right click at the object to display the popup menu which allows you to perform various operations over the selected object or database ison Manager 2007 for Oracle UNREGISTERED SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLEDB Table HR EMPLOYEES SAMPLE on OracteDB a E3 Databases S E Tables 3 BLOB TABLE E COUNTRIES E DEPARTMENTS EMPLOYEES E JOB HISTORY 085 E LOCATIONS MATERIALIZED VIEW1 REGIONS 27 Views 1 IF EMP DETAILS VIEw 4 Procedures 4 Functions amp Triggers 2 18 SECURE EMPLOYEES on H
29. Environment Options 18 Preferences Confirmations B Windows Tools Restore desktop on connect for refreshed on connect databases DB Explorer Object Editors Jf SQL Editor t SQL Monitor Show desktop panel for MDI environment only G SAL Script Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer Color Palette ga Print Metadata ER Data Export Fonts Grid Data Options lt Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 129 Localization Reset all toolbars and menus Show splash screen at startup C Disable multiple instances Encrypted passwords 12 1 2 Confirmations Confirm saving of object If this option is on the program requires confirmation each time you want to save changes in database object Confirm dropping object If this option is on the program requires confirmation for dropping database object Confirm exit from SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle If this option is on the program requires confirmation when you want to exit SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Confirm transaction commit If this option is checked the program requires confirmation of the transaction commit Confirm transaction rollback If this option is checked the program requires confirmation of the transaction rollback Confirm deleting records Enables displaying confirmation dialog on attempt to delete a record Confirm metadata changing If thi
30. UPDATE JOB HISTORY DB and Schema Triggers Indices Packages Package Bodies amp i Sequences amp fs Clusters 5 8 Materialized Views Materialized View Logs ai Synonyms amp 88 Database Links 6 Object Types Object Type Bodies e Array Types 2 Libraries 8 58 Java Sources se Java Classes 8 x Java Resources 9 01 Index Types gi Operators Database View Tools Options Windows 1538 Niman Field TA EMPLOYEE ID NUMBERIE 0 FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 E LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 ig EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 PHONE NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 HIRE DATE DATE lt Object Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL r 5 2 i 8 SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLE w aM 4 ps 81 8 HR EMPLOYEES iv Drag a column header here to aroup by that column ie EJ Si w FIRST NAME LAST NAME DATE EMAIL PHONE NUMBER 158 Lindsey Smith 10 03 1997 LSMITH 011 44 1345 729268 gn Table p gt
31. 2 Usinginavigation 2 iicet n rrr er Cer d ORE E HERE HAERES CELER aes Editing procedure definition teret naga sts tea Rena Fama tcp Eis 186 Executing procedure function nnt tit tree t tetas ris cr aat dba te el 187 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 6 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Specifying input paraimieters 5 csecsgscisecssespseedageesoesetsihscvcegechesssievdeatconcceveastenfecdsnyectseantetdeasenyeviBessieny 187 hri 188 Function stole Ria Os EE 190 Usinginavigation Dar 2 iicet nr rrr ica aa ibaa gies ieee 190 Editing Functiondefinition 3 12 cii oin trees pete erba cepe ted eei pe cb p etre Teide cd epe e RE 191 Browsing Function paramleters ttt rene ter titer a is a 191 m Trigger Editor Using navigation bar Editingtriggerdefiritigm ace ia HS e c n est atic D e rb iti s 195 DB Schema
32. Ka Database specific privileges SAMPLE on OracleDB x Object Grants System Pivileges Privilege Granted CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM CREATE ROLE CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT CREATE RULE CREATE RULE SET CREATE SEQUENCE CREATE SESSION CREATE SYNONYM CREATE TABLE CREATE TABLESPACE CREATE TRIGGER CREATE TYPE CREATE USER CREATE VIEW General A Refresh Sz Edit user 1 Clear filter User Role CTXSYS DBSNMP DIP DMSYS EXFSYS 9 S 9 9 9 10 1 4 Managing Roles On this tab you can define which users roles may obtain specific roles and define whether a role should be assigned to a selected user by default Select a user role at the navigation bar Grantee and then select a role which current user role may obtain and right click on a cell right to the desired role Select the Grant item from the popup menu to grant the role to the selected user role or select the Revoke item from the popup menu to forbid the selected role To set current role as default for a selected user role please use context menu of the cell 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 488 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Granted Default Role 9 JAVAUSERPRIV LOGSTDBY ADMINIS Refresh MGMT_USER ez Edit user g Clear filter RECOVERY CATALOC DBSNMP RESOURCE DIP SCHEDULER ADMIN DMSYS SELECT CATALOG R Grant With Grant Op
33. ll 501 Manager 2007 for Oracle UNREGISTERED SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLEDB Table HR EMPLOYEES SAMPLEDB on OraDB Jee 4 Database View Tools Options Windows Help Database View Tools Options Windows Hel ax i BS B SE OOM Ate 9 B j Object a4 Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL PiM MO 4 Ot v x Ca 0 SP Find SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLE e id 9 0 DBSNMP m HR EMPLOYEES v gt 2 column header here to group by that column di 4 Z EMPLOYEEID v FIRST NAME LAST NAME PHONE NUMBER HIRE_DATE n 100 Steven King SKING 515 123 4567 17 06 1987 1 Table properties 101 Neena Kochhar NKOCHHAR 515123 4568 21 09 1989 Pint 32e De Haan LDEHAAN 515 123 4569 13 01 1993 E BLOB TABLE A 103 Alexander Hunold AHUNOLD 590 423 4567 03 01 1990 E e _ Ema BERNST 5904754560 21051991 8 enel 2 105 David Austin DAUSTIN 590 423 4569 COEM i cae saps 106 Vali Pataballa VPATABAL 590 423 4560 05 021998 e 107 Diana Lorentz DLORENTZ 5904235557 07 02 1999 E JOBS Data Management a LOCATIONS 108 Nancy Greenberg NGREENBE 515 124 4569 17 08 1994 Ej MATERIALIZE LIAE l A JBEXEENXSR 3 REGIONS T10 John Chen JCHEN 515 124 4269 28 09 1997 Views 1 import dat 2 111 Ismael Sciara ISCIARRA 515 124 4369 30 09 1997 a EMP_DETAILS E
34. 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 384 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard X Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles Font Borders Fill Font 1 Arial iv 89 CAPTION E AGGREGATE Size 10 E FOOTER HYPERLINK 2 9 G9 9 8 888 B m Aa 27 Reset Item Reset All 8 1 5 1 1 3 Styles On this tab you can make a style template set font options border and fill options and save them You can reset settings at any time using buttons Reset Item and Reset All If you have created or loaded more than one style template they could be ignored or used column by column or row by row it depends on strip style setting at the bottom 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 385 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Export Data Wizard X Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles 00 Font Borders Fill Font iv T Anab 10 vw 4 GB 888 B8 m wu Size Strip style None OCol Row Aa Zz Reset Item Reset All 8 1 5 1 2 Extensions Extensions tab provides an ability to add hyperlinks and notes and to
35. 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 70 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 71 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 1 Register Database Wizard The Register Database Wizard allows you to register a single database To open the wizard select the Database Register Database menu item or press Shift Alt R You can also use the Register Database button on the main toolbar e Setting connection properties e Setting registration options e Using templates See also Oracle client checker Register Database Wizard Register Database Specify the connection parameters Welcome to the Register Database Wizard This wizard allows you to set the connection parameters for the selected databases only once giving you the possibility to connect them quickly afterwards This wizard will quide you through the process of setting the connection parameters selecting databases and customizing their specific options Manager Connect using OraHome30 for Oracle DB group name Oracle DB vl Edit TNS File Edit SQLNET File Client Checker Register a single database C Use Secure Shell SSH tunneling 4 1 4 Setting connection properties Set the connection properties in the corresponding boxes database name and optional alias for it authentication type user name password Windows authentication
36. Edit BLOB Save BLOB to File 4i Previous Tab Ctrl Alt P e Click the dropdown button at the column caption area and select one of the column values to filter records by this value of the selected column e Click the dropdown button at the column caption area then select the Custom item and build a simple filter within a dialog in the following way select a logical operator for checking the column values like is less than is greater than etc and set the value to be checked by this operator in the right box then set the second condition if necessary and set the relation between these two conditions whether both of them should be matched or just any of them use character to represent any single symbol in the condition and use character to represent any series of symbols in the condition 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 350 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual HIRE DATE 13 01 1333 LDEHAAN PHONE NUMBE 515 123 4569 03 01 1990 AHUNOLD 590 423 4567 21 05 1991 BERNST 590 423 4568 25 06 1997 DAUSTIN 530 423 4563 05 02 1338 IVPATABAL 590 423 4560 07 02 1999 DLORENTZ 590 423 5567 17 08 1994 NGREENBE 515 124 4569 16 08 1994 DFAVIET 515 124 4169 28 09 1997 1515 124 4269 30 09 1997 ISCIARRA 515 124 4368 07 03 199
37. Fy ey te p iE S 3 Close 98 XX 43 e amp z2g 2 Pagel Page2 Page3 Object inspector EJ Page3 TfrPage BorderStyle bsDialog v Caption Form Color clBtnFace Height 300 Left 220 n ctivate On amp ctivate Position poScreenCente 120 ptDialog 380 SSC RES Pixels 1712315 2 9 7 2 2 Adding database component On the Dialog Form do the following e Pick the Database component lower on the left toolbar and drop it on the form Within the Object Inspector enter the HostName and the DatabaseName properties manually e g localhost and mysql Setthe LoginPrompt property to True Setthe Connected property to True Enter your login and password e g root and empty password Setthe LoginPrompt property to False 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 472 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Designer 3 frf Jeg File Edit Tools co PCR X Ba 5 fa SR 1 24 vp ES Cose 98 1 Page Page3 Object inspector EJ Database TfrOracleD atabase Connected False x LogonConnect s SYSDBA LogonDatabase SAMPLEDB LogonPassword password LogonPrompt False LogonUser sys Name Database OracleHome 90
38. Greenberg INGREENBE 515 124 4569 170819944 109 Dariel Faviet DFAMET 515 124 4169 16 08 1994 110 John Chen JCHEN 515 124 4269 28 08 1937 111 Ismael Sciara ISCIARRA 515 124 4369 30 09 1997 112 Jose Manuel Uman JMURMAN 515 124 4469 07031888 113 Luis Ponp LPOPP 515 124 4567 07 12 1888 114 Den Raphaely DRAPHEAL 515 127 4561 07121994 115 Alexander 118 05 1995 Export Data Wizard Em 7 1997 Data Wizard Export Data 1 1998 Customize MS Excel export options 08 1999 Data format Extensions Advanced bese Fields Options Styles Borders Fil Aggregate Diss m BRE ME Font i Arial v LAST NAME Size 10 EMAIL r e PHONE NUMBER al AERE poise E HIRE_DATE a al pulses Joo 3 m m 103 2000 SALARY EE COMMISSION PCT 01997 MANAGER ID 21997 E DEPARTMENT ID 72 04 1999 106 1996 pe 21988 02 2000 07 1995 G id View FomView Print Data _ Records fetcl HR REGIONS 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 44 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 1 Selecting style and language When you start SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle for the first time you have to choose environment style and program language You can always change these settings later by selecting Options Environment Options main menu item to change environme
39. v Check boxes C Buttons I Border fs Page controls amp Print C3 Group boxes Show SQL help Load from file Save to file Export settings 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 571 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 4 Keyboard Templates The Keyboard Templates window allows you to create new keyboard templates for quicker typing regularly met expressions and to edit the existing ones To call this window select the Options Keyboard Templates menu item from the popup menu You can deactivate the existing template by choosing it from the list at the left of the window and removing flag from its name Also you can edit template name using button Edit delete a template using button Delete and edit template expression in the right part of the window For faster editing you can use buttons Cursor Position Author Time Date To add a new template click Add set the template name and define the template expression In the upper left corner of the window you can choose the case of the template expression Keyboard Templates Active Template Case of Templates Add Template 2 Asis Add Template Uppercase Lowercase First upper 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 572 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 5 Save Setting
40. Drop operator To drop a operator e Select the operator for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Operator Operator Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Operator Editor Operator Editor allows you to edit properties of the operators Operator Editor can be open automatically after the operator is created and is available on editing the operator see Create Operator and Edit Operator for details To open a operator in the Operator Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing operator definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 268 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB Name EVALUATE EXFSYS EVALUATE vw Schema Exrsvs 2 Parameter List Return Type Ancillary Context Using E mm 2 CLOB SYS ANYDATA NUMBER EXFSYS EXPRESSI EVALUATE CA SE Dependency tree ELOB VARCHAR2 NUMBER EXFSYS EXPRESSI EVALUATE Cv Refresh VARCHAR2 SYS ANYDAT NUMBER ____EXFSYS EXPRESS EVALUATE V l Restore default size 5 3 28 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a operator for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current operator definition Print metadata of the
41. Object a Cluster Storage DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB Name CLUSTER Index cluster 9 Hash cluster General a Schema ANONYMOUS bd Hash Single T able g Connie Cluster size DEFAULT v iN Restore default size Hash Cluster options Number of hash keys Cluster columns Hash Function E Add column Default Insert column O Expression Delete column Cluster columns Eb Add column EA Insert column Delete column 5 3 15 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a cluster for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current cluster 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 218 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Print metadata of the current cluster View Dependency Tree for the cluster Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its cluster size 5 3 15 1 2 Editing cluster definition Name Set the name of the new cluster Schema Is the name of the schema to which the object belongs Cluster size Specify the amount of space in bytes reserved to store all rows with the same cluster key value or the same hash value Define the type of the cluster Inan Index cluster Oracle stores together rows having the same cluster key value Each distinct cluster key value is stored only once in each data block regardless
42. Read the License Agreement Warning This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution may result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Register Now To register your newly purchased copy of EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle perform the following steps e receive the notification letter from Share it with the registration info e enter the Registration Name and the Registration Key from this letter e make sure that the registration process has been completed successfully check the registration information in the About SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle dialog use the Help About menu item to open this dialog 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 26 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Register SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Please enter the registration information you received when purchasing SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Registration Name Registration Key See also Registration License Agreement 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 27 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 7 License Agreement Copyright C 1999 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions Inc All rights reserved IMPORTANT PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EMS
43. SQL EMS Database Management Solutions SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions for Oracle SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions All rights reserved This manual documents EMS SQL Manager for Oracle 1 5 x x No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Use of this documentation is subject to the following terms you may create a printed copy of this documentation solely for your own personal use Conversion to other formats is allowed as long as the a
44. Scroll to top Common questions Q Ican t modify DDL Why A The DDL tabs of the SQL Manager editors are read only To modify an object you can copy the text to the clipboard and modify it using SQL Editor Q How can I customize data formats in grid A You can customize all display formats integer float date time and datetime using the Color amp Formats page of the Environment Options dialog Q I need to perform some changes in database objects of my test database and then make the same changes on another database Are there any tools for this purpose in SQL Manager for Oracle A The Database Registration Info dialog provides the Logs section where you can enable logging metadata changes performed over the database and or SQL queries executed in SQL Editor Q When I create database objects their names are always converted to upper case How I can prevent it 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 35 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual A Please try to switch off the Convert created objects names to upper case option within the Object Editors section of the Environment Options dialog Scroll to top Export Import questions Q I tried to export data from a table but I found that I could export only the first 1000 records Can I export all the records from a table if it contains more than 1000 records A The Export Data function exports only those records which are currently
45. Setting registration options Enter the database name and set the database alias and other options Font charset Character set to display data in the grid Login prompt before connection Enables SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle to prompt for user name and password each time you connect to the database Autoconnect on startup With this option on SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle automatically establishes connection with the registered database at application startup M Refresh objects on connection This option allows to skip refreshing objects on connection to database is added It is highly recommended to uncheck this option if your database contains many objects or if connection to the database is slow Rollback on disconnect All active transactions are rolled back on disconnect from the server At the Logs tab specify log file names for metadata changes logging and SQL query logging if necessary Click the Finish button when done to start working with the selected databases SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 74 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Register Database Set some specific options for registered database s and click the Finish button Database name SAMPLEDB Database alias SAMPLEDB on OracleDB Connect General Font charset DEFAULT CH amp RSET C Statement cashed Cache size Milog ri C amp utoco
46. This step allows you to customize options for target MS Word RTF file e Base Styles e Strip Styles 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 395 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Word RTF export options Base Styles SuipSies c Th Arial iv Size 10 iv di CAPTION E DATA AGuUB amp Suaesmss E FOOTER SQL w AD Manager C Highlight v Background _ for Oracle Aa iz Page orientation Portrait Landscape Reset All 8 1 5 3 1 Base Styles Base styles tab contains the list of target file entities such as table header data etc You can customize style options such as font name and size background and foreground colors text alignment and so on for each of them by clicking the corresponding item in the list and setting the options for it in the right side panel All the changes you make with current style are represented inthe Sample Cell panel You can reset settings at any time using buttons Reset Item and Reset All You can also choose page orientation for target Word RTF file on this tab 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 396 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Word export options Base Styles Strip Styles Base Styles stipSues Fon Arial m E
47. Builder Edit Result Select Query 1 Quei lel 4 CUSTOMER x CUST_NO vi SALES JX CUSTOMER L PO NUMBR CONTACT FIRST CUST NO CONTACT LAST SALES REP L PHONE NO Tur v ORDER STATUS ADDRESS LINE1 ORDER DATE ADDRESS LINE2 I T gt 4 m SOC _ STATE PROVINCE DATE_NEEDED COUNTRY QTY ORDERED POSTAL_CODE ON HOLD TCI x a Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting Output fields 4 z COUNTRY CURRENCY Sorted fields Sort order ee COUNTRY COUNTRY Ascending CUSTOMER CITY SALES CUST N SALES ORDER STATUS SALES SHIP DATE SALES PAID 6 2 8 Working with editor area In the Editor area the query text is automatically generated while you build query You can edit this text according to the rules of SQL and all the changes will be displayed the Builder page of Visual Query Builder 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 341 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Builder Edi Result 1 SELECT 2 CUSTOMER CITY 3 CUSTOMER CONTACT FIRST 4 CUSTOMER CONTACT LAST 5 COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY CURRENCY 7 CUSTOMER CUSTOMER 8 SALES CUST NO 9 SALES ORDER DATE 10 SALES ORDER STATUS 11 SALES PAID 1 SALES SHIP DATE 13 FROM 14 CUSTOMER 15 INNER JOIN COUNTRY
48. Environment Options X Save restore following print data properties Card view representation Image options refinements Detail view representation Selection options Expanding Report size options Formatting Showing grid elements Level options Page number format every options Page settings Pagination Report title Preview options 12 1 6 3 Color amp Formats Display formats Integer fields Defines the format for displaying TINYINT SMALLINT MEDIUMINT INTEGER and BIGINT fields Float fields Defines the format for displaying FLOAT DOUBLE and DECIMAL fields Datetime fields Defines the format for displaying DATETIME fields Date fields Defines the format for displaying DATE fields Time fields Defines the format for displaying TIME fields Colors 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 545 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Grid Defines the background color of the data grid Row Defines the color of the selected row in the data grid Stripy Defines the color of the odd rows if the Stripy Grids option is on Null Values Text Defines the text that stands for the NULL value Font Color Defines the font color displaying NULL values in the grid Environment Options Preferences Color amp Formats Confirmations 3 B a Display formats n Um ae Tools Integer fields HHH HHO v Tg DB Explorer Float
49. Restrictions Restrictions GIG gt Pixels 18 4 1712828 Database1 2 Note The Object Inspector that allows you to edit report object properties can be opened by pressing the F11 key 9 7 2 3 Adding query component the Dialog Form do the following e Pick the Query component on the left toolbar and drop it on the form e Select the name of your Database component in the dropdown list of the Query1 Database property e Setthe Query1 SQL property value e g SELECT FROM user e Set Query1 Active to True 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 473 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Designer 3 frf Jeg File Edit Tools Doe REI Xa o e a BRAS R Cose 198 7 1 _ Pagel Page Page3 A p Object inspector Form DataSett 5 Active False Database Database DetailFields Fields Fields Filter e False DataSet T DE e FA SELECT EMPLOYEE ID i JOB ID MANAGER ID FROM HR EMP DETAILS VIEW where EMPLOYEE ID 120 PPixels 716424 1712828 DataSet Z Note The Object Inspector that allows you to edit report object properties can be opened by pressing the F11 key 9 7 2 4 Specifying fields At Pagel insert your fields into the report by clicking Insert DB Fields
50. db Diagram options 9 2 11 Setting diagram options E ind Using this dialog you can setup behavior and look of every diagram page See detail description of every option at the Visual Database Designer page of Environment Options dialog 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 442 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 3 9 3 1 SQL Script Editor Using SQL Script Editor you can view edit and execute SQL scripts Toopen SQL Script Editor select the Tools SQL Script menu item In the script area you can view and edit the SQL script text For your convenience syntax highlight and code completion features are implemented Using navigation bar Using popup menu Using script explorer Note SQL Script Editor doesn t show SELECT query results Please use SQL Editor for that purpose instead 12 SOL Script Untitled BAX Destination a Script x Execute Script F3 DracleDB M CREATE TABLE SCOTT BONUS g SAMPLE on OracleDB S Execute Selected Only Ctrl F9 ENAME VARCHAR2 10 Execute under Cursor Ctrl Alt F9 General JOB 2 9 Disable Parsi SAL HUMBER isable Parsing D Execute script COMM HUMBER Toagle Bookmarks g Execute script from file 3 New script BUPASAELEL po 1 PCTFREE 10 Redo Shift Ctrl Z B Open script D 1 Save script 7 STORAGE Cut Save
51. Color amp Formats 9 Advanced Column Options 129 Localization 12 1 4 7 1 Color Palette Color Palette page These options define colors of different Visual Database Designer elements work area table captions field area etc Click an item to select a color for the appropriate Database Designer element 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 536 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options x Preferences Color Palette Confirmations B Windows Tools L work area B attribute text E DB Explorer Work area text O Selection EB Object Editors gf SOL Editor L Entity m Selected entity caption text E SQL Monitor B Entity caption text B Selected attribute text gt SQL Script GB Query Builder E Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer d Print Metadata ERX Data Esport T Fonts Grid Data Options lt gt Print Data EE Color amp Formats Advanced Column Options 129 Localization Default color palette for new diagram 12 1 4 8 Print Metadata Default Paper Size Defines the default paper size for the reports created with the Print Metadata tool 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 537 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options X Preferences z Default paper size Tools A4 210 x 297 mm DB Explorer C Letter 81 2 amp 11 EB Object Editors gf SQL
52. Disable Check EMP LAST NAME NN Enable All Disable All Export Metadata 5 3 5 2 6 Managing indices The Indexes tab is provided for managing table indexes Double click an index to open the Index Editor for editing the index A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected index See Indices for details Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Index Name Columns Index Type Ef HR EMP DEPARTMENT 1 DEPARTMENT ID NONUNIQUE E HR EMP EMAIL UK EMAIL UNIQUE Ef HR EMP EMP ID PK EMPLOYEE 10 UNIQUE Ef HR EMP JOB IX JOB ID NONUNIQUE Ef HR EMP MANAGER MANAGER ID NONUNIQUE c HREMP NAME DX LAST FIRST NAME NONUNIQUE New Index Ins zm Edit Index HR EMP NAME IX Enter Eg Drop Index HR EMP_NAME_IX Del Duplicate Index Shift Ins Export Metadata 5 3 5 2 7 Managing triggers The Triggers tab is provided for managing table triggers Double click a trigger to open the Trigger Editor for editing the trigger A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected trigger 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 153 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual See Triggers for details Name Type For Each Row Insert Update Delete Disabled HR SECU
53. Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit rollback segment To edit the existing rollback segment e Select the rollback segment for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the rollback segment name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Rollback Segment lt Rollback Segment_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the rollback segment e Edit rollback segment definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Rollback Segment Editor Drop rollback segment To drop a rollback segment e Select the rollback segment to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Rollback Segment Rollback Segment Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 9 1 Rollback Segment Editor The Rollback Segment Editor allows you to define rollback segment basic properties It opens when you create a new rollback segment or edit the existing one see Create Rollback Segment and Edit Rollback Segment for details Using navigation bar Editing rollback segment definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 310 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 New Rollback Segment SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Rollback Segment DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB ROLLBACKSEGMENT1 Tablespace
54. PROD TOTAL VARCHAR 13 NOT NULL PROD TOTAL ID NUMBER NOT NULL PROD SRC ID NUMBER PROD EFF FROM DATE PROD EFF TO DATE PROD VALID VARCHAR2 1 CONSTRAINT PRODUCTS PK PRIMARY KEY PROD ID AUI USING INDEX PCTFREE 10 INITRANS 2 STORAGE lt 5 3 4 Browsing object dependecies The Dependencies tab allows you to view objects that depend on edited object and objects that edited object depends Below you can see DDL of currently selected object Double click on any shown object opens the appropriate object editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 132 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Objects that depend on HR DEPARTMENTS 2 85 HR e Tables 2 o EMPLOYEES EMP_DEPT_FK JOB HISTORY JHIST_DEPT_FK Views 1 EMP_DETAILS_VIEW A i e Indices 2 gt s HR EMP DETAILS VIEW CREATE VIEW HR EMP DETAILS VIEW EMPLOYEE ID JOB ID MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT ID LOCATION ID Dependencies Description 5 9 Tablespaces s EXAMPLE 5 8 HR S Tables 2 EMPLOYEES LOCATIONS Tables Relational databases store all their data in ta bles A table is a data structure consisting of an unordered set of horizontal rows each containing th
55. Package Bodies iij Sequences Clusters Function Details Other Objects Details Count Schemas 29 Contexts Unknown Users Unknown Roles Unknown gt amp Profiles Unknown Consumer Groups Unknown 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 69 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Management SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides all the tools you need to manage and navigate databases Note that to start working with databases in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle you are to register them see Register Database Wizard Register Database To register a single database in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle e Select the Database Register Database menu item e Set connection authorization and other options in the Register Database Wizard Unregister Database To unregister a single database e Select the database to unregister in the DB Explorer tree e Select the Database Unregister Database menu item e Confirm unregistering in the dialog window Connect to Database To connect to a database e Select the database to connect to in the DB Explorer tree e Double click its alias or e Selectthe Database Connect to Database menu item Disconnect from Database To disconnect from a database e Select the database to disconnect from or any of its objects in the DB Explorer e Selectthe Database Disconnect from Database menu item
56. S S M Printing OPTIONS HTML Report Wizard Select database and directory Select type of database objects Selecting Schema sees ccuvscceaciesack sie Keane aiaa raars Aasaa Eea rA Eaa Eea EAEaren E p SE AEAEE a Pada KeA RE aor Dres E cab c Dior Eder eer Specify report Style Set additional parameters Report management M Create Report Wizard Specifying report OPON Seieren aaiae nene nenne teretes Selecting report c Selecting report Siy ee a aer E EEEE EE AEREO Ani TES ENEE EETA NEETER Specifying papar SOUINGS EE Specifying MANQING icira e asi a aiena a eaii Specifying other pag settings e nete eder tr tert ridet ptite ipee edes cuit e teni redi eadi aioe Report Designer Adding dialog form Adding database component inniti nni iieri tre teeth cea ttd re ea Adding query COMPON
57. Script destination dii Automatically load to Script Editor Save to file SQL zii Manager for Oracle Table name as it will be represented in the SOL script file EMPLOYEES Schema name as it will be represented in the SQL script file if need HR 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 423 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 3 1 Specifying destination server On this step you are to select destination server Result script will be generated in compliance with the specifications of the target server Export as SQL Script HR EMPLOYEES Export as SQL Script Choose type of destination server Welcome to the Export as SQL Script This wizard allows you to get a complete data dump of the table or query result in a file as a set of INSERT statements Hii The wizard will quide you through the process of creating the result SQL script file SQL Destination server Manager C for Oracle InterBase Firebird MS SQL O MySQL Oracle PostgreSQL amp dd CREATE TABLE statement 8 3 2 Setting destination file name Set the file name for the result script and set the table name to include in the result SQL script Note that you can save the script to file Select the appropriate item and set target file name 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 424 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export as SQL Script HR EMPLO
58. Select source database and output directory Select type of database objects to extract Specify Cascading Style Sheet for the report Set additional parameters Using templates See also Export Data Dialog Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard HTML Report Select the source database and the destination folder Manager for Oracle Output directory C EMS OraManager HTMLReport SAMPLE on OracleDB Welcome to the HTML Report Wizard This wizard allows you to create a detailed HTML report about your database Source database Select database and directory Select the source database for the report Select output directory for storing the result HTML files 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 458 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual HTML Report Wizard HTML Report Select the source database and the destination folder Welcome to the HTML Report Wizard This wizard allows you to create detailed HTML report about your database Source database Output directory C EMS OraManager HT MLReport SAMPLE on OracleDB 9 6 2 Select type of database objects Select database ojbect types to include in the report 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 459 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual HTML Report Wizard X HTML Report Select database objects to include into HTML report Available objects Selected objects
59. The FREE Lite version of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle does not include all features of the Full version and has some limitations concerning the number of the databases that can be registered and a number of data manipulation and server maintenance tools The detailed feature matrix is given below Note that when using the FREE Lite version of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle you can activate a 30 day period of fully functional usage After the period expires you will be able to continue using the Lite version 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 22 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 4 Installation If youare installing SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle for the first time on your PC e download the SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle distribution package from the download page available at our site unzip the downloaded file to any local directory e g C unzipped e run OraManagerPro exe from the local directory and follow the instructions of the installation wizard after the installation process is completed find the SQL Manager shortcut in the corresponding group of Windows Start menu If you want to upgrade an installed copy of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle to the latest version download the executable file of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle from the download page available at our site e unzip the downloaded file to any local directory e g C unzipped close SQL Manager application if it is running e replace
60. e See SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Frequently Asked Questions Getting Started m Manage existing database s Create new table Edit local naming parameters m Create new database object Database Tools g Execute SQL script Ei Execute query 5 Manage jobs s Manage permissions Help and Support SQL Manager 2007 help system Internet Resources SQL Manager 2007 home page E Support Center TUM SQL Manager 2007 on line documentation SOL Manager 2007 FAQ 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 47 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 3 Working with databases After you have registered the required databases they appear in the explorer tree on the left If the Show Hosts option is checked at the Environment Options DBExplorer page database hosts are also displayed in the tree hint you can also use Show Hosts menu item in the dropdown menu of View Mode button on the DB Explorer toolbar for the same purpose To connect to a database simply double click it in the explorer If connection succeeds the database node expands showing the tree of its objects 1i SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle UNREGISTERED SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLEDB t3 Getting Started Databases 68 OraDB m Manage existing database s ps Create new table NAS on OraDB 6 risa 3 a Edit local naming parameters r5 Create new database object 5 8 SAMPLE OracleDB 581 Schemas 23 Database Tools
61. lt Grid View Records fetched 10 10 7 1 1 2 Filtering records You can filter records in the grid by one of the following methods e Right click a row and select Quick Filter item from the popup menu to filter records by the current value of the selected column 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 349 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Description EC 4 0 P PM X k s Find Drag a column header here to group by that column E EMPLOYEE ID v FIRST NAME LAST NAME HIRE DATE Copy Cell De Haan 13 01 1993 11 Paste Cell Hunold 03 01 1990 All Records Shift Ctrl C Ernst 21 05 1991 Copy Selected Records Austin 25 06 1997 Paste Records Shift CtrleV Pataballa 05 02 1998 Lorentz 07 02 1999 Data Manipulation Greenberg 17 08 1994 Quick Filter 16 08 1994 Disable Filter lt gt Value 28 09 1997 30 09 1997 07 03 1998 gt Value 07 12 1999 lt Value 07 12 1994 gt Value 18 05 1995 Baida 24 12 1997 Expand All Tobias 24 07 1997 Collapse All Himuro 15 11 1998 Next Tab Colmenares 10 08 1999 Weiss 18 07 1996 Fripp 10 04 1997 Grid Levels Kaufling 01 05 1995 Column Summary Vollman 10 10 1997 Visible Columns Mourgos 16 11 1999 Fit Columns Widths 16 07 1997 Grid Mode Clear Sorting lt Value
62. 200 gt b Print Metadata Card width v Vettical OB Data Export Form view Show edit buttons Fonts Large memo editor Never Grid Data Options Number of lines 10 Ea For focused record 2 Print Data C Word wrap in memo editor O Always Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 198 Localization Determines whether all text within an editor is automatically selected when the editor gets focus Hide selection on losing focus Determines whether the visual indication of the selected text remains when the editor loses focus M Inserting Return characters Specifies whether a user can insert return characters into text M Inserting Tab characters Specifies whether a user can insert tab characters into text M Word wrap Determines whether long strings are wrapped within a memo editor Popup memo editors Turns on popup memo editors for text BLOB type fields Use Ctri Up instead of Up to increase spin values Allows you to use Ctr Up and Ctr Down key combinations for editing the spin values integer field values 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 548 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual M Show large increment buttons Determines whether fast buttons are visible within an editor Increment Specifies the increment value for a spin editor Large increment Specifies the fast increment value for the spin editor Spin editors buttons position Spec
63. 97 2000 and XP MS Access export to Microsoft Access format trough an ADO connection MS Word one of the most popular text processing format Microsoft Word The result files are fully compatible with the versions 95 97 2000 and XP RTF Rich Text Format supported by many text processing programs e g WordPad HTML as it follows from its name exports data to HTML files complete compatibility with HTML 4 0 specification PDF the PDF format is a standard and general format in electronic publishing 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 378 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Text file the plain text format CSV Comma Separated Value format DIF Data Interchange File format SYLK Symbolic Links format Note all the text formats including Text file CSV DIF SYLK are usually used as working or interchange formats LaTeX the LaTeX format which is a popular especially among mathematicians and physicists macroextension of TeX pack developed by D Knut XML the XML format XML is a markup language for documents containing structured information DBF the data will be exported to the DBF format 8 1 2 Selecting fields for export Select table fields for export If you leave all the fields in the Available Fields list all fields will be exported except BLOBs Export Data Wizard X Data Wizard Export Data Select fields for exporting If none of fields are selec
64. A schema is owned by a database user and has the same name as that user Each user owns a single schema Schema objects can be created and manipulated with SQL and include the following types of objects Array Types Clusters Database links Database triggers Dimensions Functions Libraries Indices Index Types Java classes Java resources Java sources Materialized views Materialized view logs Object types Object type bodies Operators Packages Package bodies Procedures Sequences Synonyms Tables Triggers Views Use DBExplorer tree to navigate between schemas and its objects See also Non Schema objects Storage attributes The Storage properties frame lets you specify how a database object should be stored in a database Storage parameters affect both how long it takes to access data stored in the database and how efficiently space in the database is used First specify object s physical attributes Tablespace which is an allocation of space in the database that can contain schema objects and Buffer pool The Buffer pool parameter lets you specify a default buffer pool or cache for an object All blocks for the object are stored in the specified cache e The KEEP buffer pool retains the schema object s data blocks in memory e The RECYCLE buffer pool eliminates data blocks from memory as soon as they are no longer needed e The DEFAULT buffer pool contains data blocks from schema objects that are n
65. CAPTION Size 10 E DATA 6 FOOTER C Highlight Background Aa Zz Page orientation Portrait Landscape Reset All 8 1 5 3 2 Strip Styles On this tab you can make a style template set font options border and fill options and save them You can reset settings at any time using buttons Reset Item and Reset All If you have created or loaded more than one style template they could be ignored or used column by column or row by row it depends on strip style setting at the bottom 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 397 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Word export options Base Styles Stip Stes Font Th Arial v 00 Lk Se 10 vw A usug esmss C Highlight Background Aa Zz Strip type None OCol Row Reset All 8 1 5 4 HTML options This step allows you to customize options for target HTML file e Preview e Basic e Multi file e Advanced 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 398 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize HTML export options eo Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Default text 8 1 5 4 1 Preview Preview tab
66. CI VALUES C UPDATE OSET C DELETE C EXECUTE C Space before bracket C Space into brackets Wrap first element Params in line list SELECT C FROM C WHERE C GROUP BY C HAVING ORDER BY TINTO CI INSERT CI VALUES C UPDATE OSET DELETE C EXECUTE OR AND O Left Separate Right Keywords case Default Upper O Lower Capitalize Identifiers case Default Upper Lower Capitalize Indent in list Wrap first element Wraps the selected text at a specific column Select the key words after which formatting should be applied Params in line list Allows you to display the parameters followed by the key words specify them below in list or in line OR AND Set the placement of the AND an OR operations according to the operands followed by them See the example below Left WHERE AND AND AND Separate 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 559 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 2 6 WHERE AND AND Right WHERE AND AND AND The Keywords case and Identifiers case options allow you to define the case of the corresponding items You may choose UPPER lower Capitalize Default case means leaving the name of the identifier or a keyword AS IS Space before bracket Adds a space symbol before the opening bracket and after the closing one Space i
67. Chen JCHEN 515 124 4263 Ismael Jose Manuel Sciarra Urman ISCIARRA JMURMAN 515 124 4363 515 124 4453 Luis Popp LPOPP 515 124 4567 Den Shelli Raphaely Baida DRAPHEAL SBAIDA 515 127 4561 515 127 4563 STOBIAS 515 127 4554 gt 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 348 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 1 1 1 Grouping data You group grid data by any of the columns by dragging the column header to appear area Now all the records are displayed as subnodes to the grouping row value as shown at the picture To reverse grouping just drag the column name from the upper area back Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Description gt Ui b M a x E E LAST NAME EMPLOYEE_ID FIRST NAME EMAIL PHON i21 LAST Gates 190 Timothy 11 07 1998 TGATES 650 5C LAST_NAME Gee 135 Ki 12 12 1999 1650 12 LAST NAME Geoni 183 Girard 03 02 2000 GGEON 650 50 LAST NAME Gietz LAST Grant LAST Greenberg LAST NAME Greene LAST Hall LAST NAME Hartstein LAST NAME Higgins LAST Himuro Hunold Hutton Johnson LAST Jones LAST Kaufling
68. Data Frame 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 541 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options 80 Preferences Confirmations B T MEM General options Root level options By Tools Striped grids Show Group By box DB Explorer I Show editor immediately Show indicator Object Editors C Always show editor Show navigator gf SQL Editor C Enable auto search in arid Show New Item Row ow New Item Row C SQL Monitor Row multi selection 8 SQL Script C Column auto width Query Builder Col es Detail level options to t 7 Style amp Color Palette ao use Show Group box Visual Database Designer Show indicator 2 5 Color Palette A 2 m Metadata Grid layout preference C Show navigator R AE ER Autofit column widths Show New Item Row Fonts o Save Nd ser Linen C Hide tabs for single detail fep m Restore sorting except SOL sort Data Options cz Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options Localization 12 1 6 1 Data Options Default Grid Mode e Load all rows The grid loads all records from a dataset This option increases the grid performance by reloading only changed dataset records when updating In this mode all features automatic sorting filtering and summary calculations are available e Load visible rows The grid loads only a fixed number of dataset re
69. Editing Synonym definition iiir tet tern t niece rii eds ite el eo ka 233 Database LINKS t eU 234 236 USING MNAVIGATION A E EAT 236 Editing DB Link definition iore er ert nter toc a reci re ui tct e e 236 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 7 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object Types Object Type Editor IB Tore navigation dei Editing Object Type definition eni tnter cette ttc anres Cotta tea te repa teta aka us Object Type Body Editor nnne endete titer rs teat t tea retinens ii sda ce dee aoa oan USING NAVIGATION P Editing Object Type Body definition Lucr T Array Type Editor et icit er tr td c e SEAS E LE CE Edda cda IB sro navigation Editing Array Type definition eine Ee uH EIE EE KO UAE REQUE ERE FEE aaa
70. Sequences Java Sources Clusters Java Classes Materialized Views Java Resources El Materialized View Logs Synonyms Database Links Object Types l Object Type Bodies Aray Types e Libraries Index Types 8 Operators 1 Dimensions DB and Schema Triggers Contexts 9 6 3 Selecting schema Choose the schema s from which the metadata of objects should be extracted Note that the objects are selected at the Select type of database objects step 9 6 4 Specify report style Edit a CSS file that would be used in the result report 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 460 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual HTML Report Wizard HTML Report Specify Cascading Style Sheet CSS for HTML report margin Opx Opx Opx Opx padding Opx Opx Opx Opx background Zffffff color 000000 SQL font family Verdana Arial Helvetica Manager up up for Oracle div nsbanner position relative left Opx naddinae Cnr Nmu Cnu One Eeti T al l 9 6 5 Set additional parameters Set the HTML Report additional parameters Charset Set the character set for the result files Show report after generating This option opens the result report in your default browser after generating You can also set an optional text to header and footer of the result HTML report 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 4
71. Visual Database Designer allows you to print and preview the diagram To preview the diagram e Press Print Preview button on the toolbar e Preview the diagram in the Print Preview Dialog To setup print options e Press Print Options button on the toolbar e Set printing options in the Print Setup Dialog and press OK button To print the diagram e Press Print button on the toolbar e Set printing options in the Print Setup Dialog and press Print button 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 439 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Diagram options for page Epployee X Style settings Model notation Draw PRIMARY KEY fields separately Draw entities icons Draw attributes icons Grid options Show grid Snap to grid Grid size Entity header font Name T Verdana Attributes font Name Verdana 9 2 9 1 Print Preview dialog Print Preview dialog allows you to see the diagram layout before it will be printed 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 440 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 18 PrintPreview HR EMPLOYEES HR JOBS p EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 JUB TITLE VARCHAR2 35 LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 o MIN SALARY NUMBER 6 0 EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 MAX SALARY NUMBER 6 0 PHONE NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 HIRE DATE DATE JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 SALARY NUMBER
72. e Displays the year in the current period era as a number without a leading zero Japanese Korean and Taiwanese locales only ee Displays the year in the current period era as a number with a leading zero Japanese Korean and Taiwanese locales only g Displays the period era as an abbreviation Japanese and Taiwanese locales only gg Displays the period era as a full name Japanese and Taiwanese locales only m Displays the month as a number without a leading zero 1 12 If the m specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed mm Displays the month as a number with a leading zero 01 12 If the mm specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed mmm Displays the month as an abbreviation Jan Dec using the strings given of the Short Month Names mmmm Displays the month as a full name January December using the strings of the Long Month Names yy Displays the year as a two digit number 00 99 Displays the year as a four digit number 0000 9999 h Displays the hour without a leading zero 0 23 hh Displays the hour with a leading zero 00 23 n Displays the minute without a leading zero 0 59 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 600 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual nn Displays the minute with a leading zero 00 59 Displays the second without a leading zero 0 59 s
73. e Edit Package Body definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Package Body Editor Drop Package Body To drop an Package Body e Select the Package Body to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Package Body lt Package Body_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 3 13 1 Package Body Editor The Package Body Editor allows you to define default properties It opens when you create a new default or edit the existing one see Create Package Body and Package Body Editor for details To open a view in the Package Body Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing Package Body Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 210 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Package Body DDL PACKAGE BODY OLAPSYS PACKAGEBODY 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB x Is px Toggle Bookmarks PROCEDURE procedure parami IN datatype DEFAULT de g Compl param2 IN OUT datatype Is Cut Ctl z Shift Ctrl Z Restore default size variable name datatype NOT BEGIN statements Paste EXCEPTION Select All WHEN exception name THEN statements Find Ctrl F EHD Replace Ctrl R END Search Again F3 GoTo Line By Number Alt G Change Case Save to File Ctrl S Preview Print Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl
74. move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected types multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Attributes In the corresponding lists you specify the columns that are uniquely determined by a hierarchy level The columns in level must all come from the same table as the dependent columns Editing dimension hierarchy Here you can define a linear hierarchy of levels in the dimension Each hierarchy forms a chain of parent child relationships among the levels in the dimension Hierarchies in a dimension are independent of each other They may but need not have columns in common Each level in the dimension should be specified at most once in this clause and each level must already have been created 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 275 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Hierarchy name Specify the name of the hierarchy This name must be unique in the dimension Hierarchy levels Specify the name of a level that has an n 1 relationship with a parent level and press the Add button To remove the relationship lease select it and press the corresponding button Join keys Here you can specify an inner equijoin relationship for a dimension whose columns are contained in multiple tables Setting this relationship is required and permitted only when the columns specified in the hierarchy are not all in the same table Table schema Table name Spe
75. or shipping procedures please visit our Customer Care Center provided by share it Please note that all of our products are delivered via ESD Electronic Software Delivery only After purchase you will be able to immediately download the registration keys or passwords and download links for archives of full versions Also you will receive a copy of registration keys or passwords by e mail Please make sure to enter a valid e mail address in your order If you have not received the keys within 2 hours please contact us at sales sqlmanager net Product distribution Price SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Business license 1 Year 275 Maintenance SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Business license 2 Year 344 Maintenance SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Business license 3 Year 385 Maintenance Register SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Non commercial license 1 Year 135 Now Maintenance SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Non commercial license 2 Year 169 Maintenance SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Non commercial license 3 Year 189 Maintenance SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Trial version Free Download Now SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Lite Free Download Now EMS Maintenance Program provides the following benefits e Free software bug fixes enhancements updates and upgrades during the maintenance period e Free unlimited communications with technical staff for the purpose of reportin
76. 180 Louise Doran 15121997 Pint 161 Sarath Sewall 03 11 1998 59 Copy Cel 2 Dependency tree 162 Clara Vishney 11 11 1997 Ce Paste Cell 8 Retesh 163 Danielle Greene 19 03 1999 D Copy All Records Shift Ctri C Table Editor options Manea ene Am USC eee 165 Davi je _ 23022000 DU paste Records ShiftCtleV 3 166 Sundar Ande 24 nnn Si Data Management A 167 CR Export Data of HA EMPLOYEES Data Manipulation aR Export data 168 Lisa Export HR EMPLOYEES as SQL Script Quick Filter gt GR Export as SOL script 168 Harrison Import Data to HR EMPLDYEES Disable Fiter sx E B Heat Sorting rmm 172 Elizabeth Bates 24 03 1999 EE SetValue 3 Fields 11 m 173 Sundita Kumar 21 04 2000 5 EH Edt eos j EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER dra Een save BLOB to File E FIRST NAME VARCHAR 175 Alyssa Hutton 19 03 1997 AH E LAST NAME VARCHAR2I 176 Jonathon Taylor 24 03 1998 JT Expand All E EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 1177 Jack Livingston 23 04 1998 J Collapse All E PHONE NUMBER VARCH 178 Kimberely Grant _ 24051993 KG 41 Next Tab E DATE 78 Charles Johnson 04 01 2000 cl d p qu E JOB ID VARCHARZ2 10 180 Winston Taylor 24 01 1998 w Eg SALARY NUMBER 2 181 Jean Fleaur 23 02 1998 JF Grid Levels E COMMISSION PCT NUME 1182 Sulivan 21 06 1999 Column Summary E MANAGER ID NUMBER 183 Girard Geoni 03 02 2000 G Visible Columns DEPA
77. 414 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Ch Data Import Import Data Set the accordance between source and target table fields Destination Fields dp Add Source Fields DEPARTMENT ID EMP_NO 3 Auto Fill FIRST NAME LAST NAME FHONE EXT X Clear HIRE DATE Remove Destination Fields ES MANAGER_ID E COMMISSION PCT JOB COUNTRY EB JOB_GRADE JOB CODE DATE DEPT ND HONE NUMBER HIRE DATE EMAIL PHONE EXT LACT MARE rm LACT Templates 7 v 8 2 3 4 XML Select a target field from the left list and select a source XML field from the right list then click Add button This adds a link for these fields to the lower list Click Remove or Clear button to remove the selected or all items from the lower list Note that import is only possible from XML Datapacket CDS format Conversion between generic XML documents and the data packets that are used by SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle can be performed with the help of XML Mapper by Borland R Use Auto Fill button to set the correspondence between the source and target fields according to the way they are ordered 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 415 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual OF Data Import 5 Import Data Set the accordance between source and target table fields Destination Fields dp Add Source Fields DE
78. 5 3 24 1 Java Source Editor The Java Source Editor allows you to define Java source properties It opens when you create a new sequence or edit the existing one see Create Java Source Edit Java Source for details To open a view the Java Source Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing Java source definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 255 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual x New Java Source SAMPLE on OracleDB import java applet import java lang public class class name try return catch Exception public void ClassMethod 1 Object 4 Java Source DDL J SAMPLE on OracleDB Name JAVASOURCE1 General 5 5 EXFSYS Resolver 3 Compile Restore default size import java awt 5 3 24 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a Java source for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current Java source definition Print metadata of the current Java source View Dependency Tree for the Java source Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Editor 5 3 24 1 2 Editing Java Source definition Nam
79. 523 523 enini 524 Windows A 525 Tools M 526 D J m dolo E TE 527 528 TE 529 eB o TEDRICRSTCRIRIIERE 530 SOLE SC stressed LLLI MM mei MILI I 531 eT VERE E 532 Style amp Color Palette e enr terrere rare He E E eR ERR RR e PRA ERR aha 533 Misual Database Desigri6r 2 ciere tete pent eie rte iaa rns EIER RAS asas eb RENE niceties 534 Color Palette PrintM tadata ien civeed emet E La ERES CR RR XR KY Dee SER CE MENS ex eA YE EE EXER aae ERE ERR Dette Sc IH H ig cu MEME e 2007 EM
80. 8 2 COMMISSION PCT NUMBER 2 2 MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 9 gt 9 o gt gt gt ESHR JOB HISTORY EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 START DATE DATE END DATE DATE o JOB ID ARCHAR2 10 DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 9 2 9 2 Print Setup dialog Print Setup dialog of the Visual Database Designer allows you to Choose the desired printer Specify print layout print using defined scale factor or arrange diagram at defined number of pages horizontally and vertically Specify page options margins headers and footers Point out other print options 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 441 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Print setup X Printer Page options Printer Name Microsoft Office Document Image Writer Driver Port Microsoft Document Imaging Writer Port Print layout Use scale factor 100 X Arrange diagram at 1 pages horizontally and Print options C Skip empty pages Print page borders _ Print only selected objects All pages Pages from 0 9 2 10 Saving Loading diagram Use Save Diagram and Open Diagram buttons on the toolbar to save the diagram for future use or to load the previously saved diagram Vis m mmm Designer SAMPLE on Oracle 3 Databases P b BG in dz 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLE v Database General
81. Available Selected EMPLOYEE ID JOB ID E FIRST NAME LAST NAME EMAIL PHONE NUMBER DATE SALARY COMMISSION_PCT MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT ID 5 3 5 4 1 3 Setting Key options Status Specify Disabled to disable the integrity constraint Set the option to Enabled if you want the constraint to be applied to the data in the table or view Validation Correlates with the corresponding server constraint behaviour parameters VALIDATE and NOVALIDATE Deferrable Set the option to Initially immediate to indicate that Oracle should check this constraint at the end of each subsequent SQL statement Specify Initially deferred to indicate that Oracle should check this constraint at the end of subsequent transactions Rely Correlates with the corresponding server constraint behaviour parameters RELY and NORELY Exceptions processing 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 164 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual This group lets you define exception handling e g causes Oracle to write to the exceptions table information about any rows in the current table that violate the constraint Specify the schema and the name of the exceptions table Note you cannot process exceptions a view constraint in this way Primary Unique Key Storage Options DDL Status Validation Disabled No validate Validate Defe
82. Builder nbgEdit Caption Edit nbgData Caption Data Managment nbgPrint Caption Print ngObjects Caption Objects nbiDefaultSize2 Caption Restore default size aDefaultSize Hint Restore default window size and position nbiShowOptions Caption Query Builder options aShowOptions Hint Query Builder Options nbiShowSQLHelp Caption Show SQL help aSQLHelp Hint Show SQL Help nbiRunQuery Caption Execute query aExecuteQuery Hint Execute Query nbiClearQuery Caption Clear query nbiClearQuery Hint Clear Query nbiLoadQuery Caption Load query Line 1 Col 29 When you are done with editing click the Save button on the toolbar to apply the changes you have made 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 585 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual See also Select Program Language Localization 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 586 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 14 2 Select Program Language The Select Language dialog allows you to select a language for SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle localization To open this dialog select the Options Select Program Language main menu item The dialog displays the list of available languages configured on the Environment Options Localization page Select a language from the list and click OK to confirm your choice and close the dialog See also Environment Options Localization See also Localization Editor Localizatio
83. Check the Perform default action after each operation Environment Options gl Preferences Confirmations B Windows Explain query Tools C Show result for each query DB Explorer Execute selected text separately E Object Editors Ei a Write only successfully executed queries to database SOL log file i SAL Script Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Transaction confirmation OPUS Disable transaction confirmation Color Palette Default action Commit Print Metadata ER Data Export Fonts Grid Data Options cz Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 29 Localization C Show results on Edit tab C Don t save queries automatically for the next session 12 1 4 4 SQL Monitor SQL Log You can enable logging all the SQL Monitor events to a log file Check option Log SQL Monitor events to file and set the name of the log file To clear the log file after it reaches some definite size check Clear log file when it is greater than option and set the maximum file size in kilobytes Show non SQL messages Displays messages other than containing SQL ones Show time of operation Dislpays execution time of logged operations Show always on top Dislpays SQL Monitor tool always on top 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 531 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options 9
84. DEFAULT d Select All Ctrlec RETURH datatype Find Ctrl F Replace Ctrl R Cut Ctr Ctrl C Search Again F3 Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl Properties 5 3 20 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a object type for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current object type definition Print metadata of the current object type View Dependency Tree for the object type Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Object Type Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 240 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual SAMPLE on QracleDB v ORDSYS bitsPerS amp v Print 2E Dependency tree Refresh Restore default size 5 3 20 1 2 Editing Object Type definition Use the Object Type Editor window to create a user defined object type The variables that form the data structure are called attributes The member subprograms that define the behavior of the object are called methods The keywords AS OBJECT are required when creating an object type Object Type DDL TYPE ORDSYS OBJTYPE1 AS OBJECT 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB Toagle Bookmarks attribute name datatype 2 MEMBER PROCEDURE procedure Sh
85. E3 l g E i ext attributes 33 Quick code em e Comment SQL Formatter String Background color vot ical u Number 1 Link Wrong Symbols Use defaults for Identifier Symbol Selected Text v CREATE TABLE sql srv table int field INTEGER NOT NULL default 0 char field CHAR 25 NOT HULL default ABC GO comment CREATE INDEX int field idx OW sql table GO 12 2 4 Quick Code M Code completion If this option is checked then on typing the first word symbols in the SQL text editor you will be offered some variants for the word completion in a popup list analogue of the Code Insight in Delphi IDE The popup list will appear a period of time defined by Delay option Code parameters If this option is checked the Delphi like hint for functions is enabled Delay Using this option you can change the time the popup list takes to appear Code case Allows you to change the case of the words inserted automatically M Auto launch keyboard templates Allows you to use keyboard templates for faster typing frequently met expressions see Keyboard Templates Color scope categories If this option is checked object types will differ in color in the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 555 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Sort by scope Sort by name Switches sorting objects in the popup menu by name or by type Table Function et
86. EMPLOYEE ID E Cols 0 Rows 0 FIRST NAME 2 LAST NAME H ee EMAIL 1 rental rate length replac PHONE NLUMBEF 099 86 HIRE_DATE 499 48 2 99 50 JOB_ID SALARY 2_ 3 4 ERE 2 99 2 99 Eza 3 2 99 4 99 499 Ranges Sheet1 4 P Excel Select ranges in the grid for the target field selected in the Fields list Click column or caption to select a whole column or row respectively Using the popup menu of the Ranges list you can add or edit ranges manually as well as remove them or change their order After you define a range for the selected field proceed to the next one If source file and destination table have the same order of columns or rows you can use Auto Fill Cols or Auto Fill Rows buttons to set the correspondence between them automatically 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 412 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Ch Data Import Import Data Set the accordance between source and target table fields Fields Skip SS EMPLOYEE ID Cel 0 T Rows 0 FIRST NAME LAST_NAME _ EMAIL rental_rate length replac PHONE NUMBEF 0 99 86 BSHREDATE 131 499 48 JOB ID 299 50 x Ranges n 62 4 99 54 m H 29 m2 M b M N Sheet 1 NH 7 8 2 3 2 Access Select a target field from the lef
87. Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Title Series 1 SQ Hyperlinks Data range Y Hyperlink 1 Column S Notes COMMISSION PCT C Note 1 7 cfi Charts c fi Chart 1 coul FQ Series Rowi 0 4 Series 1 Cells zx E Merged Cells 8 1 5 1 2 4 Cells If you want to add a value in a specific cell e choose cell coordinates e select cell type e enter its value e if you are adding numeric or date time value you can set cell format 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 391 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Base SB Hyperlinks Col Hyperlink 1 5 08 Notes C Note 1 Value T pn dd MM I cf Chart 1 Jate time ad MM FMM Ss 9 Series Numeric HHH HHH HO DO FQ Series_1 Cell type a Cells Cell Col 0 Row 0 E Merged Cells n 8 1 5 1 2 5 Merged Cells If you want to merge some cells e set the range to merge 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 392 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced zuo c Y Hyperlinks W amp Hyperlink 1 3 Notes
88. Grant manager displaying all database object grants in the form of a grid e Ability to set permissions for table columns e Easy management of database users roles and profiles Excellent visual and text tools for query building e Visual query builder allows you to build complicated queries without any knowledge of SQL syntax Multiple SQL editors with code completion and syntax highlight Large script execution SQL script editor Ability to view query plan as diagram SQL Formatter Available from SQL Editor context menu Report designer with clear in use report construction wizard 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 18 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Create Report Wizard allows you to create simple reports in a few clicks e Managing reports the same way as if they were database objects accessing reports directly through DB Explorer tree Powerful visual database designer e Ability to create edit and drop tables and table fields set links between tables visually e Reverse engineering e Saving as image or printing database diagram Latest Oracle version support e Support of all server versions from 8 1 7 to 10g R2 e Support of all Oracle data types including the new BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE types e Powerful and easy management of object permissions including column level permissions New state of the art graphical user interface e Office 11 and Windows XP visual schemes support Well describe
89. InterBase Firebird etc to DB2 Data Generator for DB2 Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for DB2 Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for DB2 Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for DB2 Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for DB2 Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top DBISAM SQL Manager for DBISAM Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Scroll to top 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 41 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Tools amp components amp Advanced Data Export Advanced Data Export Component Suite for Borland Delphi and NET will allow you to save your data in the most popular office programs formats e Advanced Data Import Advanced Data Import Component Suite for Delphi and C Builder
90. Load diagram Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting Any of the following are met Objects 1 HRJOBSJOB ID gt 10 EB HRBLOB TABLE 2 HRJOBS JOB TITLE HREMPLOYEES EMAIL HR COUNTRIES Add condition HR DEPARTMENTS Make composite eee IM HR EMPLOYEES Delete condition E HRJOB HISTORY HR JOBS eee See also SQL Editor Visual Database Designer 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 333 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 2 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to Clear the current query Select a database for query Execute the current query Create view on the base of current table s e Configure Visual Query Builder e Bring the window to its default size The Visual Builder bar allows you to load a query diagram from file and to save current query diagram to a file The Data Management bar allows you to e Export data into most popular data formats e Export data as SQL script The Objects bar allows you to add tables and views to the diagram Database a SAMPLE on OracleDB SA General p Execut BS Explain query m Clear query Create view ti Create procedure db Query Builder options Restore default size gt Visual Builder Load diagram Save diagram Objects BB HR BLOB TABLE HR COUNTRIES Ef HR DEPARTM
91. Lock Mode irj SCOTT BONUS TABLE Exclusive SCOTT BONUS TABLE Exclusive lt Hit Ratios Process Locks 4 7 4 Storage This tab allows viewing details on storage attributes on selected tablespaces control files data files etc Please select the desired tablespace at the top frame to see its storage details at the bottom frame You can also filter attibutes by segment type by defining it at the respective drop down list 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 115 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 7 5 System Statistics Last Analyze Stats Sessions Storage SGA Wait Events Latches Tablespaces Tablespace EXAMPLE 101 25 Alloc Size Mb Free Size Mb 18 44 Used Size Mb Pct Used 82 81 Max Mb 32757 38 SYSAUX 350 26 75 323 25 32767 98 SYSTEM 490 45 485 5 32767 98 34 34 0 3276798 UNDOTBS1 60 50 63 3 38 32767 98 USERS 5 0 88 413 3276798 B B B B TEMP B B lt bh Segments for EXAMPLE Min extents 0 E al iv Initial Extent Next Extent Pct Increase Extents 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 Segment type Segment Name Segment Type SALES Index Partition SALES PROMO BIX Index Partition SALES PROMO BIX Index Partition SALES PROM BIxX Index Partition SALES PROM
92. Manual e el a w Data Import for PostgreSQL Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for PostgreSQL Migrate from most popular databases MySQL SQL Server Oracle DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to PostgreSQL Data Generator for PostgreSQL Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for PostgreSQL Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for PostgreSQL Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for PostgreSQL Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for PostgreSQL Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top InterBase Firebird SS 4 1 al g SQL Management Studio for InterBase Firebird EMS SQL Management Studio for InterBase and Firebird is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive th
93. Nc library acre Using navigation bar Editing Library definition Java Sources 5 Iso merui Editing Java Source defihitlon 55 rrr rei rt e EOD OR RAW CHR E IE PRESENTEM JaVa ClaSSOS Me Class Editor 2 USINGiNAVIGATION or dati setembre petens cbr eect Fe go cti eite did Editing Java Class definition eS c S Java Resource Dee nid e e ie EU EDU e Leere i EH TP ren iue elade titola or e m EditingJava Resource definitiori ocio pepe ae e peer I a e e pe ii HERE TEE E TEENE TYPOS Index Type EGitOr terr rerit trente tette t elei tad ceri stc dea sacred Ra Using navigation bar Editing Index Type definition Operators eiucudzdi Using Navigation DAM isis cesip Editing Operator definitio
94. New Check SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX General Check Options DDL Compile Name EMPLOYEES_CK1 C System named ea Restore default size Schema HR v Table EMPLOYEES v EMAIL IS HOT HULL 5 3 5 6 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to General bar e Compile the current check definition View Dependency Tree for the check Refresh the content of the active Check Editor tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Check Editor General a 5 Compile g Refresh EA Restore default size 5 3 5 6 1 2 Editing check definition The Check tab allows you to enter condition for the check Name Set the check name or enable the System named option In this case Oracle will generate the check name automatically when compiling check definition Schema Is the name of the schema to which the object belongs Table Select the table for the check from the drop down list of the database tables 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 172 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 7 New Check SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX General Check Options DDL Compile Name EMPLOYEES CK1 C System named e Restore default size Schema HR Table EMPLOYEES EMAIL IS HOT HULL Indices Table indices are managed on the Indices tab of the Table Editor Create Index To add an index
95. Note that you can distinguish invalid database objects by their icons which are marked 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 58 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual with a cross In the screenshot below you can see that stored procedure SYNCRN is invalid because of some errors in its syntax Databases SAMPLEDB OraDB i Schemas 31 9 0 ANONYMOUS ff CTXxsys Tables 35 amp amp Views e 5t DRILMOVE_CTXSYS SYNCRN Functions 5 DM CL BUILD DU ir DM SVM APPLY v See also New Object Duplicate Object 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 59 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 4 Creating projects Use the Projects node in each database to work with the selected objects of this database only You can place here any object from the database tree Creating project e Create a folder and maybe some subfolders by right clicking the Projects node and selecting the New Folder menu item e Specify the new object name in the dialog window Adding project e Drag the object s from the database tree and drop it to the project folder or e Select the Add Object item from the context menu of the desirable project folder corresponding dialog window will appear Note You can also create separate tab for your project See Navigating database objects with tabs section Removing object from project To remove an objec
96. ON CUSTOMER COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY 16 INNER JOIN SALES ON CUSTOMER CUST NO SALES CUST NO 17 WHERE 11 SALES PAID AND 19 SALES ORDER DATE gt 01701 1991 20 ORDER BY 21 COUNTRY COUNTRY 22 CUSTOMER CUSTOMER 23 SALES ORDER DATE DESC 6 2 9 Executing query To execute the query click button Execute query on the navigation bar This displays the Result tab This tab displays the result data returned by the query as a grid see Data View for details The popup menu of this tab and the Data Management navigation bar allow you to Export Data Export As SQL Script and more 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 342 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB SA D Execute que Explain quer i Clear query Create view Create procedure db Query Builder options Restore default size Load diagram Save diagram HR BLOB_TABLE HR COUNTRIES HR DEPARTMENTS HR EMPLOYEES HRJOB HISTORY HR JOBS 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 343 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 3 6 3 1 Query parameters Both of SQL Editor and Visual Query Builder support using of parameters inside the query text A parameter is a kind of variable which value can be specified just before the query execution the query text the parameter should appear as an identifier with a colon at its beginnin
97. Preferences Confirmations B Windows 2 Tools Ts DB Explorer Object Editors gf SQL Editor SQL Monitor SQL Script 5 Query Builder E Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette ca Print Metadata ERX Data Esport T Fonts a Grid Data Options 25 Print Data Color amp Formats a Advanced Column Options 129 Localization SQL Monitor SQL log Log SQL Monitor events to file C Clear log file when it is greater than 0 C Show non SQL messages C Show time of operation C Show always on top 12 1 4 5 SQL Script IV Abort script on error If this option is checked script execution is aborted when an error occurs Rollback on abort This option is available only if Abort Script on Error is checked This option evokes automatic rollback on script execution abort Enable parsing With this option checked SQL Script Editor parses loaded script to enable fast navigation on them in the Explorer tool Show message when done Displays message box on finishing script execution 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 532 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options lg Preferences Confirmations B Abort script error Tools Rollback on abort for DML statements only DB Explorer parsing Object Editors gf SQL Editor Show message when done 3 SQL Mo
98. Recreate temporary data files Manager os ae options for Oracle e Copy command HOST Close on success ee mene Backup longname A full name of the backup options file to be created Backup controlfile Specify whether the controlfile should be included into backup Recreate PFILE if need Option checked the appropriate command which recreates the PFILE from existing SPFILE is added to the backup script Recreate temporary data files Specify whether the Oracle temporary datafiles should be recreated OS specific options Specify the OS which commands should be used in the script generated Close on success Closes wizard window automatically on successful completion Press Finish to start the process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 513 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 5 3 Recovery Manager RMAN 11 5 3 1 Specifying datafiles At this step ofthe Backup Database Wizard you need to seelect backup type and set some additional backup options for RMAN backup strategy Backup type Full backup is a backup of a datafile that includes every allocated block in the file being backed up An Incremental backup is either a level O backup which includes every block in the file except blocks compressed out because they have never been used or a N level backup N between 1 and 4 which includes only those blocks that have been changed since the parent backup
99. Script E ditor Click Finish to extract metadata 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 454 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 5 Print Metadata Print Metadata allows you to print the metadata of any database object To open it select Tools Print Metadata menu item Select the type of the database objects to print using buttons at the navigation bar Move the objects from the Available objects list to the Objects for printing list using arrow buttons by double clicking or dragging them multiple objects can be selected using buttons Ctr and Shift See also HTML Report z Print Metadata SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Database la Available Views Views for Printing ame Name Description SAMPLE on OracleDB x a EXFSYS USER_RLMGR_PRIVIL EXFSYS USER_RLMGR_RULE_ General al EXFSYS USER_RLMGR_RULE_ c EXFSYS USER_RLM4J_ATTRIB Print EXFSYS USER RLM4J EVTST Preview EXFSYS USER_RLM4J_RULECI Restore default size HR EMP_DETAILS_VIEW Show 4 a3 All Objects Be XAQ ORDERS_QUEU IX 4Q _ORDERS_QUEL XAQ ORDERS QUEU IX AQSORDERS QUEU IXAQ STREAMS_QUEL L IXAQ STREAMS QUE IX AQ STREAMS_QUEL IXAQ STREAMS_QUEL el 1 E Bel Be Bel Be MDSYSALL GEOMETRY COLL MDSYS ALL SDO GEOM MET MDSYS ALL_SDO_GEOR_SYSL MDSYS ALL_SDO_INDEX_INFO MDSYS ALL_SDO_INDEX_MET MDSYS ALL_SDO_LRS_METAC MDSYS ALL_SDO_MAPS MDSYS ALL_S
100. Storage Using index DDL 8 SAMPLE on OracleDB x Name MATERIALIZED_VIEW1 C On prebuilt table Schema CTXSYS C Updatable g Eaei Materialized view typ Compress Cache Restore default size Default None Cache Compress Rewrite query Logging Qus O Logging O Enabled Organization indes 7 Nocompress O Nocache O Disabled Nologging Bg Edit with Query Builder Cluster schema lt Default gt Cluster name v Subquery cluster fields Subquery SELECT FROM 5 3 16 1 3 Viewing Materialized View fields BLOB_TABLE COUNTRIES COUNTRY_C_ID_PK DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENTS SEQ DEPT ID PK DEPT LOCATION IX EMPLOYEES The Fields tab allows you to view the materialized view fields Note that the tab is only appears after compiling a materialized view 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 224 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Materialized view Fields Refresh Storage Using index Data Dependencies Description DDL Field Name Field Type Mot Null Unique Default Value COUNTRY _______ e E COUNTRY NAME VARCHAR2 40 Fj O amp REGION ID NUMBER lt gt 5 3 16 1 4 Setting Refresh parameters This tab allows you to specify the default methods modes and times for the database to refresh the materialized view If the mas
101. Use Windows Integrated Security for the login If you are editing an existing login this option cannot be altered If you are creating a new login clicking this option activates the options below it 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 72 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Server authentication Use server authentication for the login Server Authentication stores logins and passwords in server and does not depend upon Windows User name User name for connecting to the database server Password Password for connecting to the server Connect as Select a system role to login SYSDBA SYSOPER Normal Database name Select the database name to register from the drop down list Database alias Any database alias that is convenient for you e g MyTestDatabase This alias will be displayed in the DBExplorer window Register Database Wizard Register Database Set some specific options for registered database s and click the Finish button Database name SAMPLEDB Database alias SAMPLEDB on OracleDB Connect General Logs Warning Windows authentication is only supported in version 9 0 0 and higher Authentication Windows authentication Server authentication User name SYS Password Connect as SYSDBA Iw 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 73 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual
102. a query from sq file using the Open SQL File dialog save the query toan 59 file using the Save as dialog save all the queries to sq file commit rollback the transaction export the returned dataset using Export Data Wizard export data as SQL Script using the Export as SQL Script wizard import data into the table using Import Data Wizard debug the PL SQL code using PL SQL Debugger 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 321 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database 1 OraDB on TESTSERV General a D Execute query Be Explain query Add new query ig Clear all queries iQ Rename current query Run Query Builder Results on Edit tab A Restore default size db SOL Editor options E dit Find text p Load from file Save to file Save all Debug Start debug See also Working with SQL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Using PL SQL Code Debugger 6 1 2 Working with SQL Editor area The Editor area of SQL Editor is available within the Edit tab and is provided for working with SQL queries in text mode For your convenience the syntax highlight code completion and a number of other 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 322 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual features for efficient SQL editing are implemented
103. allows you to select style of HTML file from a number of built in templates provided by the Templates combo box You can choose any of these templates customize it by clicking on objects in the preview panel and save it as a custom template using Save template button Use Load template button to load previously saved custom templates from hard disk Click on an element of a table to select a color 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 399 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize HTML export options Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Default text Template Classic 8 1 5 4 2 Basic Basic tab allows you to specify basic parameters of target HTML file You can e specify title of a result file e select if CSS should be internal or external in a specified css file e select if want to export boolean fields of a table as HTML check boxes 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 400 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize HTML export options Preview Basic Multi file Advanced Title Export Data Cascade style sheet options 9 Internal External Export boolean fields as HTML check boxes Templates p 8 1 5 4 3 Multi file Multi file tab provides you with an ability to split target H
104. and all the program tools 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 76 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Windows authentication Use Windows Integrated Security for the login If you are editing an existing login this option cannot be altered If you are creating a new login clicking this option activates the options below it Server authentication Use server authentication for the login Server Authentication stores logins and passwords in server and does not depend upon Windows User name User name for connecting to the database server Password Password for connecting to the server Connect as Select a system role to login SYSDBA SYSOPER Normal Database name Select the database name to register from the drop down list Database alias Any database alias that is convenient for you e g MyTestDatabase This alias will be displayed in the DBExplorer window Font charset Character set to display data in the grid Press the Edit TNS File and Edit SQLNET File buttons to edit the Profile parameters and set connection parameters within the TNS File Constructor See also Oracle client checker 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 77 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 2 2 2 Connection fei Options Display Options Directories Logs Windows authentication e 55H Tunneling Server authentication User name sys Password
105. any cell of target file to specify a value of a cell to create a chart and to merge cells Click add add an element Click Minus button to delete an element Hyperlinks Notes Charts Cells Merged Cells 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions Plus button to 386 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual xport Data Wizard E3 Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced oP 45 Style _ Col SQ Hyperlinks URL 1 Row tj O Local file fi Charts s Cells Hyperlink 1 Merged Cells Target mA 8 1 5 1 2 1 Hyperlinks If you create a hyperlink e choose cell coordinates e select if this is a local hyperlink or not e enter its title e specify its target 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 387 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced lt E 45 Style URL Row Local file SQ Hyperlinks Title Hyperlink_1 fi Charts Cells E Merged Cells Target mA 8 1 5 1 2 2 Notes If you create a note e choose cell coordinates e enter text of a note for that cell e select font and fill properties using appropriate tabs 2007 EMS Database
106. are defined on Step 5 of the Export Data Wizard Excel Options Access Options Word RTF Options HTML Options PDF Options TXT Options CSV Options XML Options Excel options This step allows you to customize options for target MS Excel file You can customize Data format Extensions set Advanced options e Data format e Extensions e Advanced 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 381 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles Eont Borders Fil r Font Wp Arial iv Size 10 2 G3 3 3 3 9 WwW Aa Zz Reset Item Reset All Templates v 8 1 5 1 1 Data format The Data Format tab contains general options which allow you to adjust the format for each kind of Excel cells This means that you can specify such parameters as font borders filling color and method etc for each entity such as data field header footer caption data hyperlink and so on separately Also it is possible to create styles to make target Excel file be striped by columns or rows the Styles tab e Fields e Options e Styles 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 382 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data W
107. are located New Directory SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object Obiect pDL SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name DIRECTORY1 Ben Directory path dir g Compile a Restore default size Tablespaces Tablespace is an allocation of space in the database that can contain schema objects 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 303 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create tablespace To create a new tablespace e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Tablespace in the New Object dialog e Edit tablespace definition within the Tablespace Editor Hint To create new tablespace you can also right click the Tablespaces node of the explorer tree and select the New Tablespace item from the popup menu To create a new tablespace with the same properties as one of the existing tablespaces has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit tablespace To edit the existing tablespace e Select the tablespace for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the tablespace name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Tablespace lt Tablespace_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the tablespace e Edit tablespace definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Tablespace Editor Drop tablespace To drop a tablespace e Select the tablespace to drop i
108. as 2 MINEXTEHTS 1 0 Ctrl C Disebi MAXEXTENTS 2147483645 J Paste Isabie parsing HEU UM BUFFER POOL DEFAULT 8 Enable result log z Select All db SQL Script options TABLESPACE USERS Find Ctrl F LOGGING oF Restore default size gt 25 Replace Ctrl R NOCACHE a Em MONITORING 2eaungan EUMDEM GoTo Line By Number Alt G Database Erj Tables 4 Change Case h Views E Open Script Ctrl L s Procedures Definition for TABLE DEPT p Save Script Ctrl S Triggers fe Preview Indices CREATE TABLE SCOTT DEPT 3l pi CJ Packages lt 2s Format SOL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to e Select the database for the script 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 443 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Execute the script Create a new blank script Load a script from a file or save a script to file Disable parsing the statements Enable logging the results Bring the window to its default size Destination OracleDB Navigate between the statements in the script using the Configure SQL Script Editor within the Environment Options dialog Explorer v SAMPLE on OracleDB S se General D Execute script 3 Execute script from
109. button on the top toolbar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 474 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Designer 3 frf File Edit Tools JO EA Pagel Page Page A Object inspector Form DataSet TfrOracleD ataS et z E j False l Database Ix LOCATION_ID Add fields EMPLOYEE ID Peeper tee CEEE N E Abou MasterFields Select all Name DataSet QuerallRecords E Delete ReadButfer COMMISSION_PCT pee ss 2 Exit Restrictions LE 4 DEPARTMENT_NAME cee SQL StingFieldsOnly False STATE PROVINCE Unidirectional False COUNTRY_NAME Variables REGION NAME Pixels 15424 128 28 Dataset 9 7 2 5 Viewing report Click Preview button on the toolbar This mode allows you to view and print the result report 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 475 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Designer 3 frf l EJE3 File Edit Tools EA 5 BA fO SR PDC 1 vi coe 98 xxul 7 lesess 2e j ia Pagel Page Page3 a N p A CSPrevew Alli pector Tx x MANAGER ID LAST NAME Ix ST MAN Fripp e ST MAN Kaufling E ST MAN vollman A 99 ST_MAN Mourgos 25 ST CLERK Nayer EA ST CLERK Mikkilineni DB E ST CLERK Landry ST CLERK Markle ST CLERK Bissot P
110. changes made in development database to the production database Metadata Changes You can enable logging all the metadata changes to the SQL log file Check the Enable Logging Metadata Changes option and set the name of the log file All metadata changes within the current database will be logged to the specified file M SQLEditor Check this option and set the name of the log file to enable logging SQL queries and error messages to the SQL log file All the queries prepared or executed in SQL Editor and Visual Query Builder will be logged to the specified file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 82 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Registration Info W Connection 2 Options Display Options Metadata changes C Directories Enable log of metadata changes f Logs Metadata log file SSH Tunneling CURATE SQL Editor C Enable log of SQL Editor queries 4 2 6 Setting SSH tunnel options Check the Connect through the Secure Shell SSH tunnel option to establish connection to intermediate SSH server before connecting to a database and forward all DB SERVER commands through the secure tunnel Set the SSH connection properties in the corresponding boxes SSH host name SSH port SSH user name and SSH password Note DB SERVER host name at the Connection page should be set relatively to the SSH server in this case For example if both of DB SERVER an
111. checks are managed onthe Checks tab of the Table Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 169 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Add Check To add a check to the table Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Checks tab Right click and select the Add Check item from the popup menu Edit check properties within the Check Editor dialog Edit Check To edit check Open the table inthe Table Editor Open the Checks tab Right click the check and select the Edit Check item from the popup menu or simply double click the key to edit e Edit check properties within the Check Editor Dialog Drop Check To drop the check Open the table inthe Table Editor Open the Checks tab Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Check item from the popup menu Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 170 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 6 1 Check Editor The Check Editor allows you to edit check properties It opens when you create a new check or edit the existing one see Create Foreign Key and Edit Foreign Key for details Using navigation bar Editing check definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Foreign Key Editor Trigger Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 171 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Z
112. click the Delete all link of the Navigation bar or select Delete all in the context menu You can also use the Ctr Del shortcut for the same purpose 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 607 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 10 Window List The Window List dialog allows you to browse the list of windows that are currently opened within SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle IDE To call this window select the Windows Window List main menu item or use the Ctrl 0 shortcut Window List KOZMA on TESTSERY 8 KAIN DFF KAIN OPFUNC eed SH PRODUCTS Close All Database Windows a SRPROFTS Close All Windows SYS Categories Visual Database Designer KOZMA on TESTSERV SQL Script Untitled If necessary you can right click within the list area to call the popup menu which allows you to close the windows one by one or in groups 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 608 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 11 Customize Toolbars The Customize Toolbars window allows you to select the buttons displayed on the SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle toolbars and change their positions To call this window click the down arrow button at the right side of any toolbar then click Add or Remove Buttons and select Customize Customize Toolbars Commands Options Toolbars
113. corresponding boxes specify the desired database for restore into locate the script and set the directory containing backup Oracle Restore Database Wizard Oracle Restore Database Specify the source database name directory where backup files are located and script output directory Welcome to the Restore Database Wizard This wizard helps you to restore your Oracle database settings of the instance setting all necessary options for building user managed restore script Also the wizard will guide you through the restore process with Oracle Recovery Manager used di The wizard will quide you through the entire process of checking saving backup Manager Database SAMPLEDB on DraDB SAMPLEDE v for Oracle Script directory ae C Backup directory c Backup Restore using Recovery manager See also Backup Database Services 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 517 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 6 1 User managed script 11 6 1 1 Verifying current settings Please check current database settings for selected User managed script backup strategy Oracle Restore Database Wizard Oracle Restore Database Verify current database options Backup logname C Backup op Database name SAMPLEDB Instance name sampledb Server version 10 2 0 1 0 x Oracle home DOOM ES for Oracle Archivelog destination C oraclesproduct 10 2 0 db 1RDBMS Controlfi
114. current operator View Dependency Tree for the operator Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size NN 9 on OracleDB 9 EXFSYS EVALUATE v g Compile e Print sig Dependency tree gl Refresh Restore default size 5 3 28 1 2 Editing Operator definition Name Specify the name of the operator to be created 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 269 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Schema Specify the schema containing the operator Bindings Use plus sign and minus sign buttons to add or remove parameter datatypes for binding the operator to a function Editing Operator binding The signature of each binding that is the sequence of the datatypes of the arguments to the corresponding function must be unique according to the rules of overloading The parameter_type can itself be an object type If it is then you can optionally qualify it with its schema Object types schema name Specify the name of the schema in which the operator resides To include types to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the types from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected types multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Return type Specify the return datatype for the b
115. fields ES Datetime fields df SQL Editor SQL Monitor Date fields v SQL Script Time fields Im 5 4 Query Builder E Style amp Color Palette Colors NULL values mo e Cor a EE Color Palette ca Print Metadata Row E Defaut we Font color Inactivel WE ER Data Export Stripy 1 InactiveCaptionT e lL T Fonts IIR Grid Data Options 5 Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 29 Localization 12 1 6 4 Advanced M Invert selection Determines whether a single cell within the focused row or the whole row is highlighted when focused 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 546 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Cell hints for clipped text Indicates whether a hint box is displayed when hovering over a cell containing clipped text Focus cell on cycle Determines whether the focus moves to the next row after it reaches the right most cell within the current row Focus first cell on new record Determines whether the focus moves to the first cell of a newly created row M Next cell on pressing Enter Determines whether the current view columns can be navigated by using the Enter key Show navigation hints Indicates whether a hint box is displayed when hovering over navigator buttons M MRU list in column filter Enables showing of Most Recently Used items when filtering columns Expand buttons for em
116. for Oracle Print file after export Click Finish to start export Go to the first record If checked starts export from the first record of the data set Export empty tables If checked allows you to export tables even if they are empty Skip Specifies the number of records which are skipped before export starts Export fetched records Export only records Export all records Specifies the number of records to export only records currently fetched a fixed number of records or all records Open files after export If checked opens the result files in the associated program after export Print files after export If checked sends the result files to default printer after export 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 408 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 2 Import Data Wizard Import Data Wizard allows you to import data to a table from MS Excel MS Access DBF TXT or CSV file Setting source file name and format Selecting source object for import data from Setting the correspondence between the source and target fields Adjusting common data formats Setting advanced field formats Setting import mode and data write type Customizing common import options Using templates See also Export Data Wizard C Data Import Import Data Specify import format and source file name Welcome to the Data Import Wizard This wizard allows you to im
117. for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current package Print metadata of the current package View Dependency Tree for the package Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size Shift Ctrl F Ctrl 5 3 12 1 2 Editing package definition Specify the package specification which can contain type definitions cursor declarations variable declarations constant declarations exception declarations PL SQL subprogram 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 208 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual specifications and call specifications which are declarations of a C or Java routine expressed in PL SQL New Package SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object 2 Package PACKAGE 1 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v IS eds Toggle Bookmarks m Ctlz General variable name datatyp e g Compile PROCEDURE procedure Cut Ctrl A Restore default size parami IN datatype DE TUN param2 IH OUT datatyp g 3 Paste FUNCTION function name Select All Ctrl parami IN datatype DE Find param2 IN OUT datatyp ke RETURH datatype gop Replace Ctl R Search Again F3 EHD S Go To Line By Number Alt G Change Case Load from File Ctrl L Save to File Ctrl S 8 Preview c Print Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl
118. gt EXCEPTION WHEN exception name THEN statements EHD 5 3 8 1 3 Browsing Function parameters The Parameters tab is provided for browsing list of parameters for the user defined function A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to export this list to desired format 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 192 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual T Input Parameters BAX P_IN Null Number 5 3 9 Triggers A trigger is an anonymous PL SQL block or a call to a procedure implemented in PL SQL or Java Oracle automatically executes a trigger when specified conditions occur Create Trigger To create a new Trigger e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Trigger in the New Object dialog e Edit Trigger definition within the Trigger Editor Hint To create new Trigger you can also right click the Triggers node of the explorer tree and select the New Trigger item from the popup menu To create a new Trigger with the same properties as one of the existing Triggers has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit Trigger To edit the existing Trigger e Select the Trigger for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the Trigger name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Trigger Trigger Name item from the popup menu or simply do
119. horizontal scrollbar If a column s content is still too large to display without the grid needing to resize then the column s values are truncated and the hidden characters are replaced with an end ellipsis Cell auto height If the widths of the columns are insufficient to display the full content then text clipping occurs Set this option to prevent this If this option is set the cell content is displayed in multiple lines where necessary You can set the number of lines to display using Cell max line count option Grid layout preference Select Save and restore layout option to keep the original grid width Select Autofit widths option to shrink the grid columns so that the longest visible column value Root level options These options are applied to the main view of the grid See Grid View for details Detail level options These options are applied to the detail view of the grid See Grid View for details M Show Group by box Displays a box above the column captions allowing to group data in the grid M Show indicator Displays the row indicator M Show navigator Activates deactivates the data navigator This navigator is displayed at the bottom of a view M Show New item row Displays an empty row at the top of a view which is a convenient way for adding data to the grid Iv Hide tabs for single detail This option is actual when only one view is present on detail level When checked it hides the view tab See also
120. is enabled for 1000 elements To completely disable the date cache feature set it to 0 The date cache feature is only available for direct path loads Load when Identify the records that should be passed to the database The following are some examples empid BLANKS dept_id SPORTING GOODS OR dept_id SHOES AND total_sales 0 At the top of the form you specify default parameters for the fields as described below 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 144 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Access Parameters Records Fields Default field delimiter Field definitions Terminated by WHITESPACE vi Trim RTRIM v Start 0 Mising fields values are null End 255 C Reject rows with all null fields Optionally Field List ORACLE DATE ORACLE NUMBER RAW UNSIGNED INTEGER CHAR Date format Field delimiter Default value Defaultlf C Null Terminated by Define the delimiter to show that everything between the current position in the record and the next occurrence of the termination string is considered part of the field Start End If you set these parameters the access driver starts at the current position in the record and skips over all whitespace looking for the first delimiter All whitespace between the current position and the first delimiter is ignored Next the access driver looks for the second enclosure delimiter or looks for
121. on toolbars Shows tips on navigating to the toolbar button Show shortcut keys in ToolTips Shows shortcuts for faster activating the corresponding commands in the button tips Menu animations Select how menus appear in the parent window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 610 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Credits Software Developers Alex Paclin Alexey Butalov Michael Kuzevanov Alexey Saybel Technical Writers Serge Slobodenyuk Dmitry Doni Olga Ryabova Cover Designer Tatyana Makurova Translators Anna Shulkina Serge Fominikh Team Coordinators Alexey Butalov Alexander Chelyadin Roman Tkachenko 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions
122. options User C Using catalog SQL Manager RMAN script execution i for Oracle 3 Build command file for Unix Run script now Build command file for Windows Close on success e User Target user under which the RMAN session will be created Using catalog Catalog can be considered as a special database which stores backup settings Specify Catalog user and Database name to use it RMAN script execution Specify the OS which commands should be used in the script generated or select Run script now for immediate execution Close on success Closes wizard window automatically on successful completion Press Finish to start the process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 516 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 6 Restore Database The Restore Database wizard is intended for restoring your Oracle database from backups During its work the script to perform restore will be created which can be edited manually if needed Important Please note that you should have a clear idea of the backup restore mechanism Note that a wrong combination of backup restore settings can damage your database To start the wizard please select the Services Restore menu item The wizard will guide through the entire process checking saving backup settings tuning all the options necessary both for User managed script and Oracle Recovery Manager restore First at the
123. schema containing the base object that the synonym references Object name 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 234 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Is the base object that the synonym references Use the Select object button to select manually the object that the synonym references a New Synonym SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object a Synonym DDL m SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name SYNONYM General Schema PUBLIC v v Public synonym g Compile DB Link name lt Default gt v eal Restore default size Object schema HR M Object name EMP DETAILS VIEW Select object 5 3 19 Database Links A database link is a schema object in one database that enables you to access objects on another database The other database need not be an Oracle system However to access non Oracle systems you must use Oracle Heterogeneous Services Create Database Link To create a new database link e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Database Link in the New Object dialog e Edit database link definition within the Database Link Editor Hint To create new database link you can also right click the Database Links node of the explorer tree and select the New Database Link item from the popup menu To create a new database link with the same properties as one of the existing database links has e Selectthe Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instru
124. table for editing within the current window General bar View current table Table properties The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Print table metadata View Dependency Tree for the table Refresh the content of the active Table Editor tab Bring the window to its default size Alter Table Editor options Table Editor The Explorer bar displays table subobjects in a form of a tree You can edit a table subobject by double clicking it 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 149 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB w HR EMPLOYEES General A an Table properties ea Print SIE Dependency tree ig Refresh Ea Restore default size db Table E ditor options Fields B New field Edit field EMPLOYEE ID E Drop field EMPLOYEE ID gt Explorer elds Keys 2 Foreign Keys 3 Checks 5 Indices 5 Triggers 2 S SECURE EMPLOYE E UPDATE JOB HIST 5 3 5 2 2 Managing fields The Fields tab is intended for managing table fields Double click a field to open the Field Editor for editing the field A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected field Using this menu you can also change the field order or create a copy of the field See Fields for details 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 150
125. template file When starting the wizard next time you can load the template by selecting the Templates Load Template drop down menu item Note that saving loading of templates is possible at any step of the wizard 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 603 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 8 Supported file formats MS Excel The most popular e table format used by Microsoft Excel x s The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Excel versions 97 2000 2003 and XP MS Access File of Microsoft Access format mdb with an ADO connection used MS Word One of the most popular text processing formats used by Microsoft Word doc The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Word versions 97 2000 2003 and XP RTF Rich Text Format rtf supported by many text processing programs e g WordPad 9 HTML Hyper Text Markup Language file format html htm complete compatibility with HTML 4 0 specification 9 PDF A standard format in electronic publishing pdf 9 Text file Plain text file format txt csv file Comma Separated Value file format csv 9 DIF file Data Interchange File dif format 9 SYLK Symbolic Links s k file format Note all the text formats including Text file CSV DIF SYLK are usually used as working or interchange formats 9 LaTeX A specific file format tex which is a popular e
126. the Operator Editor to create a new operator and define its bindings Operators can be referenced by indextypes and by SQL queries and DML statements The operators in turn reference functions packages types and other user defined objects Create operator To create a new operator 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 267 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 28 1 e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Operator in the New Object window e Edit operator properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Operator Editor Hint To create new operator you can also right click the Operators node of the explorer tree and select the New Operator item from the popup menu To create a new operator with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menuitem e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new operator in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the operator Edit operator To edit the existing operator e Select the operator for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the operator name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Operator Operator Name item in the popup menu or simply double click the operator e Edit operator subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Operator Editor
127. the class of statistics displayed 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 111 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual System Statistics Last Analyze Stats Sessions Storage Wait Events Latches Class Value Class Cache Class Debug Class Enqueue 9 Class RAC 9 Class RAC amp Cache i Class Redo Class SQL Class SQL amp Cache i i application wait time 2 bytes received via SQL Net from client 5431353 bytes received via SQL Net from dblink 0 bytes sent via SQL Net to client 66652005 bytes sent via SQL Net to dblink cluster wait time commit batch performed commit batch requested commit batch immediate performed commit batch immediate requested commit immediate performed commit immediate requested commit nowait performed commit nowait requested commit wait performed commit wait requested commit wait nowait performed commit wait nowait requested 4 7 2 Last Analyze Stats A this tab you can see date and time of the last statistics gathered on tables and indices You can select tables indices to gather statistics for them with the help of respective context menu item opened in the DB Explorer tree to select all the tables and indices you can choose the whole schema as well With the help of the Object Type button on a top grey header you can filter the o
128. the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 206 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 12 1 Package Editor The Package Editor allows you to define package properties It opens when you create a new package or edit the existing one see Create Package and Edit Package for details To open a view in the Package Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing package definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 207 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object J SAMPLE on OracleDB General a g Compile Restore default size Package DDL PACKAGE 1 IS variable name datatyp PROCEDURE procedure name parami IN datatype param2 IH OUT datatyp FUNCTION function name parami IN datatype DE A param2 IN OUT datatyp RETURH datatype END Toggle Bookmarks Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 12 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar Undo Redo Select All Find Replace Search Again Ctrl Z Shift Ctrl 2 Ctrl x Ctrl C Ctrl V Ctrl A Ctrl F Ctrl R F3 Format SQL Toggle Comment e Select a database and a package
129. the previous version of SQL Manager by copying the unzipped executable file to the C program_directory location e run SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle using its shortcut in the corresponding group of Windows Start menu Also you can use the full distribution package to upgrade your current version of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle In this case you should repeat the steps you have made for the first time installation Note that the full distribution package is larger than a single executable file See also SQL Manager FAQ License agreement 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 23 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 5 Registration To make it easier for you to purchase our products we have contracted with share it registration service The share it order process is protected via a secure connection and makes on line ordering by credit debit card quick and safe The following information about share it is provided for your convenience Share it is a global e commerce provider for software and shareware sales via the Internet Share it accepts payments in US Dollars Euros Pounds Sterling Japanese Yen Australian Dollars Canadian Dollars or Swiss Franks by Credit Card Visa MasterCard EuroCard American Express Diners Club Bank Wire Transfer Check or Cash If you have ordered EMS software online and would like to review your order information or if you have questions about ordering payments
130. to create a tab and select New Tab from Here menu item Removing tab To remove the tab e Move to this tab by clicking on it s shortcut e Right click the Database Explorer and select Delete Current Tab menu item Note Navigating through the tabs is also possible with the help of shortcuts e Ctri Shift N Next tab e Ctri Shift P Previous tab 51 Projects 1 gt f Favourites 4 HR EMP DETAILS VIEW HR EMPLOYEES Ez HR LOCATIONS 8B HR REGIONS Tables of HR SAMPLE on OracleDB ww Show Fewer Buttons 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 62 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 6 Selecting multiple objects You can select more than one object in Database Explorer by pressing the Ctrl key and selecting these objects clicking on them to perform the following actions e Edit database objects e Drop database objects e Drag these objects to the projects See Creating Projects Databases 5 18 OracleDB S A SAMPLE on OracleDB 5 Schemas 29 9 12 ANONYMOUS 215 BI 09 CTXSYS 9 02 DBSNMP ff DIP 9 01 DMSYS 9 02 EXFSYS HR 5 18 Tables 9 E3 DEPARTMENTS i BB JOB HISTORY New T able Ctrl N it 3 Selected Objects m 8 JOBS Edit 3 Selected Ob VIE Rename Table EMPLOYEES Ctrl R REGIONS i Drop 3 Selected Objects Shift Del 3 Views 1 Duplicate Table EMPLOYEES 3 Pro
131. type body for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current object type body definition Print metadata of the current operator View Dependency Tree for the object type body Refresh the content of the active tab 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 244 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object E 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB amp l ORDSYS ORDAUDIO General e Print 28 Dependency tree a Refresh Restore default size 5 3 21 1 2 Editing Object Type Body definition Use the Object Type Editor window to create a user defined object type body The object type body defines the name of the object type its attributes methods and other properties The object type body contains the code for the methods that implement the type For each method specified in an object type specification for which you did not specify the call specification you must specify a corresponding method body in the object type body Object Type Body DDL BODY ORDSYS OBJTYPEBODY1 Is MEMBER PROCEDURE procedure name parami IH OUT datatype param2 IN datatype DEFAULT defa Shift Ct z Ctrl g Ctrl C Ctrl Z g Compile Restore default size IS variable name datatype NOT NULL BEGIN Statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception name THEN statements Find END i Replace MEMBER FUNCTION function name parami IN OUT datatype para
132. user defined function e Select the user defined function for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the user defined function name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Function lt Function_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the user defined function e Edit user defined function definition and description on the appropriate tabs of the Function Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 189 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Drop Function To drop a user defined function e Select the user defined function to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Function lt Function_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 190 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 8 1 Function Editor The UDF Editor allows you to define user defined function properties It opens when you create a new user defined function or edit the existing one see Create UDF and Edit UDF for details To open a view in the UDF Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing user defined function definition Browsing user defined function parameters Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 19 Function SAMPLE on OracleDB Axx Object 4 Function ADDL FUNCTION OE FUNCTION
133. was taken The goal of an incremental backup is to back up only those data blocks that have changed since a previous backup You can use it to create incremental backups of datafiles tablespaces or the whole database Delete expired Adds to the RMAN script a special command which removes expired archievelogs Autobackup controlfile Checking the option ensures that a usable backup of the control file is included with the backup and tagged in order to simplify restoring the control file with the rest of the database starting from version 9 of the server Snapshot controlfile name All the changes made to the database when performing backup will be logged at the Snapshot controlfile name set recommended for version 8 of the Server 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 514 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Backup Database Wizard Oracle Backup Database Specify datafiles to backup Backup type Full backup Incremental backup Backup level SQL Delete expired archivelog Manager C Autobackup controlfile for Oracle Scenes Snapshot controlfile name snap_ctf 11 5 3 2 Setting additional options Ces ens The additional options of the Backup Database Wizard are set at this step 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 515 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Backup Database Wizard Oracle Backup Database Setup additional
134. with the nearest first or last position of another line Take from previous line only Tab length will be variable After pressing a Tab button the cursor aligns with the first or last position of the previous line Convert Tab characters to spaces If this option is checked Tab symbol is replaced by the spaces 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 552 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Drag and drop text This option allows to drag and drop selected text lv Group undo This option allows you to undo multiple actions of the same kind Keep caret horizontal position If this option is checked the horizontal position of a cursor is kept If you move a cursor by Up and Down arrows on a line which length is less than current cursor horizontal position it will be positioned after the last symbol of a line Tab stops Defines the tab length used when editing a text Undo limit Defines the maximum number of changes possible to be undone Editor Options Display Color Editor options amp Quick code Auto indent Use smart tabs SQL Formatter Insert mode C Take from previous line only amp Key Mapping Use syntax highlight Convert Tab characters to spaces Find text at cursor Drag and drop text Always show hyperlinks Group undo C Show line numbers C Keep caret horizontal position Trim trailing spaces Tab stops 4 Comment symbols eral A Undo limit 50
135. you have executed the query Plan Results Logs wa TX o li 88 CT STAT NESTED LOOPS HASH JOIN TABLE ACCESS 3 g 8 1 88 TABLE ACCESS 3 88 NESTED LOOF 4 2 Temp Space bytes 2 Database Link 5 Object Name Alias 2 Object Type Properties Values TABLE ACCESS INDEX 1 0 Object Ord Pos Optimizer Distribution Start Partition Stop Partition Partition Id A T gt Search Operation Cost A Operation Options Cost CPU Cost IO Cost Est Rows SELECT STATEMENT 3 4185205 8 NESTED LOOPS 3 4185205 8 2 HASH JOIN 8 3302012 TABLE ACCESS BY INDEX ROWID 1 9611 1 i lt RA If necessary you can specify that the Plan tab appears automatically upon query execution in SQL Editor select the M Explain query option available within the Tools SQL Editor section of the Environment Options dialog See also Using Navigation bar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 326 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Working with SQL Editor area Using the context menu Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Using PL SQL Code Debugger 6 1 5 Using object links Objects that exist in the database are highlighted in the text as hyperlinks You can open an object in the appropriate editor by clickin
136. 07 for Oracle User s Manual 2 7 Switching between windows The Windows Toolbar allows you to switch between child windows easily like in Windows Task Bar To activate the window you need simply click one of the window buttons To perform some additional actions with the window right click on its button and select appropriate menu item from popup menu See also Customizing toolbars 7 Restore ES EMPLOYEE h PHONE LIST 4 DELETE EMPLOYEE amp POST_NEW_ORDER on SALES 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 53 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Explorer Database Explorer or DB Explorer is the basic navigation window for working with databases and database objects Its treelike structure with multiple tabs allows you to perform almost all operations upon the databases and their objects quickly and easily The following list contains the most common features provided by the Database Explorer Managing database registration info Connecting to a database Performing basic operations upon database objects Creating projects to work with selected objects only Navigating database objects using multiple tabs Selecting multiple objects Easy access to recently opened objects Viewing information about database objects Configuring Database Explorer To view or hide this window use the View DB Explorer menu item or press F11 Use the Ctrl Shift C shortcu
137. 1 ORDSYS gt amp 1 27565746 v ARCHAR2 3 G e Select a database and a array type for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current array type definition e Print metadata of the current operator e View Dependency Tree for the array type e Refresh the content of the active tab 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 248 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object A SAMPLE on OracleDB w E ORDSYS ADMITTING General A e Print as Dependency tree g Refresh A Restore default size 5 3 22 1 2 Editing Array Type definition Name Is the name of the new array type or a nested table type Schema Specifies the schema in which the array type or a nested table type is created VArray lets you create the type as an ordered set of elements each of which has the same datatype You must specify a name and a maximum limit of one or more The array limit must be an integer literal Specify array size below at the corresponding box Nested table lets you create a named nested table Data type If data type is an object type then the nested table type describes a table whose columns match the name and attributes of the object type If defined data type is a scalar type then the nested table type describes a table with a single scalar type column called COLUMN_VALUE The type name for the objects contained in the varray must
138. 1 parami IN datatype DEFAULT default value paramz IH OUT datatype 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB General TR UE Ir te 4f Compile BEGIN statements Restore default size 252 Ber EXCEPTION WHEH exception name THEH Statements EHD 5 3 8 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a user defined function for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current user defined function definition Print metadata of the current user defined function View Dependency Tree for the user defined function Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 191 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Function Editor J SAMPLE on OracleDB x s OE GET PHONE NUT General D Execute e Print 2E Dependency tree Refresh Restore default size 5 3 8 1 2 Editing Function definition The Function tab allows you to view and edit the definition for the user defined function On executing a function please see Executing procedure function Function L FUNCTION OE FUNCTION1 parami IH datatype DEFAULT default value paramz IN OUT datatype RETURH datatype IS g Compile L statements Restore default size 2 RETURN return value
139. 1 5 8 Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize CSV export options CSV options Quote strings ivl di Quote SQL Manager for Oracle XML options This step allows you to customize options for target XML document Specify XML document encoding in the Encoding edit box and set the Standalone option on if you wish target document to be standalone Note that export is only possible from XML Datapacket CDS format Conversion between generic XML documents and the data packets that are used by SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle can be performed with the help of XML Mapper by Borland R 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 406 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize XML export options XML options T Encoding iso 8859 1 Standalone SQL Manager for Oracle 8 1 6 Setting common export options Set the common export options and click Finish button to start the export process The detailed description of these options is given below 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 407 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Specify common export options Constraints Go to the first record Export empty tables di Skip 0S record s L Export fetched records Manager Export only
140. 112 Jose Manuel Uman JMURMAN 515 124 4469 07 03 1998 8i Procedures 113 Luis Popp LPOPP 515 124 4567 amp 8 Functions egg Fields 11 114 Den Raphaely DRAPHEAL 5151274561 54 Triggers zu ES EMPLOYEE 10 NUMBER 115 Alexander Khoo AKHOO 515 127 4562 18 05 1995 amp DB and Schema Tri Ej FIRST NAME VARCHAR Data Wizard E321 9 83 Indices 07 1997 il Pack Til LAST_NAME VARCHAR Data Wizard Export Data 8 ackages E EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 _ 1 1998 e Package Bodies E PHONE NUMBER VARCH Customize MS Excel export options 08 1999 ge 5 0718 il Sequences E HIRE_DATE DATE Data format Extensions Advanced Dolo E JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 PERROS 04 1997 E SALARY NUMBER 8 2 ields Options Styles 4l Font Borders Fil Aggregate 51995 u Materialized View L E COMMISSION PCT NUME iE j Font T Aral gt 01997 89 4i Synonyms E MANAGER ID E FIRST NAME A 11999 8 88 Database Links E DEPARTMENT ID NUMB E LAST NAME Size 0 v 171997 8 6 Object Types gy Keys 2 ES EMAIL i H E 3 1998 Object Type Bodies g EMP EMAIL UK PHONE NUMBER 2000000 5 E Bl EMP EMP ID PK HIRE_DATE mm Foreign Keys 3 1 E JOB ID p A
141. 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description _ DDL POMAS LLL Lh fee 100 m Margins Left 12 7 mm Top 12 7 mm Right 12 7 mm Bottom 12 7 mm Header BAT HR DEPARTMENTS DEPARTMENT ID DEPARTMENT NAME MANAGER ID LOCATION ID E 10 Administration 7 MEM 200 1300 20 Marketing 201 1 800 d 30 Purchasing 114 1 700 E 40 Human Resources 203 2400 E 50 Shipping 121 1 500 B 60 IT 103 1 400 B 70 Public Relations 204 2 700 E E 80 Sales 2500 B 90 Executive 100 1 700 B 100 Finance 108 1 700 E 110 Accounting 205 1 700 E 120 Treasury 1 700 130 Corporate 1 700 z ETAT ca SS se Page 1 off 1 Pages PaperSize 2159 2794 Status Ready Grid View FomView Print Data Records fetched 27 27 Blob View SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides BLOB Viewer Editor to view and edit BLOB fields content The BLOB Viewer Editor can be invoked from the data grid within Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder etc Navigating within the BLOB Viewer Editor Viewing Editing BLOB field as hexadecimal dump Viewing Editing BLOB field as plain text Viewing Editing BLOB field as rich text RTF Viewing Editing BLOB field as graphical image Viewing Editing BLOB field a
142. 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name General Public DB link Shared DB link C Use CURRENT LISER 4f Compile Remote database connection Restore default size User name Kid Password Remote database Authenticated by Schema Password 5 3 19 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a type for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current database link Print metadata of the current database link View Dependency Tree for the database link Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 5 3 19 1 2 Editing DB Link definition Name If you are creating a new DB link type a unique name to be used across the database to represent the DB link 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 237 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 20 Public DB link Use this option to create a public database link available to all users Shared DB link Check the option to use a single network connection to create a public database link that can be shared among multiple users Use CURRENT_USER Use this option to create a current user database link The current user must be a global user with a valid account on the remote database Remote database connection This group of controls lets you enable a connection to the remote database Authenticated by Speci
143. 3234 01 05 1995 Ham SVOLLMAN 650 123 4234 10 10 1997 Xi EMPLOYEE_ID gt 110 J E Grid View Ju Form View Print Data 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 368 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 2 1 7 2 2 Invoking the Filter Builder dialog To call the Custom filter window click the Customize button on the Filter panel This panel is visible if any filtering is already applied to the grid you can use column header menu or grid menu for quick filtering Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies x a Sg Find Drag 4 column header here to group by that column FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME iv EMAIL PHONE NUMBER HIRE DATE 111 Ismael Sciarra ISCIARRA 515 124 4369 30 09 1997 112 113 Jose Manuel Luis Urman Popp JMURMAN LPOPP 515 124 4463 515 124 4567 07 03 1998 07 12 1333 116 Den Shelli Raphaely Baida DRAPHEAL SBAIDA 515 127 4561 515 127 4562 515 127 4563 07 12 1994 24 12 1997 117 Sigal Tobias STOBIAS 515 127 4564 24 07 1997 Guy Himuro GHIMURO 515 127 4565 15 11 1338 118 120 Karen Matthew Colmenares Weiss KCOLMENA MWEISS 515 127 4566 650 123 1234 10 08 1999 18 07 1996 121 Fripp AFRIPP 650 123 2234 10 04 1997 122 Payam Kaufling
144. 3238 2 6406 4156 ost W ait Queue rocess Allocation eo 5 208 6 p a 5156 8 8 18 simo 52 NE oO c m 2 6 612 0165 3 0 15 22 2s 9 525 amp B x Immediate Gets lt gt 0 iv A cc om 901 632 eo For detailed information on latches and their descriptions please see your Oracle Database reference 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 120 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Objects Management SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides powerful tools to manage database objects Note before working with database objects in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle you should connect to the database first see Database Management Create New Database Object To create a database object Select the Database New Object menu item Select the type of an object to create in the New Object Dialog Follow the steps of the wizard or edit object properties in the dialog depending on the selected object type Note that you can also create a specific database object e g new table or new procedure by selecting the appropriate item of the explorertree context menu or by pressing the Ctrl N gt hotkey Drop Database Object To drop a database object Select a database object to
145. 45 45 1l E EEEE 0070 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 00080 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 00090 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 FF CO EEEEEEEEEEEEEEaA 00040 00 11 08 00 5C 01 03 01 22 00 02 11 01 03 11 030100 42 C1 15 52 01 FO 24 33 62 72 82 09 04 16 17 B5 RCp 3br 00110 18 19 25 26 27 28 29 2 34 35 37 38 39 amp 458783 E T 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 44 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 5A CDEFGHI JS TUVWEXZM uui gt 0 2 verwrite Editing as plain text The Text panel allows you to edit data as a simple text Use Save to File and Load from File items on the navigation bar to save the text to a file or load the text from a file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 363 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 1 4 4 i BLOB Hexadecimal le t Richtext Image HTML Rapid database managerment and navigation Multiple host database connections Registering selected databases to work with Schema restriction to see only required schemas Projects to work with the selected database objects only E Connecting via local port forwarding through the SSH tunnel Multiple user defined tabs for any tree node to access it in one clit Working with multiple selected objects at a time Grouping Ungroupin
146. 61 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual HTML Report Select additional report options and click the Finish button Charset C Show report after generating Report header OraDB NAS NaS on OraDB Report footer This file was generated with SQL Manager 2007 fol Click Finish to generate the report ee E 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 462 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 7 Report management SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides Report Designer for creating powerful reports Create Report Wizard to simplify the process of creating report and Report Viewer to view finished reports Reports be stored either in the database xxxreports table will be created to store them or in the folder on your hard drive specified at the Edit Database Registration Info dialog on the Directories page 9 7 1 Create Report Wizard Using the Create Report Wizard you can create a report blank in a definite style containing required datasets bands and fields on them To open the dialog select the Database New Object menu item then select Report in the dialog Hint To create new report you can also right click the Reports node of the explorer tree and select the New Report item from the popup menu Specifying report name and options Selecting report bands Selecting report style Specifying paper settings Specifying mar
147. 7 for Oracle User s Manual Autoextension Enables or disables the automatic extension of a new or existing datafile or tempfile Next size Specify the size in bytes of the next increment of disk space to be allocated automatically when more extents are required Maximum size Specify the maximum disk space allowed for automatic extension of the datafile Unlimited maximum size Check the option if you do not want to limit the disk space that Oracle can allocate to the datafile or tempfile New File File Name tbfO1 Path C ORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 OXORADATASSAMPLE File size 1 aly v Reuse Auto extend property v Auto extend Next size 1073741 825 1 byte 5 4 9 Rollback Segments Rollback segment is an object that Oracle Database uses to store data necessary to reverse or undo changes made by transactions Create rollback segment To create a new rollback segment e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Rollback Segment in the New Object dialog e Edit rollback segment definition within the Rollback Segment Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 309 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Hint To create new rollback segment you can also right click the Rollback Segments node of the explorer tree and select the New Rollback Segment item from the popup menu To create a new rollback segment with the same properties as one of the existing rollback segments has e Select the Database
148. 8 JMURMAN 515 124 4469 515 124 4567 07 12 1333 lt GridView FomView Print Data x etched 101 After you have set a filter the filtering panel becomes visible at the bottom of grid where you can see the active filtering condition and easily enable or disable it by clicking a check box at the left Using this panel you can also customize your filter in a more complicated way by clicking the Customize button and building your filter within the Filter Builder Dialog 71 1 3 Working in multi level mode One of unique features of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle is ability to work with data in multi level mode to view and modify data in several related tables at one time To manage levels right click on the grid and select Grid Levels submenu It allows you to e Add new grid level using Create Grid Level Wizard e Delete current grid level 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 351 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 1 1 4 Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Data DM P M t a v rU s S Find E Drag a column header here to group by that column DEPARTMENT ID DEPARTMENT NAME MANAGER ID LOCATION ID lt 1 1800 1700 8A Hunan Resouces 2 2 EMPLO y FIRST NAME LAST_NAME EMAIL 120 Mathew Adam SV LLMAN KMOURGOS JNAYER 726 ene Mild iiu 32 dames G
149. 9 9 9 9 9 9 AMERICAN AMERICA AMERICA CLEMSWIN1251 GREGORIAN DD MON RR AMERICAN BINARY HH MI SSXFF DD MON RR HH MI SSXFF HH MI SSXFF TZR DD MON RR HH MI SSXFF TZA BINARY BYTE FALSE ALTBSUTF15 10 2 0 1 0 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 107 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 6 1 Parameters The NLS database environment is established on creating a database and partially via initialization parameter file at instance startup At this tab you can obtain all information on database common parameters as well as NLS instance and session parameters The parameters listed at this tab re read only and cannot be changed At the top of the form there is a block displaying all necessary information on the server an all its components and their versions Common Parameters Extended Parameters Common parameters Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10 2 0 1 0 Prod 1 PL SQL Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production CORE 10 2 0 1 0 Production TNS for 32 bit Windows Version 10 2 0 1 0 Production NLSRTL Version 10 2 0 1 0 Production NLS parameters Parameter 89 1 NLS Instance Parameters NLS_LANGUAGE AMERICAN NLS_TERRITORY AMERICA NLS_CURRENCY NLS_ISO_CURRENCY AMERICA NLS NUMERIC CHARACTERS NLS CHARACTERSET CL8MSWwIN1251 NLS CALENDAR GREGORIAN NLS DATE FORMAT DD MON RR NLS DATE LANGUAGE AMERICAN NLS SOR
150. 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB 9 EXFSYS EXPFILTER Print 2E Dependency tree Refresh Restore default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 266 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 27 1 2 Editing Index Type definition Name Specify the name of the indextype to be created Schema Specify the name of the schema in which the indextype resides For operator Choose the proper schema and specify the list of operators supported by the indextype To include operators to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the operators from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected operators multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Define the name of the implementation object at the corresponding field to bind the indextype to an implementation type which specifies and refers to user defined index functions and procedures that implement the indextype 5 1 New Index Type SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX n Object Index type Description DDL 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name INDEXTYPE1 General 4 Schema EXFSYS 2 For operators 3 Lompile EA Restore default size Operator schema EXFSYS Available Selected 25 EXFSYS EVALUATE 6 6 6 Implementation schema Implementation object 5 3 28 Operators Use
151. AA Dn Umm nd db Add member Delete member 5 4 10 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and an object for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current object definition Print metadata of the current object View Dependency Tree for the object Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of RedoLog Group Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 314 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual A Restore default size 5 4 10 1 2 Editing Redo Log Group Adding a new redo log group to your database Name The group number uniquely identifies the redo log group The the default value is generated automatically You can enter a different group number in this field if you desire Status Status of the redo log group Current Active or Inactive Sequence Sequence number of the redo log group File size Size of the redo log file Reuse existing files Allows Oracle to reuse existing file Adding new members to an existing group Members List of members to be included in the redo log group Use context menu to append delete a member or press the green plus red minus buttons 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 315 SQL M
152. AMPLE on OracleDB Name USER1 Authentication method Gonera 2 Password authentication 3 Compile Operating system authentication Restore default size Global authentication Common name John Mills Locality Country US State Organization EMS Unit 500 name CN John Mills O EMS C US Resource profile C Lock account now 5 4 2 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a user for editing within the current window General bar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 281 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Compile the current user definition Print metadata of the current user View Dependency Tree for the user Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of User Editor gt Object SAMPLE on OracleDB w DIP General gt gt c Print 52 Dependency tree la Refresh A Restore default size 5 4 2 1 2 Editing user definition Name Specify the name of the user to be created This name can contain only characters from your database character set and comply with the naming rules Authentication method Password authentication Indicates that the user must specify password to log on to the database Operating system authentication A user must be authenticated by an external servic
153. AN fe SYSTEM 19 TSMSYS 15 WMSYS To include th objects to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the objects from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected objects multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift E E E A 11 2 2 Setting statistics options Specify additional settings for Advanced Statistics Expert 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 501 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Advanced Statistics Wizard Advanced Statistics Wizard Specify additional settings Target Schema v Target Name none v Stat ID Granularity AUTO v Options GATHER Method opt FOR ALL INDEXED COLUMNS v Degree 0 Estimate percent 51 No invalidate Force Block sample iege Target Schema Schema containing stat table Target Name User stat table identifier describing where to save the current statistics Stat ID Identifier optional to associate with these statistics within stat table Granularity Granularity of statistics to collect only pertinent if the table is partitioned e DEFAULT Gather global and partition level statistics SUBPARTITION Gather subpartition level statistics PARTITION Gather partition level statistics GLOBAL Gather global statistics ALL G
154. CDS R MIG Preferred Servers Oracle Names DCE NIS Address List 1 Protocol Receive Buffer Send Buffer ADDRESS PROTOCOL tep HOST Hash PNRT 15211 A 7 lt Append m Insert Delete D Test Address The Oracle names tab Wait duration before disconnection from Names server Limits the amounts of time the Oracle Names server will wait for the connection from a client to complete Default domain Indicates the domain from which the client most often requests names When this parameter is set the default domain name will be automatically appended to any unqualified service name Wait duration before connection retry Determines how long a client will wait for a response from an Oracle Names server before reiterating the request to the next server in the preferred servers list Number of retries per each Names server Specifies the number of times the client should try each server in the list of preferred servers before allowing the operation to fail Number of connections to a Names server Determines how many connections an Oracle Names client may have open at one time 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 93 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Initial number of preallocated messages Determines the initial number of messages allocated in the client s message pool which are used for forwarded message requests Preferred Servers Oracle Names DCE NI
155. CEDURE E POSITION Debug 10 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 483 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object bar e Select a database for editing within the current window General bar e Refresh the content of the active tab Edit existing user Clear the filter applied Bring the window to its default size Grantee bar e Select a user role for displaying their grants The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Grant Manager 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 484 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database a SAMPLE on OracleDB S v General a 2 Refresh Sz Edit user Z Clear filter Grantee User Role CTXSYS DBSNMP DIP DMSYS EXFSYS HR Ix MDDATA MDSYS MGMT VIEW OE OLAPSYS ORDPLUGINS vl gt Legend Granted Granted with grant option Revoke Has grants for columns 10 1 2 Managing objects grants Object grants are managed at this tab The Object Name column contains a list of the objects on which the grants can be set every subsequent column has the name of the permission which can be granted for the selected object e g Alter Insert Update etc The list of the object displayed can be configured in several ways e Select a user role at the
156. Cache Sql Area Summary SGA Library Cache Data Dictionary Cache To obtain detailed information on library data dictionary cache you need to switch to the corresponding tab by selecting the appropriate button at the bottom of the frame 4 7 6 Wait Events The following tab displays all wait events which present in the Oracle database server For detailed information on wait event parameters and their descriptions please see your Oracle Database reference 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 117 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Class Slave Wait 18 37 4 Os Thread Startup 214 2857 2 0 13 5 Mman Sleep For Component Shrink 50 243 25 0 05 Control File Sequential Read 31635 2987 29 D 0 09 Control File Parallel Write 54327 177 8 0 Latch Cache Buffers Chains 3 0 06 0 Buffer Busy Waits 6 0 08 0 Read By Other Session 3 0 04 0 Recovery Read 3 0 0 Log File Sequential Read 16 0 56 0 Log File Single Write 11 0 01 0 Log File Parallel write 10490 23 08 0 Log File Switch Completion 2 0 28 0 Log File Sync 276 1 11 0 Db File Sequential Read 27651 1410 01 0 Db File Scattered Read 2729 78 53 0 Db File Single Write 5 0 0 Db File Parallel Write 16220 71 66 0 Direct Path Read 30 0 57 0 Direct Path Read Temp 4 0 0 Direct Path Write 153 0 44 0 Direct Path Write Temp 61 0 0 Latch Row Cache Objects 1 0 0 Latch S
157. D JOB HISTORY ESHR JOB HISTORY Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite No 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 433 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 2 Visual Database Designer Visual Database Designer is provided for designing your database visually It allows you to create edit and drop tables and table fields set links between tables and so on To open the designer select the Tools Visual Database Designer main menu item Using navigation bar Navigating on diagram Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram New object creation Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options See also Visual Query Builder m E SAMPLE OracleDB SAMPLE v R t c i2 Refresh Navigator FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 PHONE NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 HIRE DATE DATE JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 SALARY NUMBER 8 2 COMMISSION PCT NUMBER 2 2 MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 JOB TITLE VARCHAR2 35 MIN SALARY NUMBER 6 0 MAX SALARY NUMBER 6 0 EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 START DATE DATE END DATE DATE m JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 4 MAS TR HR REGIONS B HR DEPARTMENTS A REGION ID NUMBER 2 DE
158. DO_NETWORK_ MDSYS ALL_SDO_NETWORK_ Printing Options MDSYS ALL_SDO_NETWORK_ v Eields Params Keys MDSYS ALL SDO STYLES Foreign Keys Triggers MDSYS ALL SDO THEMES Checks v DDL MDSYS ALL SDO TOPO INFO Indices Description A li viens Procedures Eunctions Triggers E DB and Schema Triggers Indicies Packages amp Package Bodies ie ie Ee E g E 2 a dr AEs HE AEs gE Eg E E E E E E 9 5 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to Select the database for the report Print metadata for selected objects Preview the report Bring the window to its default size Filter database objects by type 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 455 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 5 2 Printing options Database a SAMPLE on OracleDB General c Print 8 Preview Ea Restore default size Show amp All Objects Tables i View ED Procedures Functions Triggers 85 DB and Schema Triggers Indicies gt gt G Packages Package Bodies be If you select table s among the tables for printing Printing Options appear at the bottom Fields Params Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers DDL and Description Specify which items should be printed Note that you are able to make a preview of the report and print metadata for selected objects select the corres
159. Database Management Solutions Inc EMS agrees to provide the user USER with a copy of this software product SOFTWARE and grants the USER a limited license to use the SOFTWARE This LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE defines what the USER may do with the SOFTWARE and contains limitations on warranties liabilities and remedies This LICENSE may be revoked by EMS at any time without notice if the USER fails to comply with the terms of this LICENSE The copyright and all other rights in the SOFTWARE shall remain with EMS LICENSE OF UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE An unregistered copy of the SOFTWARE UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE may be used by the USER for evaluation purposes for a period of thirty 30 days following the initial installation of the UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE At the end of the trial period TRIAL PERIOD the USER must either register the SOFTWARE or remove it from his system The UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE may be freely copied and distributed to other users for their evaluation LICENSE OF REGISTERED SOFTWARE A registered copy of the SOFTWARE REGISTERED SOFTWARE allows the USER to use the SOFTWARE only on a single computer or network and only by a single user at a time If the USER wishes to use the SOFTWARE for more than one user the USER will need a separate license for each individual user The USER is allowed to make one copy of the REGISTERED SOFTWARE for back up purposes DISTRIBUTION OF UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE The uninstalled UNRE
160. E VARCHAR2 E EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 E PHONE NUMBER VARCH E HIRE DATE DATE E JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 E SALARY NUMBER S 2 COMMISSION PCT NUME E MANAGER ID NUMBER E E DEPARTMENT ID NUMB 5A Keys 2 Es EMP EMAIL UK EMP_EMP_ID_PK 518 Foreign Keys 3 a EMP_DEPT_FK DEPARTH B EMP_JOB_FK JOBS EMP_MANAGER_FK amp e Checks 5 j EMP EMAIL NN j EMP HIRE DATE NN H EMP JOB NN JOB_ID EMP LAST NAME NN L j EMP SALARY MIN salary Bij Indices 6 Ef EMP DEPARTMENT Ef EMP EMAIL UK E Se EMP FMP In PK EMPL HR LOCATIONS Register Database Wizard After that 1 E 8 Drag a column header here to group by that column 2 EMPLOYEE_ID FIRST NAME v LAST NAME EMAIL PHONE NUMBER HIRE_DATE 100 Steven King SKING 515 123 4567 17 06 1987 101 Neena Kochhar NKOCHHAR 515 123 4568 21 09 1983 102 Lex De Haan LDEHAAN 515 123 4569 13 01 1993 103 Alexander Hunold AHUNOLD 590 423 4567 03 01 1890 104 Bruce Ernst BERNST 5904234558 21 05 1991 105 David Austin DAUSTIN 590 423 4569 25061997 106 VPATABAL 05 02 1998 107 Diana Lorentz DLORENTZ 07 02 1993 108 Nancy
161. E Advanced Column Options pA Localization 12 1 4 3 SQL Editor Explain query If this option is checked query plan is displayed at the bottom of the SQL Editor window M Show result for each query If this option is checked and you execute two or more queries divided by go result for each query will be shown Otherwise only the result of the last query will be shown Execute selected text separately Check this option to allow the separate executing of the selected text Write only successful executed queries to database SQL log file If this option is checked unsuccessful queries will not be saved to SQL Editor log file See Log page in the Edit Database Registration Info dialog Show results on Edit tab Check this option to see query execution results on the same page with the query text rather than on different pages Don t save queries automatically for the next sessions If this option is checked query text will not be saved Otherwise it will be saved in Windows registry Iv Disable transaction confirmation If this option is checked no transaction confirmation will be required on closing Visual 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 530 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Query Builder and SQL Editor Specify the default action Commit or Rollback and this action will be performed automatically each time when you exit Query Builder or SQL Editor
162. E Dependency tree 8 Refresh A Restore default size Procedure Parameters Dependencies DDL procedure CTXSYS syncrn ownid IN binary intege oname IH varchar2 idxid IN binary intege ixpid binary intege rtabnm IH varchar2 authid definer as external name comt ch library dr jlib with context parameters P Ctrl z Shift Ctrl Z Select All Ctrl Ctrl C Ctrl V Ctrl Find Replace Ctrl F Ctri A context oo ownid ub4 oname OCISTRING idxid ub4 ixpid ub4 rtabnm OCISTRING Search Again Go To Line By Number Alt G Change Case Load from File Ctrl L Save to File Ctrl S Preview Print Format SQL Toggle Comment Shift Ctrl F Ctrl Properties 5 3 7 1 3 Executing procedure function Procedure Editor Function Editor provides an ability to execute current procedure or function Click the Execute item of the navigation bar to execute the procedure function If the procedure function parameters SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle allows you to specify the values for these parameters in the Input Parameters dialog which appears just before execution The result of the successfully executed procedure function as well as the error message in case of execution failure appears in the message panel at the bottom of the Procedure Editor Function Editor 5 3 7 1 4 Specifying input parameters If the s
163. E Yes No Immediate parallel automatic tuning FALSE Yes No Not modifiable parallel execution message size 2148 Yes No Not modifiable Q parallel instance group Yes Yes Immediate ee 00 Ye mede E parallel min percent 0 Yes Yes Not modifiable parallel min servers n Yes No Immediate Q parallel server FALSE Yes No Not modifiable Q parallel server instances 1 Yes No Not modifiable Q parallel threads per cpu 2 Yes No Immediate parallel_max_servers Type name Integer Default value Yes Current value 20 New value 0 Description maximum parallel query servers per instance Scope System Apply Memory 4 6 3 Extended Parameters At this tab there are extended database parameters collected such as database startup time date of creation database role information on current locks database cache pool size etc All the parameters are read only 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 109 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Common Parameters eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Instance Parameters Extended Parameters Extended configuration parameters for SAMPLEDB Parameter Instance Name Version Startup Time Host Name Archiver Parallel Database Role Open Resetlogs Controlfile Type Current Sessions Current Locks Blocked Sessions Log Mode Optimizer Mode Created SGA Size in Mb DB Caches Fixed SGA Size in Mb Log Buffer Size in Mb Shared Pool in Mb L
164. EM neg cte Viewing NIS M Report Viewer J Using navigation bar SQL legc E ETETE E E A A EN Using navigation Dar moce USING POPUP MENU Part X Server Tools Grant rurep 482 X nBntEPIdM 482 I EnERIBPIIRCN ED MG 484 M n aging system privileges MM 486 Managing Roles Sm 487 Manager 489 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 12 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Managing jobs ae E Part Services Truncate Selecting objects to truncate Setting truncate OPtioONS sensona innari Advanced Stats Expert Selecting object and stats type Setting statistics i m Recompile invalid objects
165. ENTS Ef HR EMPLOYEES B HR JOB_HISTORY HR JOBS gt 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 334 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 2 2 Working with diagram area The main area of the Visual Query Builder is the Builder area Here you can build your query by placing the database tables on the area selecting the required data and setting links between objects To add a table to the query simply drag it from Database Explorer tree of the main window to the Builder area To include a table field in the query click at the left of the field name in the list or double click it to check the box next to the field name To include all the fields click at the left of the table caption If you don t check any fields the SQL statement is generated as SELECT FROM Table Name i e all the fields are selected To remove the fields from the query uncheck the corresponding fields to remove the object close it by clicking the cross button at the object caption or select the object and press Del key To edit the object alias double click the object caption Builder Edit Result Select wi Query 1 Query 1 CUSTOMER X vi CUST NO SALES CUSTOMER PO_NUMBER v CONTACT FIRST v COUNTRY CUST_NO v CONTACT LAST v SALES REP PHONE NO CURRENCY v ORDER STATUS ADDRESS LINE1 ADDRESS LINE2 POSTAL CODE ON HOLD lt C
166. EXAMPLE Public C Online General a g Compile A Restore default size Storage rm DEFAULT Bytes Byte calculator Bytes Gigabytes Megabytes Kilobytes Bytes t Bytes 0 E 0 gt 0 Result 1048576 bytes Extents Extents 5 4 9 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and an object for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current object definition Print metadata of the current object View Dependency Tree for the object Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Rollback Segment Editor Object a 9 SAMPLE on DracleDB SYSTEM m General A e Print 2B Dependency tree 8 Refresh Restore default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 311 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 9 1 2 Editing Rollback Segment Name Specify the name of the rollback segment to be created Tablespace Identify the tablespace in which the rollback segment is created Public Enable the option to indicate that the rollback segment is public and is available to any instance Online Check the option to bring the rollback segment online making it available for transactions by your instance Storage The Storage group lets you specify storage charac
167. Editor i SQL Monitor 8 SQL Script S Query Builder E Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer E Color Palette ca Print Metadata _ EX Data Esport T Fonts a Grid Data Options lt gt Print Data EE Color amp Formats Advanced Column Options 129 Localization 12 1 4 9 Data Export This page allows you to customize formats applied to exported data Edit the format masks to adjust the result format in the way you need Fore more details see Adjusting Data Formats 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 538 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options t3 Preferences Confirmations B Windows LU Integer format HHH HHO DB Explorer Float format Object Editors Date format dd MM yyyy f SQL Editor Time format SQL Monitor gt SQL Script SB Query Builder Currency format E Style amp Color Palette Boolean True a Visual Database Designer Boolean False E Color Palette lt gt Print Metadata I Fonts Auto save format strings Set defaults a Grid Data ptions lt gt Print Data EE Color amp Formats Advanced Column Options 129 Localization Data formats DateTime format Null string 12 1 5 Fonts System font name Defines the font name used by SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle System font size Defines the font size used by SQL Manager 2007 fo
168. FAULT function name 5 4 5 Consumer Groups Consumer groups let you group user sessions together by resource requirements Resource consumer groups are different from user roles one database user can have different sessions assigned to different resource consumer groups Create consumer group To create a new consumer group e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Consumer Group in the New Object dialog e Edit consumer group definition within the Consumer Group Editor Hint To create new consumer group you can also right click the Consumer Groups node of the explorer tree and select the New Consumer Group item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 292 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To create a new consumer group with the same properties as one of the existing consumer groups has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit consumer group To edit the existing consumer group e Select the consumer group for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the consumer group name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Consumer Group Consumer group Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the consumer group e Edit consumer group definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Consumer Group Editor Drop consumer group To drop a c
169. FIRST NAME COMMISSION PCT 8 2 7 Customizing common options Set the common options and click Finish button to start import 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 421 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oh Data Import C3 Import Data Customize common import options and click the Finish button Commit Commit when done Commit after each 100 Fl record s Commit changes manually Record count Import all records Import only 0 record s Error log Enable error log Log file name E SEMS OraManager error log Show error log 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 422 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 3 Export as SQL Script Export as SQL Script Wizard allows you to export data from a table or a query result to SQL script as a number of INSERT statements To export data as INSERT from a table or a query e open the table in Table Editor or open and execute query in SQL Editor or Query Builder open Dataor Result tab respectively e click Export as SQL Script item on the navigation bar Setting destination file name for the script Selecting field to export Editing result create statement Specifying export options Using templates See also Export Data Wizard SQL Script Editor Extract Metadata Export as SQL Script HR EMPLOYEES Export as SQL Script Specify the script destination and the table name
170. GISTERED SOFTWARE may be freely copied and distributed to other users provided the USER complies with the following requirements If the USER offers this uninstalled UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE for download SHAREWARE SITE USER then the SHAREWARE SITE USER agrees to 1 Immediately replace this version of the uninstalled UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE with a new version of this SOFTWARE if a new version is released by EMS or 2 Delete this version of the UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE immediately upon written email notice by EMS TERM OF LICENSE This LICENSE shall continue for as long as the USER uses the REGISTERED SOFTWARE and or distributes the UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE according to the terms of this agreement However this LICENSE will terminate if the USER fails to comply with any of its terms or conditions The USER agrees upon termination to destroy all copies of the REGISTERED and or UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE The limitations of warranties and liability set forth in this LICENSE shall continue in force even after termination ACCEPTANCE OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT By downloading and or installing this SOFTWARE the USER agrees to the terms of this 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 28 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual LICENSE DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY AND LIABILITY THE SOFTWARE AND THE ACCOMPANYING FILES ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EMS DISCLAIM
171. IVELOG Archivelog destination C oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 RDBMS 5 for Oracle Controlfiles C ORACLESPRODUCTMIO 2 0 0RADATA SAMPLEDB SPFILE C ORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0 DB_1 NDBSNSPFILESAN gt rri gt Database information Backup database name C Online Backup requires archivelog mode 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 511 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 5 2 User managed script 11 5 2 1 Selecting datafiles At this step of the Wizard you need to select the datafiles for backup By default all the datafiles of the database are selected uncheck the unwanted ones Oracle Backup Database Wizard Oracle Backup Database Specify datafiles to backup Backup Datafile Tablespace C ASDRACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0X0RADATANSSAMPLEDBSSAMP SYSAUX C ORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 OX ORADATASSAMPLEDBASAMP SYSTEM C ORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 OXORADATASSAMPLEDB SAMP UNDOTBS1 SQL C ORACLE PRODUCT 10 2 OS ORADATASSAMPLEDB SAMP USERS Manager for Oracle 11 5 2 2 Setting additional options The additional options of the Backup Database Wizard are set at this step 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 512 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Backup Database Wizard Oracle Backup Database Setup additional options Backup logname C Backup op Backup controlfile E Recreate PFILE if need D
172. If necessary you can enable disable or customize most of SQL Editor features using the Editor Options dialog The example of code completion is illustrated in the picture below You can set the delay within the Quick code section of the Editor Options dialog or activate the completion list manually by pressing the Ctr Space shortcut SOL Editor SAMPLE on OracleDB Database 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB S General a D Execute query Explain query Add new query ig Delete current query gi Clear all queries t Rename current query bg Run Query Builder db SOL Editor options Edit Logs SELECT EMPLOYEE ID JOB_ID MANAGER_ID DEPARTMENT ID LOCATION ID COUNTRY ID FIRST NAME LAST NAME SALARY COMMISSION PCT DEPARTMENT NAME JOB TITLE CITY STATE PROVINCE COUNTRY NAME Results on Edit tab Restore default size REGION NAME FROM HR EMP DETAILS VIEW WHERE HR EMP DETAILS VIEW CITY COMMISSION_PCT COUNTRY_ID COUNTRY_NAME DEPARTMENT_ID DEPARTMENT_NAME EMPLOYEE_ID FIRST_NAME Edit J gt Find text p Load from file Save to file Hint To paste input parameters of a procedure quickly use the Ctr Shift P shortcut after the procedure name If necessary you print the SQL text of your query using the corresponding item of the context menu See also Using Navigation bar Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing querie
173. L Long time h mm ss Time Manager Boolean False Null Yalues for le True False Null 8 2 5 Setting advanced field formats Select a field in the list and adjust format options that will be applied to this field only 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 419 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 2 6 Import Data SQL for Oracle Set formats for definite import fields Field name E EMPLOYEE ID FIRST NAME LAST NAME EMAIL amp PHONE NUMBER HIRE DATE JOB ID DEPARTMENT ID Formats J Generator value 0 CO Data Import 5 Step 07 Constant value Null value Left quote Quote action 15 Character case Asis v Value Right v Charset AsIs x Texttofind Replace with Ignore case Setting import mode Use Import mode to select whether to insert all records or to update delete existing ones Note that for updating deleting existing records in the target table you should move its key columns from the Available columns list to the Selected columns list 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 420 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Import Data Set import and data write type Import mode Insert all Update Delete Insert new i Delete or insert Available columns E EMPLOYEE ID
174. Last col Last row C Note 1 cfi Charts cfr Chat 1 FQ Series 9 Series 1 First col First row E Dells Cell Col 0 Row 0 Efl Merged Cells E Merged Cells 1 8 1 5 1 3 Advanced Advanced options allow you to Specify page header Specify page footer Specify sheet title in target file Choose a picture to be a page background Calculate column width automatically This option allows wizard to determine column width in target file automatically 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 393 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Page header Employee List Page footer Page amp P of amp N Sheet title employee Page background 8 1 5 2 Access options This step allows you to customize options for target MS Access file Set the name for target table and specify whether the wizard should create a new table in Access database if it does not exist yet or use the existing table to export data into 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 394 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Access export options Table options Table name EXPORT TABLE Create new table if it does not exist 8 1 5 3 Word RTF options
175. Management Solutions 215 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual reached by an ascending or descending sequence respectively If the limit is reached the next number generated will be the minvalue or maxvalue respectively Otherwise any calls to nextval after the sequence has reached its maximum value will return an error Order Use this option to guarantee that sequence numbers are generated in order of request This clause is useful if you are using the sequence numbers as timestamps Guaranteeing order is usually not important for sequences used to generate primary keys 05 New Sequence SAMPLE on OracleDB Jie Object Sequence DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name SEQUENCE1 General Schema bd Compie Start with 1 Cycle 9 Restore default size Increment 1 C Order Min value DEFAULT Max value 64536 Cache 20 5 3 15 Clusters A cluster is a schema object that contains data from one or more tables all of which have one or more columns in common Oracle stores together all the rows from all the tables that share the same cluster key Create cluster To create a new cluster e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Cluster in the New Object dialog e Edit cluster definition within the Cluster Editor Hint To create new cluster you can also right click the Clusters node of the explorer tree and select the New Cluster item from the popup menu To create a new clus
176. Management Solutions 388 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Base Font Fill c Hyperlinks Col o m Hyperlink 1 o m 5 88 Notes v Ne i Charts Test note Cells E Merged Cells Row 8 1 5 1 2 3 Charts if you create a chart enter chart title select chart style choose legend position specify if you want to show legend specify if you want to set chart color automatically select chart position and category labels using appropriate tabs 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 389 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Base Position Category Labels B Hyperlinks Title Chart_1 Hyperlink 1 Ca Notes Note 1 Legend position fi Charts O Bottom Top O Left fa EE OComer 9 Right Cells Show legend Auto color E Merged Cells Style Column i add one or more series enter its titles select data ranges from a chosen column or from a specified range in a table choose colors for all the graphs 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 390 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard
177. Manual 4 SAMPLE on OracleDB EB HR EMPLOYEES v owes UND a Table properties amp Print Dependency tree g Refresh Restore default size db Table E ditor options Fields B New field Bf Edit field EMPLOYEE 10 Ei Drop field EMPLOYEE ID Explorer E Fields 11 Keys 2 Foreign Keys 3 Checks 5 Indices 5 5 3 5 2 1 Using navigation bar Field Name FIRST_NAME Field Type VARCHAR 2 20 Dependencies Not Null Unique Default Value Description Description First name of the em LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 Last name of the emp EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 Email id of the emplo PHONE NUMBER VARCHAR 2 20 Phone number of the HIRE_DATE DATE Date when the emplc JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 Current job of the em SALARY NUMBER 8 2 Monthly salary of the COMMISSION PCT NUMBER 2 2 Commission percenta MANAGER ID NUMBER S 0 Manager id of the err DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 OOOO SIL DI IST EST ET DIDIDBIEDBLDLDIIKI LI Department id where Field Description EMPLOYEE Primary key of employ Edit Field EMPLOYEE ID Rename Object Drop Field EMPLOYEE ID Del Enter Duplicate Field Shift Ins Copy List of Field Names to Clipboard Export Metadata The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a
178. Manual Setting connection properties Setting registration options Database Registration Info oic di eeteceeten duce diveeducedieeudeccdeeuueeduneeuiecsdeetucentensues Editing connection properties Setting database options Setting display Options ninian Setting default directories Setting muere Setting SSH tunnel Options manna Editing Local Naming parameters eese enne 84 USING NAVIGATION T Lee 84 TINS File CGONSUCION 85 Viewing file contents Editing Profile parameters 89 ICI CIIM 90 Naming Options dai EiS 91 Oracle Advaced SeCUrity M 94 Pneu T 94 Integrity and Encryption 97 TGP P Access Righls iate eie a a HE ee tee is te e P A EE dvi 99 E enim Viewing file contents Oracle client checker Database Information Common Parameters Instance Parameters Extended Parameters 15 ccrto ee r rE SFR aa aE a p E a tue E UTE pares Spec eee Eer aa Pepe tov EN SUE eese F Ree eN e Eos 108 Database Statistics 1
179. N 3l statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception name THEN wll Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 10 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a DB Schema trigger for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current DB Schema trigger definition Print metadata of the current DB Schema trigger View Dependency Tree for the DB Schema trigger Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 5 3 10 1 2 Editing DB Schema Trigger definition The main trigger parameters are set on the Trigger tab Name Name of the trigger it must be unique to the database Trigger type 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 200 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 11 Specify whether the trigger should fire after before instead of executing the triggering event For row triggers the trigger is fired before each affected row is changed Trigger on Database or schema name the trigger is created for On Event Specify one or more particular states of the database that can cause the trigger to fire You can create triggers for these events on database or schema For each of these triggering events Oracle opens an autonomous transaction scope fires the trigger and commits any separate transaction regardless of any existing user transaction The trigger body consis
180. NC Remove Tpble HR LOCATIONS I 9 COUNTRY ID C 9 2 5 New objects creation To create a new table using Visual Database Designer e Press Create table button on the toolbar e Click at the desired point on the diagram to place the new table to e Create new table with the New Table dialog Lees ERHRJOB HISTORY 111111 EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 START DATE DATE END DATE DATE Puce ets ok a on o JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 gb esce ios Gus sud denis DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 P DEPARTMENT IDiNUMBER 4 9 1 DEPARTMENT NAME VARCHAR2 30 S HR LOCATIONS o MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 LOCATION ID 4 0 LOCATION ID N Vo STREET ADDRESS POSTAL CODE V 9 CITY VARCHAR2 STATE PROVINCE COUNTRY ID CH 9 2 6 Creating relationships To create a new relationship which is the foreign key in terms of database Press Create relation button on the toolbar Click on the table where referential constraint should be created Click on the referred table Create new foreign key with the New Foreign Key dialog 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 437 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual m 2 ESVHR JUB_HISI Ge te Ao ec gy Pes seu xa EMPLOYEE I oie dias acta E Gea hie Gg gt START DATE doa e eara doa race END DATE ooh Gut a e ok
181. Navigation bar to their grants e Check the Granted only option to display objects with at least one granted operation e Selecting a specific type of the object from the drop down list right under the name of 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 485 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual the Object Grants tab e Using the Filter to select a schema and specify filter for the object name You can use standard wildcards like asterix or percent sign which are the same or question mark To exclude the object names set in the filter use exclamation mark at the begining e g the result for T is everything except the object names starting with If any of these symbols presents in the name of the object and you do need to apply filter to them just double that symnbol e g the result for T will be all objects which names begin with T To grant a permission on an an object find appropriate object in the Object Name list and a the column with corresponding permission Note that the cells highlighted in grey are not available for setting grants due to the obvious reason e g you cannot execute a table alter a procedure etc There are 4 states available for every permission e Granted e Granted with GRANT option e Revoke e Has grants for columns Click on a cell to grant a specific permission for a certain object The panel at the bottom allows to view granted columns for the table
182. O Index Partition SALES PROM Index Partition SALES Index Partition SALES PROMO BIX Index Partition Size b 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 65536 Tablespace Control Files Data Files RBS Activity To get information on control files data files or details of RBS rollback segment activity by pressing corresponding button at the bottom of the frame SGA This tab allows you to view statistics on memory usage at SGA which is a group of shared memory structures that contain data and control information for one Oracle database instance Atthe Summary SGA frame the information on SGA memory and shred pool memory is available it is also displayed graphically as a diagram note that tou can click on it and holding the mouse button in order to rotate the diagram to get the best view 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 116 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual p System Statistics Last Analyze Stats Sessions Storage SGA wait Events Latches SGA Area Total Sizeiv Buffer_Cache 222298112 Shared Pool 67115528 Shared Pool Large Pool 4194304 Java Pool 4194304 Log_Buffer 2945024 Java Poo 4 Fixed_Sga 1247576 Buffer Cache Name Total Size Free Memory 6510052 i Library Cache 2514540 miscellaneous Sgl Area 3071550 miscellaneous 55019276 Library
183. PARTMENT ID EMP NO Auto Fill FIRST NAME LAST NAME Isid PHONE EXT SQL X Clear E DATE Destination Fields for Oracle IMANAGER ID E COMMISSION PCT JOB COUNTRY SALARY JOB GRADE JOB CODE DEPT_NO amp PHONE NUMBER DATE EMAIL PHONE EXT P BE LACT AARC LACT 8 2 3 5 TXT Select the target field in the list and then double click in the text viewer area to add separators delimiting the source column bounds Click between the separators to assign the correspondence Proceed to the next field when done The Skip Lines option allows you to point out a number of the unrequired lines to skip 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 416 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data Import Import Data Set the accordance between source and target table fields Fields SALARY FULL NAME EMAIL 105900 Nelson Robert SQL ES PHONE NUMB 97500 Young Bruce P 102750 Lambert Kim HIRE_DATE 64635 Johnson Leslie for Oracle 75060 Forest Phil 86292 9375 Weston K J COMMISSION Lee Terri MANAGER_ID DEPARTMENT Select the target field in the list and then double click in the text viewer area to add separators delimiting the source column bounds Click between the separators to assign the correspondence Proceed to the next field when done 8 2 3 6 C
184. PARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 gt o REGION NAME VARCHARZ ZS DEPARTMENT_NAME VARCHAR2 30 CTXSYS DRV DELETE2 amp CTXSYS DRVSONLINE_PENDINC CTXSYS ORVSPENDING CTXSYS DRVSUNINDEXED CTXSYS DAVSUNINDEXED2 ay CTXSYS DRVSWAITING DBSNMP MGMT_RESPONSE_B DMSYS DM_USER_MODELS 49 EXFSYS ADM_EXPFIL_ASET_FU a EXFSYS ADM_EXPFIL_ATTRIBU lai Exrsvs ADM expri ATTRIBU f MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 9 LOCATION ID NUMBER 4 0 HR COUNTRIES 2 COUNTRY 10 CHAR COUNTRY NAME VARCHAR2 40 9 REGION ID NUMBER 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 434 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 2 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to Select the database to design Setting diagram options Bring the window to its default size Navigate with the diagram View the list of objects that can be added to the diagram Database A SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLE vi gt General b Diagram options Restore default size g Refresh gt gt Navigator Objects CTXSYS DRV DELETE2 F CTxSYS DRY ONLINE_PENDINC CTXSYS DRV PENDING CTXSYS DRVSUNINDEXED CTXSYS DRVSUNINDEXED2 CTXSYS DRVSWAITING DBSNMP MGMT RESPONSE B2 DMSYS DM_USER_MODELS h EXFSYS AD M EXPFIL ASET FU EXFSYS ADM EXPFIL ATTRIBU SYS ADM EXPFIL ATTRIBU 9 2 2 Navigating on diagram To navigate on th
185. PKAUFLIN 650 123 3234 01 05 1335 123 Shanta Vollman SVOLLMAN 650 123 4234 10 10 1997 x EMPLOYEE ID gt 110 lt GridView FomView Print Data _ prx To invoke the Filter Builder Dialog please press the Filter button which is left to Find item at the dataset navigation bar lK r e av rcov To illustrate usage of Filter Builder Dialog see example in the next topics Adding new condition Suppose we need to select employees from the sample table Employees with the ID greater than 100 These criteria are applied to the Employee ID column Click the press the button to add a new condition box This will add a new condition to the criteria Alternatively you can Add Condition option from the dropdown menu left click the Filter box and select the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 369 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual M Filter builder untitle d flt AND lt root gt press the button to add 4 new Next Step gt gt 7 2 3 Setting filter criteria As we need to apply the filtercriteria to the Employee ID column left click the column box next to the ellipsis button to open the dropdown list displaying the available column names Then select the Employee ID item 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 370 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 2 4 M Filter
186. PROG JOB_ID IT_PROG JOB_ID 7 1 2 Form View Form View tab allows you to view data as a form On the form the current record is displayed field name and its value If these data are available for editing you can do it on this form The navigation bar allows you to switch the records quickly insert update or delete records Each field has a Null switch which allows you to clear the field value quickly near each number field a calculator button is placed calculator field automatically fills the current field near each date field calendar button is placed date selected in the calendar automatically fills the current field 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 359 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Data Description D DDL lt gt P M V xX X B DEPARTMENT ID Null 60 2 DEPARTMENT_NAME Nul IT MANAGER ID C Nul LOCATION ID C Nul 1400 4 lt gt Grid View Form View Print Data Records fetched 27 27 7 1 3 Print Data Atthe Print Data tab data are displayed in the way they are printed in WYSIWYG mode Using buttons on the toolbar you can design report change the view scope save and load previously saved report and set the page printing parameters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 360 SQL Manager
187. QL Besides the Options dialogs allows you to export all program settings to a reg file for future use e g on another machine see Save Settings for details 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 523 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 1 12 1 1 Environment Options Environment Options allow you to customize general SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle options To open the Environment Options window select the Options Environment Options menu item Preferences Confirmations Windows Tools e DBExplorer e Object Editors e SQL Editor SQL Monitor SQL Script Query Builder Print Metadata e Data Export Fonts Grid e Data Options e Print Data e Color amp Formats e Advanced e Column Options Localization Preferences Show splash screen on startup Displays the splash screen on SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle startup M Restore desktop on connect On disconnecting from the database the database windows and their positions which were refreshed on connect will be restored M Disable multiple instances Prohibits running multiple instances of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Encrypted passwords Encrypts passwords for connecting to databases in the Windows registry Show desktop panel for MDI Environment style only Displays the Desktop Panel when no windows are open 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 524 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual
188. RE EMPLOYEES Befoe 0 Edit Trigger HR UPDATE JOB HISTORY Enter Drop Trigger HR LIPDATE JOB HISTORY Del Duplicate Trigger Shift Ins Enable Trigger HR UPDATE_JOB_HISTORY Disable Trigger HR UPDATE_JOB_HISTORY Enable All Disable All Export Metadata 5 3 5 2 8 Viewing table data The Data tab displays the table data as a grid see Data View for details The popup menu of this tab and the Data Management navigation bar allow you to Export Data Import Data Export as SQL Script 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 154 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB 52 HR EMPLOYEES FIRST_NAME LAST NAME EMAIL Table properties amp Pin DeHam LDEHAAN 28g Dependency tree Alexander Hunold AHUNOLD Refresh Bruce Ernst BERNST David Austin DAUSTIN bis Pataballa VPATABAL Paste Records Shift Ctrlev Diana Lorentz DLORENTZ Nancy Greenberg NGREENBE Daniel DFAVIET Quick Filter Ex Export data Disable Filter EX Export as SQL script Clear Sorting e 1 Wi eh Popp LPOPP Set Value n Raphaely Edit BLOB Save BLOB to File Restore default size data Expand All Collapse All Karen Colmenares KCOLMENA Next Tab Matthew Weiss MWEISS 6 Previous Tab Fripp AFRIPP PKAUFLIN Grid Levels Column Summary Vis
189. RTMENT 10 NUMB 184 Nandita 1 are ips E 10 N 184 Nandita Sarchand 27 01 1996 a Fit Columns Widths Keys 2 185 Alexis Bull 20 02 1997 Al ee EMP_EMAIL_UK 186 Julia Delinger 24 06 1998 J i DE 187 Anthony Cabrio 07 02 1999 frondes eim NEUE pud f e 188 Kely Chung 14 06 1897 KCHUNG 650 505 1876 Ge EMP_DEPT_FK 189 Jennifer Dilly 13 08 1997 JDILLY 650 505 2876 EMP JOB FK JOBS S 190 Timothy Gates 11 07 1998 TGATES 650 505 3876 egg Checks 5 181 Randall Perkins 18121999 RPERKINS 650 505 4876 d EMP EMAIL NN l EMAIL 182 Sarah Bell 04 02 1996 SBELL 650 501 1876 Te um 183 Britney Everett 03 03 1987 BEVERETT 650 501 2876 f EMP HIRE DATE NN Z EMP_JOB_NN 194 Samuel McCain 01 07 1998 SMCCAIN 650 501 3876 Ej EMP_LAST_NAME_NN L 185 Vance Jones _ 17 03 1999 MJONES 650 501 4876 EMP SALARY MIN salary 186 Alana Walsh 24 04 1998 AWALSH 650 507 9811 2188 Indices 6 197 Kevin Franeu 2n 1898 KFFFNFY RANAN 9922 i EMP DEPARTMENT IX amp E Ef EMP_EMAIL_UK GridView FomVew PintData M M rue in PK EMPL Records fetched 107 107 If you want to use the explorer tree for working with table subobjects fields indexes and foreign keys check the Show Table Subobjects option at the Explorer page hint you can also use dropdown menu of View Mode button on the DB E
190. Resource definition Name This field specifies specifies the name of the schema object to hold the Java resource 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 263 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Schema The Schema field specifies the schema in which the object containing the Java file will reside Server filename Directory Specify the directory and filename of a previously created file on the operating system and server file containing the sequence The Resolver field lets you specify a mapping of the fully qualified Java name to a Java schema object where e match string is either a fully qualified Java name a wildcard that can match such a Java name or a wildcard that can match any name e schema name designates a schema to be searched for the corresponding Java schema object A dash as an alternative to schema name indicates that if match string matches a valid Java name Oracle can leave the name unresolved The resolution succeeds but the name cannot be used at run time by the class x New Java Resource SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object 4 Java Resource SAMPLE on OracleDB Name JAVARESOURCE1 Genera 4 Schema EXFSYS g Compile A Restore default size Directory MEDIA DIR Server file name SERVER Resolver 5 3 27 Index Types Indextype is an object that specifies the routines that manage a domain application specific index Indextypes reside in the same n
191. Rollback Redo Log Report Segment Group Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 122 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 2 Duplicate Object To duplicate a database object you can either select it in the explorer tree and use the Duplicate lt object type gt lt object name gt item from the object popup menu or use the Database Duplicate Object menu item to invoke the Duplicate Object Wizard d Register Database Shift Alt R Unregister Database Shift Alt U Unregister Database Group Database Registration Info to Database h Disconnect from Database Shift Ctrl D L New Object 5 Duplicate Object amp Exit AlteF4 5 21 Duplicate Object Wizard Use the Duplicate Object Wizard to create a new database object with the same properties as one of the existing ones To open the wizard select the Database Duplicate Object menu Using templates See also New Object item Selecting source database Selecting object to duplicate Selecting destination database Modifying new object s definition 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 123 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Duplicate Object Wizard 9 Duplicate Object Select the source database Welcome to the Duplicate Object Wizard This wizard allows you to create new database
192. S Wait duration before disconnection from Names server 3 Default domain Resolution persistance Wait duration before connection retry 15 Number of retries per each Names server 1 Performance Number of connections to a Names server 3 Initial number of preallocated messages 10 The DCE tab DCE cell name Specifies the Distributed Computing Environment DCE cell name prefix to use for name lookup Preferred Servers Oracle Names DCE NIS DCE cell name subsys oracle named The NIS tab NIS map file name Specifies the file to be used to map Network Information Service NIS attributes to an NIS mapname NIS is a Sun Microsystems Yellow Pages yp client server protocol for distributing system configuration data such as user and host names between computers on a network 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 94 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 4 3 4 4 3 1 Preferred Servers Oracle Names DCE NIS NIS map file name sqlnet maps Oracle Advaced Security Authentication Methods Enables one or more authentication services To include an item from to the Selected move it from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove an item from the list move it back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift General Naming Oracle Adv
193. S ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL EMS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE ANY LIABILITY OF EMS WILL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO PRODUCT REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE OTHER RESTRICTIONS The USER may not rent lease sublicense translate disassemble reverse engineer or de compile the SOFTWARE or modify or merge the SOFTWARE with any part of the software in another program This LICENSE may not be assigned or otherwise transferred without the prior written consent of EMS INVALID PROVISIONS If any provision of this LICENSE shall be declared invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions of this LICENSE shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law In such event each provision of this LICENSE which is invalid or unenforceable shall be replaced with a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible which is legal and enforceable ENTIRE AGREEMENT This LICENSE is the entire agreement between EMS and the USER and super
194. S Database Management Solutions 329 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Using this tab you can view the text of each query information on the date and time of the query execution the number of rows fetched etc With the help of the context menu the log can be printed saved to file or cleared You can also use a number of SQL Editor context menu generic functions Edit Plan Results Logs f 01 12 2006 19 22 25 Z Clear Logs N Toggle Bookmarks SELECT EMPLOYEE JOB_ID Undo Ctrl Z MANAGER ID Red Shift Ctrl DEPARTMENT ID Copy Cher LOCATION ID COUNTRY ID Select All Ctrl PISAL JJ Find Ctrl F LAST_NAME RO SALARY depu FOSSE COMMISSION PCT Search Again F3 DEPARTMENT Alt JOB TITLE m GoTo Line Number Alt G CITY Change Case SIALE PROVINCE Save to File Cts COUNTRY NAME REGION NAME jJ Preview FROM HR EMP DETAILS VIEW 2 print tuc rin c ale L imment Ir Result 106 rows fetched 7 Properties See also Using Navigation bar Working with SQL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Using PL SQL Code Debugger 6 1 8 Using PL SQL Code Debugger PL SQL Code Debugger is a new feature of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle This tool is provided for step by step code debugging anonymous blocks procedures functions
195. S Database Management Solutions 106 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 6 Database Information The Database information form allows you to get all information on NLS parameters for the database as well as configuration parameters for current instance and current session which can be changed to optimize server performance To call the dialog please choose desired database in the DB Explorer tree and then select the DatabaseInformation menu item from context menu Another way is selecting the appropriate item from View section of the program main menu Common Parameters Instance Parameters Extended Parameters Common Parameters Instance Parameters Extended Parameters Common parameters Dracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10 2 0 1 0 Prod PL SQL Release 10 2 0 1 0 Production CORE 10 2 0 1 0 Production TNS for 32 bit Windows Version 10 2 0 1 0 Production NLSRTL Version 10 2 0 1 0 Production NLS parameters Parameter 9 1 NLS Instance Parameters NLS_LANGUAGE NLS TERRITORY NLS CURRENCY NLS I50 CURRENCY NLS NUMERIC CHARACTERS NLS CHARACTERSET NLS CALENDAR NLS DATE FORMAT NLS DATE LANGUAGE NLS SORT NLS TIME FORMAT NLS TIMESTAMP FORMAT NLS TIME TZ FORMAT NLS TIMESTAMP TZ FORMAT NLS DUAL CURRENCY NLS COMP NLS LENGTH SEMANTICS NLS NCHAR CONV EXCP NLS NCHAR CHARACTERSET NLS RDBMS VERSION E 1 NLS Session Parameters 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 2 9
196. S Database Management Solutions 13 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data OpUOTIS LEER ee E ascia T ePi Eri cet tears 541 Pint Dala erie Secret nei EI tu aem d ii eibi 543 Color amp PORMAUS oiim trier a rr ert a RE acd ERCE EY EOS Ferre eis EE Pee eee 544 Advanced Ie nies 547 M 548 Editor OptiOnS d 551 General Display Color eden M SQL Formatter Settings SQL Words T Key Mapping M Visual OptiOnS LR Bars and Menus Trees and Lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Roa ek ees ev E Page controls Group boxes Splitters NM M D EMIBEICIPRELIMEE Keyboard Templates ceci eei inen n erri nee E denn a Raus 571 Save SellingS M 572 Spec
197. SDOMAIN WRITER 0 5 Terminal WRITER 0 5 Program DraManager exe Latch wait YES Elapsed time activity 0 TAF Type NONE PGA alloc 1052861 PGA used 793469 SELECT P SPID 0 5 PID decode s username NULL bg name s username DB User Hit Ratios Process Locks CPU Usage by Sessions E 50 145 5 5 Bl 510 164 5 5 SID 162 SYSTEM SID 161 S Y STEM O SID 160 S YSTEM Bl SID 163 S YSTEM 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 114 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 7 3 3 Locks This tab displays all session locks Select the desired session from the top list to see its locks locked objects and detailed information on them at the bottom frame System Statistics Last Analyze Stats Sessions Storage SGA Wait Events Latches Session USERNAME 510 SERIAL H 4 STATUS Lock MACHINE TYPE DOOM_SERVER BACKGROL 162 1 ACTIVE NO DODM SERVER BACKGROL All Lock per Session Locked Objects of the Library Cache Object Name Object Type Type Lock Mod CURSOR E SCOTT BONUS TABLE TM Exclusive NON EXISTENT amp 3 PACKAGE TABLE SYS IDL_SB4 E SYS OBJAUTH SYS SEGS SYS DEPENDENCY EB SYS PROCEDURE SYS CDEF SYS TAB_STATS SYS HIST HEAD 88 SYS TABS SYS COL SYS USER EB SYS IND_STATS S E Locked Objects Object Name Object 7
198. SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Field Name SAMPLE on OracleDB v iv HR EMPLOYEES iv FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 O First name of the emf ES LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 v Last name of the emp E EMAIL 2 25 v ET Table properties _ NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 0 Hi mioo M E 5 JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 8 SALARY NUMBER 8 2 Fetes _ Restore default size 2 MANAGER ID NUMBER E 0 Table Editor options Email id of the emplo Phone number of the ogaoga Date when the emple Current job of the em Monthly salary of the Commission percenta Manager id of the err Department id where DIDBDDBDED New field Edit Field EMPLOYEE 10 Enter Eg Edi field EMPLOYEE ID Fines Does f Drop field EMPLOYEE 10 i 4 Field EMPLOYEE ID Del Duplicate Field Shift Ins v Jm Copy List of Field Names to Clipboard i P 3 Keys 2 Export Metadata 18 Foreign Keys 3 9 8 Checks 5 88 Indices 5 5 3 5 2 3 Managing keys The Keys tab is provided for managing table view keys Right clicking in the tab area allows you to add new edit or drop the selected key See Keys for details 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 151 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Columns Primary Disabled EMPLOYEE_ID E dit Primary U
199. SV Select the target field in the list and then click at the source column in the viewer area to set the correspondence Repeat this operation for each field Use Auto Fill button to set the correspondence between the CSV columns and target fields according to the way they are ordered The Skip Lines option allows you to point out a number of the unrequired lines to skip 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 417 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 2 4 Import Data SQL for Oracle Set the accordance between source and target table fields Fields FIRST LAST NAME BE EMAIL E PHONE NUMB E HIRE DATE S JDB ID SALARY E COMMISSION E MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT oF Data Import C3 Skp 02 Robert null Bruce null Kim null Leslie null Phil null 9375 Weston Terri null 625 Hall 25 oung Chris null 1875 Fisher Aveo tHE L Adjusting data formats SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides a number of options for setting common formats for all imported data For more details see Format specifiers 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 418 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Import Data Adjust common data formats for import Date amp Time formats Separators Short date dd MM yyyy Decimal Long date 4 Thousand 160 Short time h mm Date SQ
200. Solutions 168 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual action e Set Null Set the referencing column s to null e Cascade Delete any rows referencing the deleted row or update the value of the referencing column to the new value of the referenced column respectively To get information on the foreign key options see Setting key options S New Foreign Key SAMPLE on OracleDB Joey General 4 Foreign Key Loup sss cee eee 8 Compie Name EMPLOYEES_FK1 System named Restore default size Schema HR Table or View EMPLOYEES Key fields Available Selected HIRE_DATE DEPARTMENT ID JOB ID SALARY COMMISSION PCT MANAGER 10 amp x A Referenced fields Schema SCOTT Table DEPT Available Selected Ed DNAME DEPTNO Loc E ES Delete rule None Delete cascade 5 3 5 6 Checks Check specifies an expression producing a Boolean result which new or updated rows must satisfy for an insert or update operation to succeed Expressions evaluating to TRUE or UNKNOWN succeed Should any row of an insert or update operation produce a FALSE result an error exception is raised and the insert or update does not alter the database A check constraint specified as a column constraint should reference that column s value only while an expression appearing in a table constraint may reference multiple columns Table
201. T BINARY NLS TIME FORMAT HH MI SSXFF AM NLS TIMESTAMP FORMAT DD MON RR HH MI SSXFF NLS TIME TZ FORMAT HH MI SSXFF TZA NLS TIMESTAMP TZ FORMAT DD MON RR HH MI SSXFF TZA NLS DUAL CURRENCY NLS COMP BINARY NLS LENGTH SEMANTICS BYTE NLS NCHAR CONV EXCP FALSE NLS NCHAR CHARACTERSET ALIBUTFI6B NLS RDBMS VERSION 10 2 0 1 0 89 1 NLS Session Parameters 4 6 2 Instance Parameters At this tab you can view and edit instance configuration parameters thus tuning its performance 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 108 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual At the bottom of the form you can see the Parameter editor which displays detailed information on the parameter selected Some parameter values can be changed at the corresponding editor fields you can recognize them by values at the Session System Modifiable columns Common Parameters Instance Parameters Extended Parameters Instance configuration parameters for SAMPLEDB Name Value Default Session Modifiable System Modifiable optimizer index caching 0 Yes Yes Immediate optimizer index cost adj 100 Yes Yes Immediate optimizer mode ALL ROwWS Yes Yes Immediate optimizer secure view merging TRUE Yes No Immediate Q os authent prefix OPS Yes No Not modifiable Q os roles FALSE Yes No Not modifiable 07 DICTIONARY ACCESSIBILITY FALSE Yes No Not modifiable parallel adaptive multi user TRU
202. TML file into several separated files This tab allows you to specify the record count for a single file set an option to generate an index HTML file and add an ability of navigation between each other to each of exported files 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 401 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize HTML export options Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Multi file export Use multi file export Record s in a single file C Generate index Navigation On top On bottom Prior link Index link Index Next link First link First Last link 8 1 5 4 4 Advanced The Advanced tab contains such HTML options as default font background cell padding and spacing etc 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 402 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize HTML export options Preview Basic Advanced Body options Default font Background Advanced attributes Table Options Cell padding Cell spacing Border Background Advanced attributes 8 1 5 5 PDF options This step allows you to customize options for target PDF file On this step you can customize general options of target PDF file such as fonts page size page margins column row spaces line w
203. The Java Resource Editor allows you to create new Java resource execute the existing Java resource or edit its definition It opens when you create a new Java resource or edit the existing one see Create Java Resource and Edit Java Resource for details Using navigation bar Editing Java resource definition ting object description Viewing DDL definition 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 262 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Browsing object dependencies x New Java Resource SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX I Java Resource Object a SAMPLE on racleDB Name JAVARESOURCET 23 Schema EXFSYS General Server file name SERVER g Compile A Restore default size Directory MEDIA DIR Resolver 5 3 26 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar Select a database and a Java resource for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current Java resource definition Print metadata of the current Java resource View Dependency Tree for the Java resource Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Java Resource Editor Object A 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB d EXFSYS METAANF M ve General a Print 58 Dependency tree g Refresh Restore default size 5 3 26 1 2 Editing Java
204. Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a consumer group for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current consumer group definition Print metadata of the current consumer group View Dependency Tree for the consumer group Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Consumer Group Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 294 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object a SAMPLE on OracleDB se amp AUTO TASK CONSU v General A c Print E Dependency tree 2 Refresh Restore default size 5 4 5 1 2 Editing Consumer Groups Use the Users and Roles lists to form a consumer group Name The name of the consumer group to be created Users Roles To include users roles to the list move them from the Available list to the Included by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the users roles from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Admin opt If this option is checked the users granted switch privilege for the consumer group may also grant switch privileges for that consumer group to others Init group The initial consumer group of a user is the consumer grou
205. With this field you can specify that only the Oracle Enterprise Manager daemon trace entries are logged into the trace file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 102 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Names Control utility Server password Use the parameter NAMESCTL SERVER_PASSWORD to indicate the value that matches the configured password set in the names ora file with the NAMES PASSWORD parameter Encrypt password internally If checked the password is sent to the Oracle Names server encrypted Enable a set of internal undocumented commands The option enables disables a set of internal undocumented commands Suppress any connection error messages If checked any error messages are suppressed when the client is unable to connect to a default Oracle Names server Run sensitive commands without confirmation Use this option to indicate whether sensitive commands should be prompted with a confirmation when running the Oracle Names Control utility Trace level Set a specific level of tracing for the Oracle Names Control utility Trace directory Specify the directory where trace output from the Oracle Names Control utility is placed Trace file Specify the file in which the Oracle Names Control utility trace output is placed Trace file name should be unique Indicates whether or not a process identifier is appended to the name of each trace file generated If this option is enabled several
206. YEES Export as SQL Script Specify the script destination and the table name Script destination O Save to file Manager for Oracle Table name as it will be represented in the SQL script file EMPLOYEES Schema name as it will be represented in the SQL script file if need HR 8 33 Setting BLOB options Set the desirable extract options for BLOBs Select whether the BLOBs should be extracted as strings or to a file In that case please specify destination file name and location You may use optional file compression as well 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 425 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export as SQL Script HR EMPLOYEES Export as SQL Script Select BLOB fields extraction method BLOB and arrays options Don t extract BLOB fields Hii Extract BLOB fields as strings may corrupt your data Extract BLOB fields into file Manager File name C HR_EMPLOYEES sql blo for Oracle Compress file Compression Best 8 34 Selecting fields export Select fields to include in the result SQL script All the table fields are included in the Selected fields list by default If you do not want some fields to be exported move them back to the Available fields list 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 426 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export as SOL Script HR EMPLOYEES Export as SQL Script Selec
207. abase Management Solutions 565 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style v Save As nagu Bars and menus Check boxes Trees and lists Border style E Edit controls Ultraflat m us Buttons v Hot track ES Page controls C Shadow C3 Group boxes Native style 4 Splitters i Navigation bar Sample radio group vin check bos Sample radio item 1 Sample radio button Sample radio item 2 C Cis Cie 12 3 5 Buttons Use the Buttons tab to customize SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle buttons 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 566 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style Bars and menus Trees and lists Button kind EI Edit controls v Check boxes Ultraflat Native style E Page controls Group boxes 4 Splitters Navigation bar Sample button 1 Sample button 2 Sample button 3 Export settings 12 3 6 Page controls The Page controls tab allows you to customize the style of all SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle page controls 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 567 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style v Save As te ow Bars and menus E Trees and lists Tab style EJ Edit controls Flat v Check boxes c Buttons C Hot track C Multiline pages Group boxe
208. acle User s Manual Save Settings Wizard Save Settings Select settings to save Settings to save Database registration infos Database projects Tabs SQL Environment options Manager Editor options for Oracle Visual options Keyboard templates External tools list Form placements lists i Cancel 12 5 3 Selecting databases Select registered databases to save their settings by moving them from the Available Databases list to Selected Databases 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 575 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Save Settings Select databases to save Available Databases Selected Databases 15 SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLED 12 5 4 Saving settings Click Finish button to start the extracting 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 576 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Save Settings Ready to save Click the Finish button to save settings Wizard is now ready to save program settings into a file Click Finish to start saving 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 578 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 13 External Tools You can add external programs to SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle to make it more effective Adding External Tool To add an external program Select the Options External Tools menu item e Click Add button in the External Tools dialo
209. acleDB f HR Wii CTXSYS DR_ID_SEQ SAMPLE on OracleDB Bede m memes i Tables 9 E3 BLOB TABLE E3 COUNTRIES DEPARTMENTS EMPLOYEES JOB HISTORY JOBS LOCATIONS MATERIALIZED VIEW REGIONS Er Views 1 2 Procedures 2 Functions Triggers c 3 mn Lei Field Type EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 64 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 8 Finding database elements SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides the ability to search for items in DB Explorer tree It may be useful if you have lots of database objects and sometimes it may be hard to find one that you need To call the Find Item dialog right click the Database node of the explorer tree and select the Find Item item from the popup menu or simply use the lt Ctr F gt key shortcut New Table Ctrl N ie Refresh Tables F5 Database Registration Info DX New Tab from Here nt T went rer Find ltem Ctrl F 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 65 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 9 SQL Assistant This area helps you to work with the DBExplorer window displaying the additional information about the selected object or group of objects If you select a server in the DB Explorer the SQL Assistant displays the lis
210. age Specify the PL SQL package that sets or resets the context attributes under the namespace for a user session Context type Accessed globally Indicates that any application context set in namespace is accessible throughout the entire instance This setting lets multiple sessions share application attributes Initialized externally Indicates that the namespace can be initialized using an OCI interface when establishing a session Initialized globally Indicates that the namespace can be initialized by the LDAP directory when a global user connects to the database After the session is established only the designated PL SQL package can issue commands to write to any attributes inside the namespace 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 279 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 2 i New Context SAMPLE OracleDB BAX Object b Context DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB Name CONTEXT1 Package schema CTXSYS General a g Comi Package name CTX_CATSEARCH _OMmpue al Restore default size Context type Accessed locally Initialized externally Accessed globally Initialized globally Users User is an account through which you can log in to the database Create user To create a new user e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select User inthe New Object dialog e Edit user definition within the User Editor Hint To create new user you can also
211. ages Ctrl F9 Execute Script Execute Selected Only Execute under Cursor Ctrl Alt F9 The Explorer group on the navigation bar displays the tree of objects used in the current script and allows you to get to the needed script fragment quickly by clicking the object in the tree Disable Parsing Toggle Bookmarks Undo Ctrl Z Redo Shift Ctrl Z Cut Ctrl Copy Ctrl C Paste Select All Ctr Find Ctrl F Replace Ctrl R Search Again F3 Go To Line By Number Alt G Change Case Open Script Ctrl L Save Script Ctrl S Preview Print Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctre 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 445 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual CREATE TABLE SCOTT BONUS E Tables 4 ise VARCHAR2 10 Bf SCOTT BONUS 2 JOB VARCHAR2 9 SAL HUMBER COMM HUMBER SCOTT DEPT 2 amp B SCOTT EMP 4 B8 SCOTT SALGRADE 2 Views MINEXTENTS 1 MAXEXTENTS 2147483645 BUFFER POOL DEFAULT EBRES TABLESPACE USERS amp Package Bodies LOGGING 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 446 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 4 Extract Database Wizard Using the Extract Database Wizard you can extract database objects and data to the SQL script e g for backup purposes To open this wizard select the Tools Extract Database menu item Use the Templates button t
212. amespace as tables views and other schema objects The indextype name is bound to an implementation type which in turn specifies and refers to user defined index functions and procedures that implement the indextype Create index type To create a new index type e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Index Type in the New Object window e Edit index type properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Index Type Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 264 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 27 1 Hint To create new index type you can also right click the Index Types node of the explorer tree and select the New Index Type item from the popup menu To create a new index type with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menuitem e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new index type in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the index type Edit index type To edit the existing index type e Select the index type for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the index type name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Index Type lt Index Type_Name gt item in the popup menu or simply double click the index type e Edit index type subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of th
213. an ever before SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for InterBase Firebird Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for InterBase Firebird Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for InterBase Firebird Migrate from most popular databases MySQL SQL Server Oracle DB2 PostgreSQL etc to InterBase Firebird Data Generator for InterBase Firebird Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 39 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle zi DB Comparer for InterBase Firebird Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for InterBase Firebird Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for InterBase Firebird Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on re
214. anager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Redo Log Group DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB Name g Compile Sequence Restore default size E Thread nsouo v Reuse existing files HE Directory ests 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 317 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Queries SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides two powerful tools for working with the SQL queries SQL Editor for editing the query text directly and Visual Query Builder for building queries visually Creating a new Query To create a new query in SQL Editor e Select Tools New SQL Editor menu item e Click Add new query button on the toolbar e Edit the query text on the Edit tab of the SQL Editor To create a new query in Query Builder e Select Tools New Query Builder menu item e Build the query on the Builder tab of Visual Query Builder Editing Query To open a query in SQL Editor e Select Tools Show SQL Editor menu item e Use the number buttons at the bottom of the area to find one of the previously edited queries The last edited query is displayed automatically on opening the editor e To load a query from an sql file click Load from file button at the navigation bar To open a query in Query Builder e Select Tools Show Query Builder menu item e The last edited query is displayed on the Builder tab e To load a previously saved diagram click Load Diagram item
215. anced Security Utilities File Contents Authentication Integrity and Encryption TCP IP Access Rights SSL Methods Available Selected BEQ KERBEROS5S TCPS NDS TES NTS SECURID fe CVDEDCAEE v Kerberos5 CyberSAFE Identix RADIUS Service name Credential cache file c tmp krbcache Configuration file c krb5 krb conf Realm translation file c krb5 krb realms Key table c krbS v5srvtab Waiting time before credential expiration 300 The Kerberos5 tab Service name Define the name of the service used to obtain a Kerberos service ticket Credential cache file Specifiy the complete path name to the Kerberos credentials cache file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 95 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Configuration file Specify the complete path name to the Kerberos configuration file which contains the realm for the default KDC and maps realms to KDC hosts Realm translation file Specify the complete pathname to the Kerberos realm translation file which provides a mapping from a host name or domain name to a realm Key table Specify the complete path name to the Kerberos principal secret key mapping file which is used to extract keys and decrypt incoming authentication information Waiting time before credential expiration Specify how many seconds can pass before a Kerberos credential is considered out of date KerberosS CyberSAFE Id
216. and location You may use optional file compression as well i Cancel 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 450 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select BLOB fields extraction method You can select to extract BLOB fields from your tables either into strings or into additional file or vou can skip BLOB fields extraction dii BLOB options Don t extract BLOB fields SQL Extract BLOB fields as strings not recommended Manager for Oracle Extract BLOB fields into file File name C SAMPLEDB blo Compress file Compression None 9 45 Selecting objects to extract their structure Select database object to copy or chose Extract all objects option to copy all objects from the database Note that this step is not available if you select the Extract data only mode on selecting what copy 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 451 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select database objects to extract their structure Extract all objects Extract all objects of schema Schema name Extract selected objects Available Selected CTXSYS DR CLASS CTXSYS DR DBO CTXSYS DR DELETE CTXSYS DR INDEX CTXSYS DR INDEX ERROR CTXSYS DR INDEX OBJECT CTXSYS DR INDEX PARTITI Ef CTXSYS DR INDEX SET
217. and select the Drop Procedure item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 184 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 7 4 Procedure Editor The Procedure Editor allows you to create new procedure execute the existing procedure or edit its definition It opens when you create a new procedure or edit the existing one see Create Procedure and Edit Procedure for details Using navigation bar Editing procedure definition Executing procedure Specifying input parameters Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 185 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual H Procedure CTXSYS SYNCRN SAMPLE on OracteDB Object Procedure Parameters Dependencies DDL procedure CTXSYS syncrn SAMPLE on OracleDB iv ownid IN binary intege Toggle Bookmarks BE CTXSYS SYNCRN oname IN varchar2 idxid IN binary intege General A ixpid IH binary intege rtabnm IH varchar2 Undo Ctrl z Redo Shift Ctrl Z Cut D Execute a Print authid definer al SIS Dependency tree 2 as extern Ctrl C d Refresh TAD Hasmie Ea Select All es library dr lib Restore default size 2 with context Find Ctrl F parameters 23 Replace context ownid ub4 oname OCISTRING Alt G idx
218. arameter specifies a list of data integrity algorithms this client or server acting as a client uses This list is used to negotiate a mutually acceptable algorithm with the other end of the connection To include an item from to the Selected move it from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove an item from the list move it back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Checksum level This parameter specifies the desired data integrity behavior when a client or another server acting as a client connects to this server Please note that you need to switch to the Server tab to form a list of integrity algorithms used by server 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 99 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 4 3 3 TCP IP Access Rights Use the Check access rights for TCP IP connections option to determine which clients to allow or deny access Grant access for Specify which clients are allowed access to the database This list takes precedence over the Deny access for list if both lists are present Deny access for Specify which clients are denied access to the database You can select to preempt delays in buffer flushing within the TCP IP protocol stack by enabling the corresponding option Authentication Integrity and Encryption TCP IP Access Rights SSL Ch
219. arge Pool in Mb J ava Pool in Mb Value sampledb 10 2 0 1 0 14 03 2007 18 10 26 DOOM SERVER STOPPED NO PRIMARY NOT ALLOWED CURRENT 16 8 0 NOARCHIVELOG ALL_ROWS 29 11 2006 11 15 03 208 0 1 13 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 110 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 7 Database Statistics The Database Statistics form provides all essential statistics on the database selected system statistics statistics on sessions including hit ratio information on locks and processes statistics on storage wait events latches etc To call the Database Statistics form you need to choose desired database in the DB Explorer tree and then select the Database Statistics menu item from context menu Another way is selecting the appropriate item from View section of the program main menu The navigation bar at the left Refresh Options section allows you to set the time of refreshing the statistics information System Statistics Last Analyze Stats Sessions Storage SGA Wait Events Latches Object SAMPLEDB on OraDB General 4 4 Refresh A Restore default size Refresh Options a Autorefresh every 30 sec 4 7 4 System Statistics This tab of the dialog allows to view database statistics all stats are grouped into classes User Redo Enqueue RAC Real Application Clusters SQL Debug etc With the help of the Class button on a top grey header you can filter
220. ase Management Solutions 549 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Default directory The default directory for adding the new Ing files Choose program language Selects the program interface language Available languages Lists all the languages available for localization and the corresponding Ing files Double click a language in the list to edit its name or Ing file Add defaults Searches in the Default directory folder for the Ing files and adds all them to the list Add Opens the Language Editor dialog for adding a new language file Edit Opens the Language Editor dialog for changing the name or the corresponding Ing file of the language selected in the Available languages list box Delete Removes the language selected in the Available languages list box See also Localizing SQL Server Manager 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 550 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Confirmations B WAS Default directory C EMS OraManager Languages B S A Tools Choose program language eS Y fa DB Explorer i Object Editors Auto scan languages on startup P gif SQL Editor Available Languages ee SQL Monitor Language Name Language File SQL Script Default none GB Query Builder 089 Style amp Color Palette cem Visual Database Designer 88 Color Palette 55 Print Metadata 2 B Data Esport T Fonts 2 Grid Ed Data Options Print Data Colo
221. at the navigation bar To load a query from an sql file open the Editor tab and click Load from file button at the navigation bar Executing Query To execute a query e Create a new queryor open the existing one e Click Execute query button on the toolbar of SQL Editoror Visual Query Builder respectively e View edit the returned data on the Results tab Saving Query To save a query e Create a new queryor open the existing one e Click Save to file item at the navigation bar of SQL Editoror Save query item at the Editor tab of Visual Query Builder respectively to save the current query to sql file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 318 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Click Save diagram item at the navigation bar of the Builder tab of Visual Query Builder to save the designed diagram e Click Save All button on SQL Editor toolbar to save all the opened queries to one file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 319 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 1 SQL Editor SQL Editor is the basic tool of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle for creating and executing queries The tool allows you to create and edit the SQL text of a query prepare and execute queries and view the results of query execution To open SQL Editor select the Tools New SQL Editor Tools Show SQL Editor main menu items or use the corresponding If toolbar buttons You can als
222. ather all subpartition partition and global statistics Options Further specification of which objects to gather statistics for e GATHER Gathers statistics on all objects in the schema e GATHER AUTO Gathers all necessary statistics automatically Oracle implicitly determines which objects need new statistics and determines how to gather those statistics e GATHER STALE Gathers statistics on stale objects as determined by looking at the tab modifications views Also return a list of objects found to be stale 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 502 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e GATHER EMPTY Gathers statistics on objects which currently have no statistics also return a list of objects found to have no statistics LIST AUTO Returns a list of objects to be processed with GATHER AUTO LIST STALE Returns list of stale objects as determined by looking at the tab modifications views e LIST EMPTY Returns list of objects which currently have no statistics Method opt Specify the method of gathering stats for all indexed hidden columns Degree Degree of parallelism Estimate percent Percentage of rows to estimate Block sample Whether or not to use random block sampling instead of random row sampling Random block sampling is more efficient but if the data is not randomly distributed on disk then the sample values may be somewhat correlated Force When checked dele
223. ating system path name for management flexibility Create directory To create a new directory e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Directory in the New Object dialog e Edit directory definition within the Directory Editor Hint To create new directory you can also right click the Directories node of the explorer tree and select the New Directory item from the popup menu To create a new directory with the same properties as one of the existing directories has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 301 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 7 1 e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit directory To edit the existing directory e Select the directory for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the directory name for quick search Right click and select the Edit Directory Directory Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the directory e Edit directory definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Directory Editor Drop directory To drop a directory e Select the directory to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Directory Directory Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Directory Editor The Directory Editor allows you to define directory properties It opens when you create a new
224. aved to a text file or printed To open the SQL Monitor window select Tools SQL Monitor menu item e Using navigation bar e Using popup menu t SOL Monitor SELECT EMPLOYEE ID General Toggle Bookmarks JOB ID Clear contents MANAGER ID x Undo ES Cook fis DEPARTMENT ID ove to file LOCATION ID COUNTRY_ID Copy Ctrl B FIRST NAME Select All Ctrl Redo Shift Ctrl Z db SOL Monitor options E SALARY Find Ctrl F Restore default size 2 COMMISSION PCT Replace Ctl R DEPARTMENT NAME TURPE TE F3 JOB TITLE Go To Line By Number STATE_PROVINCE COUNTRY NAME REGION NAME Save to File Ctrl S Change Case FROM HR EMP DETAILS VIEW Print Query Execute begin id sys dbms trans s 1 Properties IH Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to e Clear the window contents Save the content of the window to a text file Search for a string through the logged SQL code Configure SQL Monitor in the Environment Options dialog Bring the window to its default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 478 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 Clear contents Save to file Find A Search again db SQL Monitor options Restore default size 9 8 2 Using popup menu The popup menu of SQL Monitor provides various functions for working with the wi
225. be one of the following e A built in datatype e REF e An object type 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 249 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual EP New Array Type SAMPLE on OracleDB aax Object A SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name General A Schema 3 Compile E Restore default size Array size Data Type Type 5 3 23 Libraries Library is a schema object associated with an operating system shared library Create library To create a new library Array Type DDL ARRAY1 ORDSYS Nested table 27565746 VARCHAR2 e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Library in the New Object window e Edit library properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Library Editor Hint To create new library you can also right click the Libraries node of the explorer tree and select the New Library item from the popup menu To create a new library with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Selectthe Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new library in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the library 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 250 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Edit library To edit the existing library
226. bject type for statistics to be displayed 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 112 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual System Statistics Last Analyze Stats Sessions SGA Wait Events Latches Object Type Owner Name LastAnalyzed w Object Type Index DR CLASS 23 06 2005 10 48 15 DR DBO 23 06 2005 10 48 15 DR DELETE 23 06 2005 10 48 15 DR INDEX 23 11 2006 22 00 44 DR INDEX ERROR 23 06 2005 10 48 15 DR INDEX OBJECT 23 11 2006 22 00 45 DR INDEX PARTITION 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR INDEX SET 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR INDEX SET INDEX 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR INDEX VALUE 23 11 2006 22 00 44 DR NUMBER SEQUENCE 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR NVTAB 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DRSOBJECT 29 06 2005 10 48 16 DR OBJECT ATTRIBUTE 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR OBJECT ATTRIBUTE LOV 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR ONLINE PENDING 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR PARALLEL 23 06 2005 10 48 16 DR PARAMETER 23 06 2005 10 48 16 4 7 3 Sessions Atthe Sessions tab of the Database Statistics form you can find all necessary information on current sessions at desired database it provides information on hit ratio processes and locks The grid at the top of the frame lists all the sessions opened to selected database The most I O active sessions are coloured red and their parameters SID status type information on CPU time and UGA memory With the help of respective item
227. ble click it and then type the field name on the keyboard or choose it from the dropdown list To change the output query field name double click it and type the field name on the keyboard To set the aggregate function for the field double click the field row in the Aggregate column and then type the function name on the keyboard or choose it from the dropdown list Select only unique records If you check this option the repeated records are not included into the query result the DISTINCT word will be added to the query text 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 338 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Builder Edit Result Select v Buery 1 Query 1 CUST NO vi SALES X CUSTOMER C PO_NUMBER v CONTACT FIRST v COUNTRY xX CONTACT_LAST vi CO SALES REP PHONE NO CURRENCY ORDER_STATUS _ ADDRESS_LINE1 _ ADDRESS LINE2 wi CITY 1 STATE PROVINCE POSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD v lt Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting CO Select only uu records Ej E CUSTOMER CONTACT CUSTOMER CONTACT COUNTRY COUNTRY Yes COUNTRY CURRENCY CUSTOMER CUSTOME CUSTOMER CUST_NO SALES ORDER DATE ORDER_STATUS SALES ORDER_STATU Yes 6 26 Setting grouping criteria On the Groupi
228. ble is explicitly defined to hold object instances of a particular type The columns of an object table correspond to the top level attributes of type which is specified at the Object type name field Physical Attributes Table Fields Description Table Fields Object type owner CTXSYS X Object type name DMCLBO Object table DataType Size Scale Not Null Default Value NUMBER Key Column Name I1 NUM CLUSTERS NUM LEAVES ROOT ID NUM LEVELS NE NUMBER NUMBER 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 147 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 2 Table Editor Table Editor is the basic SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle tool for working with tables It allows you to create edit and drop table s fields indices foreign keys and other table subobjects manage table data and much more To open a table in the Table Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree see Edit Table for details Using navigation bar Managing table fields Object storage attributes Managing table foreign keys Managing table checks Managing table indices Managing table triggers Viewing table data Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies See also New Table Field Editor Foreign Key Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 148 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s
229. bsolute byte or character offset into the record for the last byte of the field Note the the Position parameter should be specified if you use StartPos EndPos parameters At the bottom you can set specific parameters for the fields selected from the Field list 5 3 5 1 3 Specifying fields The Fields tab is intended for specifying table fields Double click a field to open the Field Editor for editing the field A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected field Using this menu you can also change the field order or create a copy of the field See Fields for details 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 146 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Dependencies Data Description DDL Field Name Field Type Not Null Unique Default Value Description adi Ed COUNTRY VARCHAR2 40 L1 Country name REGION ID NUMBER L1 Region ID for the country Foreign key to New Field Ins Edit Field COUNTRY 10 Enter Rename Object E 3 Drop Field COUNTRY ID Del Field Description COUNTRY ID Primary key of countries table Duplicate Field Shift lns Copy List of Field Names to Clipboard Export Metadata Object table Defines that an object table which is a table that uses an object type for a column definition should be created An object ta
230. builder untitled fit AND lt root gt EMPLUYE MPLOYEE IL pres FIRST NAME COMMISSION_PCT MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT 10 Next Step gt gt Setting filter operator Select the Greater than item in the operator box This will add one empty value box to specify the range for the Greater than condition M Filter builder untitled flt C3 AND roob press the button to ad RE equal is less than 15 less than or equat is greater than is greater than or equal to is blank is not blank 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 371 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Next Step gt gt 7 2 5 Setting filter criteria values On this step you need to specify the range for the Greater than operator You can do this either manually by typing a value using the keyboard or via the value editor activated when you click the value box Fitter builder untitled fit AND root Next Step gt gt 7 2 6 Adding new group If you need to add a group of conditions left click the ellipsis button for the Employee_ID condition and select Add Group menu item 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 372 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual M Filter builder untitled flt ES AND lt root gt EMPLOYEE ID isqreaterthan 100 Add Condition 4dd Group Remove Row Next Step gt gt 7 27 Settin
231. c Genera amp T Display E Color Automatic features inch i v Code completion E SQL Formatter Code parameters amp Key Mapping Delay sec 1 fal Keyboard templates C Auto launch keyboard templates Quick code list options Color scope categories Sort field names Sort by scope Sort by name 12 2 5 SQL Formatter SQL Formatter is a new feature added to SQL Editor It is a useful tool for formatting SQL queries making SQL statements easy to read 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 556 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual General SQL Formatter E e Settings SQL words H Quick code Format SQL query E C Format subquery i amp Key Mapping 12 2 5 1 Settings Format SQL query Turns on SQL formatting making the SQL statements easier to read Format subquery Allows to format subqueries 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 557 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual E Color Settings SQL words E Quick code Format SQL query E C Format subquery Key Mapping 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 558 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 2 5 2 SQL Words General amp T Display E Color 3 Quick code oz fi amp Key Mapping SQL Formatter Settings SAL words FI SELECT FROM C WHERE C GROUP BY HAVING C ORDER BY CINTO CI INSERT
232. ce To edit the existing sequence e Select the sequence for editing inthe explorer tree type the first letters of the sequence name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Sequence Sequence Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the sequence e Edit sequence definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Sequence Editor Drop sequence To drop a sequence e Select the sequence to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Sequence Sequence Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 213 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 14 1 Sequences Editor The Sequence Editor allows you to define sequence properties It opens when you create a new sequence or edit the existing one see Create Sequence and Edit Sequence for details To open a view in the Sequence Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing sequence definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies ui New Sequence SAMPLE on OracleDB 9 SAMPLE OracleDB w Name General A Schema 3 Start with 5 Compile 2 Restore default size 4 Increment Min value Max value Cache _ e Object Sequence DDL SEQUENCE1 EEE 1 v Cycle 1 w rder DEFAULT A 64536 20 2007 EMS Database Manage
233. cedures 2 38 Functions 89 19 Triggers New Tab from Here Rename Current T ab Delete Current T ab Find Item Ctrl F NUMBER 6 0 VARCHAR2 20 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 63 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 7 Recently opened objects Use Recent Objects button on the Database Explorer toolbar to access the list of recently opened database objects during the current work session This list is common for all the databases Next to the object name the database name is displayed Select the object from this list to open it with the editor To change the number of objects considered recent select the Options Environment Options menu item and set the Recent objects count option value on the Tools DB Explorer page see Environment Options for details Databases c8 OracleDB SAMPLE on OracleDB HR COUNTRIES SAMPLE on OracleDB f Schemas 23 5 HR EMP DETAILS VIEW FK1 on HR EMP_DETAILS_VIEW SAMPLE on OracleDB ANONYMOUS eee VIEW FRI on HALEME_ _VIEW on DracleDB Bl 2 HR EMP DETAILS VIEW PK1 on HR EMP DETAILS VIEW SAMPLE on OracleDB CTXSYS CTXSYS SYNCRN SAMPLE on OracleDB qj DBSNMP DE GET PHONE NUMBER F SAMPLE on OracleDB zz Hier DE INSERT ORD LINE on ITEMS SAMPLE on OracleDB des EXFSYS DE CUST ACCOUNT MANAGER IX on DE CUSTOMERS SAMPLE on Or
234. chema name of the target table was missing in field descriptions which caused an error on executing the script Fixed now Visual Database Designer When opening a previously saved diagram the Object not found in database error used to occur Fixed now Visual Database Designer In some rare cases foreign keys were not displayed Fixed now Database Registration Info The value of the Rollback on Disconnect option was not taken into account in case of emergency disconnect Fixed now When deleting multiple materialized view logs in object tree a wrong script used to be generated Fixed now e Fixed the AV error which used to occur on creating a view Dependency Tree It was impossible to open the editor from a diagram for indices and triggers Fixed now SQL Script In some rare cases the script parser detected object type wrong for materialized views object types array types those objects were placed into the wrong branch in DB Explorer Fixed now DB Explorer After disconnecting from a database the Recent Objects list remained active Fixed now Other small improvements and bug fixes Scroll to top Version 1 2 0 1 Database Statistics form is added It displays summary on instance performance date of last gathering the statistics on tables and indices It also outputs the information on I O sessions performance CPU time UGA memory Hit Ratios Locks the information on Tablespaces Segments SGA Control Files Data Files Rollback S
235. cify the schema and table of each child column Level to reference Specify the name of a level Join key columns Specify one or more columns that are join compatible with columns in the parent level and press the Add button To remove the column please select it and press the corresponding button To include columns to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the columns from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected types multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Specify the name of a level that has an n 1 relationship with a parent level and press the Add button To remove the relationship lease select it and press the corresponding button 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 276 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 5 4 1 Nonschema objects Other types of objects are also stored in the database and can be created and manipulated with SQL but are not contained in a schema Contexts Users Roles Profiles Consumer Groups Resource Plans Directories Tablespaces Rollback Segments Redo Log Groups Use DBExplorer tree to navigate between the objects See also Schema objects Contexts Use Context Editor to create a namespace for a context a set of application defined attributes that validates and secures an application and ass
236. cle provides powerful tools to import and export data e Export Data Exports data to various formats including MS Excel MS Access RTF HTML PDF and more e Export Data As INSERT Exports data to the SQL script as a number of INSERT statements e Import Data Imports data from MS Excel MS Access DBF TXT and CSV e Using templates 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 376 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 1 Export Data Wizard Export Data Wizard allows you to export data from table view procedure or query result to any available format You can save your settings as a template at any time for later use To call the wizard right click the table view procedure etc in DB Explorer select Data Manipulatiton and corresponding operation then Another way is to select Data tab of Table Editor View Editor then corresponding menu item of the Data Management bar navigation bar or simply use context menu of the Grid gt Data Manipulation Setting name and format for destination file Selecting fields for export Adjusting formats applied to exported data Setting header and footer text for destination file Setting options according to the selected format Setting common export options Using templates See also Export As SQL Script Wizard Import Data Wizard Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Specify destination file name and format for exporting your data Welc
237. click the trigger and select the Edit Trigger Trigger Name or simply double click the trigger to edit e Edit the trigger properties within the Trigger Editor Drop Trigger To drop the trigger e Open the table or view in the Table Editor View Editor e Openthe Triggers tab e Right click on the trigger to drop and select the Drop Trigger item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 175 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 6 Views A view is a logical table based on one or more tables or views A view contains no data itself The tables upon which a view is based are called base tables Create view To create a new view e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select View the New Object dialog e Edit view definition within the View Editor Hint To create new view you can also right click the Views node of the explorer tree and select the New View item from the popup menu Or you can click the Create View button on the toolbar of Table Editor Another way to create a view is building a query inthe Visual Query Builder tool click the Create View button on the toolbar after finishing building To create a new view with the same properties as one of the existing views has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit view To ed
238. containing a Java source Create Java source 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 253 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To create a new Java source e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Java Source in the New Object dialog e Edit Java source definition within the Java Source Editor Hint To create new Java source you can also right click the Java Sources node of the explorer tree and select the New Java Source item from the popup menu To create a new Java source with the same properties as one of the existing Java sources has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit Java source To edit the existing Java source e Select the Java source for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the Java source name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Java Source Java Source Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the Java source e Edit Java source definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Java Source Editor Drop Java source To drop a Java source e Select the Java source to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Java Source Java Source Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 254 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual
239. convert them using Oracle statements SQL Manager Database SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLEDB for Oracle Having selected the database you need to choose the schema which contains the desired table 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 507 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Enable Disable Constraints Wizard Enable Disable constraints Select the schema and tables to search for constraints Schema SCOTT Selected 55 DEPARTMENTS SQL Manager for Oracle 8 EMPLOYEES amp fj EMPPLOYEE JOB HISTORY JOBS LOCATIONS E3 REGIONS SALGRADE y 6 E i Cancel To include tables to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the objects from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected objects multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift 11 4 2 Specifying operation At this step you are to specify the desired operation to be performed and constraint types to be enabled disabled Press Finish to start the process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 508 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Enable Disable Constraints Wizard t3 Enable Disable constraints Specify the constraint type and the operation to be performed p
240. cords into memory This option minimizes dataset loading time The automatic sorting filtering summary calculations are not supported in this mode Default Grid Mode defines grid mode which will be used by default With the Load all rows option enabled when loading data all the records are loaded into grid buffers In this mode opening the tables with many records may take a very long time But in this case you have some advantages e g in the filter drop down list the column headers are displayed with the values for quick filter it is possible to open several sublevels at the same time when viewing data in master detail view etc Because opening and other operations with an object consisting of many records takes sufficient time the Load visible rows mode should be used instead It can be set individually for each table and is saved between sessions can be set via grid context menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 542 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Advanced M Use shared connection for each data view within a database Uncheck this option to use separate connection for each data view within a database Use SQL sorting in data view The data view will be ordered using SQL sort M Use SQL filter in data view of Table and View Editors The data view will be ordered using SQL filter With the Use SQL Sorting in data view option enabled a click on the column header for sorting causes reload
241. ct the Tools Job Manager menu item e Select the database from the drop down list on Job Manager toolbar e Edit job within the Job Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 481 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 482 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 10 1 Grant Manager Grant Manager allows you to set the user access grantee for certain databases and their objects To open Grant Manager select the Tools Grant Manager menu item Using navigation bar Managing Roles Database 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB Safa 8 Refresh e Edit user amp Clear filter Grantee User Role Bl CTXSYS DBSNMP DIP DMSYS EXFSYS HR Ix MDDATA MDSYS MGMT VIEW DE OLAPSYS ORDPLUGINS Legend Granted Granted with grant option Revoke Has grants for columns Managing objects grants Managing system privileges E E a m tb h f zh zh go ee Filter Delete Execute dig Sequences Procedures Functions Packages Materialized Views Libraries 5 Directories Array Types Object Types Operators Index Types SYS V RESOURCE 3 SYS V 5ESSION SYS V_ THREAD Hy SYS VALIDATE CONTEXT SYS DBMS LOCK SYS DBMS PIPE SYS DBMS REGISTRY Database specific privileges Column Name Insert References oB PROCEDURES OVERLOADH PRO
242. ctions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit Database Link To edit the existing database link e Select the database link for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the database link name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Database Link Database Link Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the database link e Edit database link definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Database Link Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 235 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Drop Database Link To drop a database link e Select the database link to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Database Link Database Link Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 236 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 19 1 Database Link Editor The Database Link Editor allows you to define database link properties It opens when you create a new type or edit the existing one see Create Database Link and Edit Database Link for details To open a database link inthe Database Link Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing database link definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies New Database Link SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object 4 Database Link DDL
243. ctory c 8 A Refresh Trace file name trace Set default values Client trace file name should be unique Logging Client Server Log directory Dio Log file name Routing Route the client to an Connection Manager protocol address Always use a dedicated server Advanced lt Wait duration for active connection probe 3 Client registration ID sig Disable Out of Band break messages 4 4 2 Naming options Methods The Selected list indicates the order of the naming methods such as TNSNAMES or Oracle Names that will be used for client name requests To include an item from to the Selected move it from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove an item from the list move it back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift The Preferred Servers tab Indicates the name addresses and order of Oracle Names servers that will be used for a 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 92 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual client s name requests Use context menu to insert append delete a server You can also test a selected address with the help of the corresponding menu item General Naming Oracle Advanced Security Utilities File Contents Methods Available Selected LDAP TNSNAMES ONAMES HOSTNAME EZCONNECT
244. ctual content is not altered or edited in any way Document generated on 2007 11 19 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Table of Contents Part Part Il Part Ill Part IV Welcome to SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle 16 hh ux AERE 19 System 20 Feature Matrix c Q 21 MEE 22 irr t 23 How to register SQL Manager 25 License Agreement esee 27 Version history c 29 EMS SQL Manager FAQ eiie eire cuite IIa ceci Deua deer 33 ejusd cauere a 36 Getting Started 43 Selecting style and language 44 First time started 2 uiii nS onde Iuuen snetecescnceceuesussexserecesscees 45 Using Desktop Panel s o 45 Working with databases ecrire RuxXe EE pain ma D i Nn a DE a Ke cS Epi E CR DEKA 47 Working with database objects
245. d SSH servers are located on the same computer you should specify localhost as Host name instead of server s external host name or IP address SSH Key file Specify the location the secure box ofthe Private key file on your local machine Supported Private Key file formats are OpenSSH Putty SSH com Note that you need to trust your local machine not to scrape your passphrase or a copy of your Private key file while it is out of its secure box 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 83 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Connection SSH Tunneling Connect through the Secure SHell SSH tunnel SSH ot nan La SSH Tunneling SSH port SSH user name SSH password Use Private Key for authentication SSH key file L9 Cie 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 84 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 3 Editing Local Naming parameters Local names parameters are gathered in TNS file which is a configuration file that contains net service names mapped to connect descriptors for the local naming method or net service names mapped to listener protocol addresses To call the TNS File Constructor window right click on the group database and select the Edit Local Naming parameters item of the context menu e Using navigation bar e TNS File Constructor e Viewing file contents E 4 Local Naming Pa
246. d Wizard System User friendly database explorer for easy management of all Oracle objects Windows Toolbar to switch between windows easily like in Windows Task Bar Navigation bars with hot actions in most of the windows Ability to save all program settings Customizable toolbars for all program windows Fully customizable program interface Powerful visual options module Localizable program interface Other useful tools to make your work with Oracle server as easy as it can be e Extracting metadata into text files or SQL script editor e Powerful print metadata module to create customizable metadata reports e Report designer for building powerful reports visually e SQL Monitor e HTML report wizard to create a detailed HTML report about your database quickly and other useful features e Keyboard templates e To do list e External tool manager Product information Homepage http www sqlmanager net en products oracle manager Support Ticket System http www sqlmanager net support Register on line at http www sqlmanager net en products oracle manager buy 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 19 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 1 What s new Version Release date SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle 1 5 0 1 November 19 2007 What s new in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Implemented PL SQL Code Debugger in SQL Editor Added an ability to log the values of bind variables in SQL Monitor Added Tips of the Da
247. d on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for MySQL Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database a w Scroll to top Microsoft SQL 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 37 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual ae 8 4 1 SQL Management Studio for SQL Server EMS SQL Management Studio for SQL Server is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for SQL Server Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for SQL Server Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for SQL Server Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for SQL Server Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL Oracle DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to Microsoft SQL Server Data Generator for SQL Server Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way W
248. ddresses d Append wp insert Delete Move up Move down gt Explorer 43 SAMPLEDB 1 SAMPLEDB 4 3 2 TNS File Constructor Use TNS File Constructor to edit the configuration file A net service name is an alias mapped to a database network address contained in a connect descriptor A connect descriptor contains the location of the listener through a 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 86 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual protocol address and the service name of the database to which to connect Clients and database servers that are clients of other database servers use the net service name when making a connection with an application Net services Service name A simple name for a service that resolves to a connect descriptor Use context menu to insert append delete a service You can also test a selected address with the help of the corresponding menu item Description List Balancing Used for client load balancing of multiple listeners Press on a cell near the service name to call the pop up menu which allows to set the Balancing options Use Oracle8 and previous compatible syntax Enables using syntax which complies with the previous Oracle versions when creating TNS file Try to connect via each address by turns until success Correlates with LOAD_BALANCE OFF Try to connect via each address randomly until success This is by default Try to connect via
249. dency tree 2 Refresh A Restore default size View Edit with Query Builder 5 3 6 1 2 Editing View definition Name Specify the name of the view Schema Specify the schema to contain the view Force Check this option if you want to create the view regardless of whether the base tables of the view or the referenced object types exist or the owner of the schema containing the view has privileges on them With check option When enabled this option indicates that Oracle prohibits any changes to the table or view that would produce rows that are not included in the subquery you can set it in the User defined constraint name field Read only When checked this option indicates that the view cannot be updated 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 179 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual You can give new names to the view fields in the Fields area separating them with a comma Descriptio 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB N h HR EMP DETAILS VI Schema 4 C Force With check option 8 Refresh Restore default size Fields EMPLOYEE ID JOB ID MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT ID LOCATION_ID COU employees e BS Edit with Query Builder departments d 4 i jobs j locations 1 countries c regions r WHERE e department id d department id AND d location id l location id AND l country id c country id AND c region id r region id AND j job
250. directory or edit the existing one see Create Directory and Edit Directory for details _ GM Using navigation bar Editing directory definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies E New Directory SAMPLE on OracleDB Jog Object 4 Object DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB Name DIRECTORY1 General Directory path c ora dir 3 Compile 5 4 7 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 302 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object bar e Select a database and an object for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current object definition Print metadata of the current object View Dependency Tree for the object Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Profile Editor gt gt Object SAMPLE on OracleDB w fs ADMIN DIR gt General Print 2B Dependency tree a Refresh A Restore default size 5 4 7 1 2 Editing Directory definition 5 4 8 Name Specify the name of the directory object to be created The maximum length of directory is 30 bytes You cannot qualify a directory object with a schema name Directory path Specify the full path name of the operating system directory of the server where the files
251. displays various actions according to the current page of Key Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 162 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual General a 3 Compile 2 Refresh A Restore default size 5 3 5 4 1 2 Editing Key definition Key Editor allows you to select fields for the key when you add or edit a foreign key to the table or view with the Table Editor View Editor Name Specify the key name or enable the System named option In this case Oracle will generate the check name automatically when compiling check definition Schema Is the name of the schema to which the object belongs Table Select the table or view for which the key is created To include fields to the key move the fields from the Available Fields list to the Included Fields by double clicking or dragging them both in the Table fields group and inthe Foreign table fields group To remove the fields from the key move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected fields multiple fields are selected by Ctrl or Shift Create as unique key Designates a column as a unique key 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 163 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Key SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX General a Primary Unique Key Storage Options DDL compile Name EMPLOYEES_PK1 Restore default size Schema HR Table or View EMPLOYEES Key fields
252. ditions of the trigger firing i e table view operation for firing Insert Update or Delete References Here the correlation names should be specified You can use correlation names in the PL SQL block and WHEN condition of a row trigger to refer specifically to old and new values of the current row The default correlation names are OLD and NEW If your row trigger is associated with a table named OLD or NEW use this option to specify different correlation names to avoid confusion between the table name and the correlation name If the trigger is defined on a nested table then OLD and NEW refer to the row of the nested table and PARENT refers to the current row of the parent table 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 196 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual S New Trigger SAMPLE on OracleDB gog Object Trigger DDL 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name TRIGGER Trigger on Table O View General 4 Schema DE 4 Compile Object schema OE Restore default size Object name Trigger type For each On Event References Before Bow Insert New as O After Delete Old as Statement Update Parent as Body When Use PL SQL Block Use existing procedure DECLARE variable name datatype BEGIN statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception_name THEN statements 5 3 10 DB and Schema Triggers A database trigger is e A stored PL SQL block associated a sche
253. drop in the explorer tree Right click the object to drop to bring the popup menu Select the Drop lt object type gt lt object name gt menu item Confirm dropping in the dialog window Edit Database Object To edit a database object Select a database object in the explorer tree Right click the object to drop to bring the popup menu Select the Edit lt object type gt lt object name gt menu item 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 121 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 1 New Object The New Object dialog allows you to select an object type for creating and run the appropriate wizard or dialog To open the dialog select the Database New Object menu item Select a database where the new object should be created from the Database dropdown list Pick an object type icon and click the OK button to invoke the corresponding wizard or dialog See also Duplicate Object Wizard Create New Object Database Select the type of object to create Hj u mg Bg Table View Procedure Function Trigger DB or Schema Index Package Trigger c b d Package Body Sequence Cluster Materialized Materialized Synonym Database Link Object Type View View Log Object Type Array Type Library Java Source Java Class Java Index Type Operator Body Resource I m 8 R Dimension Contest User Role Profile Consumer Resource Plan Directory Group Tablespace
254. ds primary unique and foreign keys indices triggers and check constraints Managing views and all their subobjects fields triggers primary unique and foreign keys e Managing procedures functions sequences packages and package bodies Managing users roles profiles consumer groups and resource plans Managing database and schema triggers clusters synonyms database links materialized views and materialized view logs Managing object and array types object type bodies libraries Managing java sources resources and classes Managing index types operators dimensions Managing contexts directories table spaces rollback segments redo log groups Managing jobs Duplicating database objects Viewing dependencies between database objects Advanced data manipulation tools e Powerful BLOB viewer editor with several types of viewing BLOB data e Plenty of useful tools such as data grouping fast search and filtering e Multi level master detail view to work with several linked tables at the same time e Table and card views to see data the way you like e Ability to copy and paste selected records e Exporting data to SQL script as INSERT statement Impressive data export and import capabilities e Exporting data to most popular formats MS Excel MS Word HTML PDF TXT CSV DBF XML etc e Exporting data to MS Access e Importing data from MS Excel DBF TXT and CSV e Importing data from MS Access Effective security management e
255. dure ADD_JOB_HISTORY Table BLOB_TABLE Table COUNTRIES Index COUNTRY_C_ID_PK Table DEPARTMENTS Sequence DEPARTMENTS SEQ Index DEPT ID PK Index DEPT LOCATION IX Table EMPLOYEES 5 3 16 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a materialized view for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current materialized view definition Print metadata of the current materialized view View Dependency Tree for the materialized view Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 5 3 16 1 2 Editing Materialized View Name Specify the name of the materialized view to be created Schema Specify the schema to contain the materialized view If you omit schema then Oracle creates the materialized view in your schema On prebuilt table The option lets you register an existing table as a preinitialized materialized view This clause is particularly useful for registering large materialized views in a data warehousing environment 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 222 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Select Updatable to allow a subquery primary key object or rowid materialized view to be updated The Organisation index lets you create an index organized materialized view In such a materialized view data rows are stored in an index defined on the primary key of the material
256. e Java Source This field specifies the name of the schema object in which the source code is held Schema The Schema field specifies the schema in which the object containing the Java file will reside Auto compile 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 256 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual The option defines whether Java source compilation should occur automatically The Resolver field lets you specify a mapping of the fully qualified Java name to a Java schema object where e match string is either a fully qualified Java name a wildcard that can match such a Java name or a wildcard that can match any name e schema name designates a schema to be searched for the corresponding Java schema object A dash as an alternative to schema name indicates that if match string matches a valid Java name Oracle can leave the name unresolved The resolution succeeds but the name cannot be used at run time by the class x New Java Source SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object deve Source DDL 4 SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name JAVASOURCE1 General 4 Schema EXFSYS Resolver 3 LOM ipile Restore default size import java awt import java applet import java lang public class class name public void ClassMethod 1 try i return catch Exception 5 3 25 Java Classes Use Java Class Editor to create a schema object containing a Java clas
257. e such as an operating system or a third party service In this case Oracle relies on authentication by the operating system or third party service to ensure that a specific external user has access to a specific database user Global authentication A user must be authorized by the enterprise directory service Oracle Internet Directory In this case you are to fill all necessary fields below as follows common name country name organization X500 name etc Expire password now This setting forces the user or the DBA to change the password before the user can log in to the database Lock account now Use this option to lock the user s account and disable access Resource profile 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 282 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Specify the profile you want to assign to the user The profile limits the amount of database resources the user can use New User SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object a SAMPLE on OracleDB USER1 Authentication method General 2 Password authentication g Compile Operating system authentication Restore default size Global authentication Common name John Mills Locality Country US vi State Organization EMS Unit 500 name CN John Mills O EMS C US Resource profile C Lock account now 5 4 2 1 3 Tablespace parameters Default tablespace In the Name field you are to specify the de
258. e Duplicate Object Wizard Edit materialized view log 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 228 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To edit the existing materialized view log e Select the materialized view log for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the materialized view log name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Materialized View Log lt Materialized View Log_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the materialized view log e Edit materialized view log definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Materialized View Log Editor Drop materialized view log To drop a materialized view log e Select the materialized view log to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Materialized View Log lt Materialized View Log_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 229 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 17 1 Materialized View Log Editor The Materialized View Log Editor allows you to define materialized view log properties It opens when you create a new materialized view log or edit the existing one see Create Materialized View Log and Edit Materialized View Log for details Using navigation bar Editing Materialized View Log definition Object storage attributes Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Brow
259. e Hesotver 5 3 26 Java Resources Use the Java Resource Editor to create a schema object containing a Java resource Creating Java Resource To create a new Java resource e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Java Resource inthe New Object dialog e Edit Java resource within the Java Resource Editor Hint To create new Java resource you can also right click the Java Resources node of the explorer tree and select New Java Resource item from the popup menu To create a new Java resource with the same properties as one of the existing Java resources has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Editing Java Resource To edit an existing Java resource e Select the Java resource for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the Java resource name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Java Resource item from the popup menu or simply double click the Java resource e Edit Java resource definition in the editor area of the Java Resource Editor Dropping Java Resource To drop a Java Resource e Select the Java resource to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Java Resource item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 261 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 26 1 Java Resource Editor
260. e IIa aiaa AEA opa aaa aE EODD 110 System StatisticS 110 Last Analyze Stats 111 Sessions Hit Ratio Process Locks Storage SGA Wait Events m 116 Latches Part V Database Objects Management 120 New e Duplicate Object Duplicate Obj ct Wizard Selecting source database Selecting object to duplicate Selectingdestination database riter ere HERE I HIE EE UENEN 125 Modifying New objects defihitiOri encierra sassccvsiyseedanaceasesdstyevesecevsssseedeessyhdeneess 126 Schema obJecis 2 6 eie Sele dosed A 128 m M 128 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 5 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Editing object description Viewing object DDL definition Browsing object dependecies 4 isses esses eese annatn tantus tna aa ansa tn ata a snas sata assa m MBVEC UO
261. e Index Type Editor Drop index type To drop a index type e Select the index type for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Index Type Index Type Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Index Type Editor Index Type Editor allows you to edit properties of the index types Index Type Editor can be open automatically after the index type is created and is used when editing the index type see Create Index Type and Edit Index Type for details To open a index type in the Index Type Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree e Using navigation bar Editing index type definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 265 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Index type Description J SAMPLE on OracleDB Name INDEXTYPE1 Schema EXFSYS For operators 3 Compile Restore default size Operator schema EXFSYS electe EXFSYS EVALUATE Implementation schema M 0 5 3 27 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a index type for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current index type definition e Print metadata of the current operator e View Dependency Tree for the index type e Refresh the content of the active tab
262. e Java Class Editor allows you to define Java class properties It opens when you create a new sequence or edit the existing one see Create Java Classand Edit Java Class for details To open a view in the Java Class Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing Java class definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 3 New Java Class SAMPLE on OracleDB Wickes Object a Java Class SAMPLE on OracleDB 5 3 25 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a Java class for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current Java class definition e Print metadata of the current Java class e View Dependency Tree for the Java class e Refresh the content of the active tab General Server file name SERVER Force g Conp Directory MEDIA DIR C Auto compile Lompile EA Restore default size Hesolver 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 259 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Java Class Editor Object A SAMPLE on OracleDB w EXFSYS af dc3ef Ef w General A c Print Ss Dependency tree ie Refresh aa Restore default size 5 3 25 1 2 Editing Java Class definition Serv
263. e Select the library for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the library name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Library Library Name item in the popup menu or simply double click the library e Edit library subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Library Editor Drop library To drop a library e Select the library for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Library Library Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 251 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 23 1 Library Editor Library Editor allows you to edit properties of the librarys Library Editor can be open automatically after the library is created and is available on editing the library see Create Library and Edit Library for details To open a library inthe Library Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing library definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies New Library SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object a Library DDL 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name LIBRARY1 Schema ORDSYS g Library filename C oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 bin oraordim Ompiie A Restore default size DB Link name Default v 5 3 23 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the le
264. e a new index with the same properties as one of the existing indices has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit index To edit the existing index e Select the index for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the index name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit index lt Index_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the index e Edit index definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Index Editor Drop index To drop a index e Select the index to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop index Index Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Index Editor The IndexEditor Dialog allows you to edit index properties Also you can access the Index Editor Dialog from the New Object dialog In this case you will be able to create indexes for different tables at once 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 202 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Using navigation bar Creating new index Object storage attributes Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies See also Table Editor 4 New Index SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Index Storage DDL 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB INDEX1 Table index Cluster index General Schema DE 3 Compile Res
265. e disabled images Export settings 12 3 2 Trees and Lists Use the Trees and lists tab to select various tree view options 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 563 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style Y Bars and menus E Edit controls v Check boxes c Buttons E Page controls 3 Group boxes 4 Splitters i Navigation bar Export settings 12 3 3 Edit controls Look amp feel Ultraflat iv C Hide selection Hide focus rectangle Native style Subitem 1 Subitem 2 C Usethe Edit controls to customize the appearance of different SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle edit controls 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 564 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style e and menus Trees and lists Border style Button style Ultraflat Ultraflat v Check boxes iw iw Button transparency m Edges i Buttons P E5 Page controls None v Left C3 Group boxes Hot track Right Splitters Shadow Top Navigation bar d Bottom Native style Sample text edit Sample memo Sample button edit B Sample combo box v Cines Cie 12 3 4 Check boxes The Check boxes tab allows you to customize the appearance of check boxes and radio buttons 2007 EMS Dat
266. e large diagram use the Navigator tool onthe navigation bar at the left It allows you to see the whole diagram in a reduced size and even to move the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 435 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual objects in the diagram The area currently visible at the main diagram area is outlined in red color gt Navigator 9 2 3 Adding objects to diagram To add an object to the diagram drag it from the Objects group on the navigation bar into the desired place on the diagram or simply double click on this object EM Coq dq HR EMPLOYEES i cec M Ic MU E Pu DENEN HR JOB HISTORY zm SAjHR DEPARTMENTS pe EB HR LOCATIONS 9 DEPARTMENT NAME VARCHAR2 30 o MANAGER ID NUMBER 6 0 EB KAOS ORDERS QUEUETABLE CEC 0 ORDERS QUEUETABLE amp IX 4Q _ORDERS_QUEUETABLE 1 lt 0 ORDERS QUEUETABLE 140 ORDERS QUEUETABLE 9 2 4 Removing objects from diagram To remove an object s from the diagram select them right click on its title and choose Hide Selected Object s menu item or simply press the Del key 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 436 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Edit Table HR LOCATIONS STREET ADDRES New T able 9 POSTAL CODE Drop Table HR LOCATIONS o CITY VARCHAR STATE PROVI
267. e same number of vertical columns The intersection of an individual row and column is a field that contains a specific piece of information Much of the power of relational databases comes from defining the relations among the tables Create table To create a new table e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Table in the New Object window e Edit table properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Hint To create new table you can also right click the New Table window Tables node of the explorer tree and select the New Table item from the popup menu To create a new table with the same propert ies as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object Wizard window allows you to select the database to create the new table in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the table Edit table 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 133 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To edit the existing table manage its fields indices data etc e Select the table for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the table name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Table Table Name item the popup menu or simply double click the table e Edit table subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Table Editor Dro
268. eated Using catalog Catalog can be considered as a special database which stores backup settings Specify Catalog user and Database name to use it RMAN script execution Specify the OS which commands should be used in the script generated or select Run script now for immediate execution Restore controlfile from autobackup Restores the control file from autobackup if checked otherwise you need to specify at the corresponding field the name of the snapshot controlfile containing all the changes if any made to the database Restore from online backup The previously created online backup will be used to restore the database Close on success Closes wizard window automatically on successful completion 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 522 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 SQL Manager Options SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides full customization of program interface window behavior various options of all tools and more This chapter tells you how to use all these options Environment Options General SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle options environment style confirmations window restrictions DBExplorer SQL Editor SQL Monitor Visual Query Builder options and more Editor Options Customizing of all the SQL editors SQL Editor SQL Script and more Visual Options Customizing program interface bars trees menus etc Keyboard Templates Keyboard templates for quicker editing S
269. eck access rights for TCP IP connections Grant access for sales us acme com hr us acme com 144 185 5 73 Deny access for finance us acme com mktg us acme com 144 25 5 25 Preempt delays in buffer flushing within the TCP IP protocol stack 4 4 3 4 SSL Wallet configuration Specify the location of wallets Wallets are certificates keys and trustpoints processed by SSL Method Specify the type of storage Directory Specify the location of Oracle wallets on file system 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 100 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Certificate revocation checking Method Configure a revocation check for a certificate CRL file CRL path Specify the destination directory and the name of the file where you can assemble the CRL of CAs for client authentication Cipher suite configuration Use this group to control what combination of encryption and data integrity is used by the Secure Sockets Layer SSL To include an item from to the Selected move it from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove an item from the list move it back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Require client SSL authetication Use this option to force the version of the SSL connection Clients and database servers must use a compatible version Req
270. ed data type Data Type Default Comment Type VARCHAR2 C Not Null Size 202 w 5 3 5 3 1 1 Setting field name and type Use the Column name edit box to set the field name Note that the name of the field must be unique among all the field names in the table The Data type tab defines the type of the field data For User defined data type please specify the schema Type Here you can set the field type by selecting it from the drop down list of the standard or user defined data types Size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 157 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Defines the length of the field value Scale Defines the precision of the field value for float data types M NotNull Check this option to prevent the entry of NULL or unknown values in column Notnull affects all INSERT and UPDATE operations on a column Edit field FIRST NAME Column name FIRST NAME Column type kind Oracle built in datatype Ansi SQL datatype User defined data type een Data Default Comment Type VARCHAR2 v C Not Null Size 200 5 3 5 3 1 2 Setting field defaults The Default tab allows you to define the default value for the column You can either select the default object from the database defaults or define the default value for the column The second option is unavailable for the Computed field type
271. eeseesnesaesaesaessneseenausaessevseveneeneanese 410 Adjusting Gata formats v 417 Setting advanced field formats sccccsssseenscecssesscscnsesecesnseersinecerscnsensecssuneusencssensunensnndscesseshernuneevecensesbnerienadtancserss 418 Setting import mode Customizing common options Export as SQL Seript p Specifying destination server Setting destination file name Setting BLOB Options Selecting fields to export Editing result SQL script ulii e neu m rine v i idie ns ssns Part IX Database Tools Dependency A 431 Visual Database Designer eene nennen nennen nn nnn nine nnn 433 UCTIPBIEVIPEUDIN TT 434 DEMPEIDREIEPIEUUMEE 434 Adding objects to diagrarmi iiie Cose calcu cepas esi aic caesus t peer seen 435 Removing objects from diagram cses2cccceies cecesncescaeciceedeecctseueencescecencedsacdcuesscesecceadestacecuerscascaeescceuuaecuseeousaneeecedes 435 New 1 amp 2 2
272. eginning of the record must include any record termination characters but it does not include the size of the count field itself The number of bytes in the record termination characters can vary depending on how the file is created and on what platform it is created Delimited by Indicates the characters that identify the end of a record Delimited by newline Specifies that the actual value used is platform specific On UNIX platforms NEWLINE is assumed to be n On Windows NT NEWLINE is assumed to be r n Files Badfile Name the file to which records are written when they cannot be loaded because of errors The purpose of the bad file is to have one file where all rejected data can be examined and fixed so that it can be loaded 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 143 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Discard file Name the file to which records are written that fail the condition in the LOAD WHEN clause Log file Name the file that contains messages generated by the external tables utility while it was accessing data in the datafile Setting any of the three parameters described above you are to specify an appropriate directory filename Storage Read size Specify the size of the read buffer The size of the read buffer is a limit on the size of the largest record the access driver can handle Data cache Specify the date cache size in entries By default the date cache feature
273. egments Free space estimation is displayed graphically Detailed information on wait events and latches is also available Database Information form is added Contains common information on current database instance and NLS parameters Allows viewing and editing its configuration parameters e Object Tables support implemented The ability to start gathering information for separate table or schema is added e The method of access level test to data dictionary hierarchical privileges by roles by system privileges is fixed and expanded e Print Metadata A report on the table now includes field descriptions e Visual Database Designer The method of refreshing during reverse engineering is optimized Performing reverse engineering now it is possible to refresh selected schemas only e Create and editing database reports is now available for limited access users DB Explorer The ability to rename database groups added e SQL Editor The SELECT queries containing the DISTINCT keyword used to work incorrectly Fixed now e Reports could not be renamed Fixed now When extracting a database by a user with the limited access to the data dictionary the error used to occur Fixed now When opening invalid objects within the floating windows environment the Cant focus a disabled or invisible window error used to occur Fixed now Local Naming Parameters Editor There are some errors in editor work fixed e The bug with incorrect displayin
274. ema Trigger to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop DB Schema Trigger DB Schema Trigger Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 198 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 10 1 DB and Schema Trigger Editor The DB Schema Trigger Editor allows you to define DB Schema Trigger properties It opens when you create a new sequence or edit the existing one see Create DB Schema Trigger and Edit DB Schema Trigger for details To open a view inthe DB Schema Trigger Editor double click it in the explorer tree e Using navigation bar Editing DB Schema Trigger definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 199 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 0 New DB or Schema Trigger SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object Irigger DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB Name DBTRIGGER1 C Disabled n Event Schema OE x DDL Database 2 s Trigger type Trigger on 2 g Compile M E Restore default size Before Database Analyze F C Associate statistics 7 C Audit O After Schema Comment Create Disassociate statistics lDep ooo _ Body When Use PL SQL Block Use existing procedure DECLARE la variable_name datatype BEGI
275. ement Solutions 126 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Duplicate Object Wizard Duplicate Object Select the target database and the new object name Target database SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLEDB iw Ts New object namespace HR iv Hii New object name BLOB TABLE NEW Table options SQL Z data Manager for Oracle 5 2 1 4 Modifying new object s definition Browse the result SQL statement You can edit it if necessary Click Finish button when done Close the Wizard after duplicating Check this option if you don t intend to duplicate more objects Open object when finished This control defines whether the object duplicated should be opened with the corresponding object editor after finishing 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 127 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Duplicate Object Modify the new object definition and click the Finish button to create the object New object definition CREATE TABLE HR BLOB TABLE NEW id HUMBER BLOB BLOB PRIMARY KEY id USIHG IHDEX PCTFREE 10 IHITRAHS 2 STORAGE MINEXTENTS 1 Close the Wizard after duplicating Open object when finished Finish 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 128 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 3 1 Schema objects A schema is a collection of logical structures of data or schema objects
276. ent password can be reused Password lock Specify the number of days an account will be locked after the specified number of consecutive failed login attempts Password grace time Specify the number of days after the grace period begins during which a warning is issued and login is allowed If the password is not changed during the grace period the password expires Password verify function Lets a PL SQL password complexity verification script be passed as an argument to the CREATE PROFILE statement 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 291 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Profile SAMPLE on OracleDB RAX Object A Profle 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB Name Profile Resource parameters General A de Sessions per user DEFAULT concurrent sessions CPU per session DEFAULT viv milliseconds Fal Restore default size CPU per call DEFAULT milliseconds Connect time DEFAULT minutes Idle time DEFAULT minutes Logical reads per session DEFAULT data blocks Logical reads per call DEFAULT data blocks Composite limit DEFAULT service units Private SGA UNLIMITED bytes Password parameters Failed login attempts UNLIMITED times Password lifetime 4 v days Password reuse time DEFAULT days Password reuse max DEFAULT times Password lock DEFAULT days Password grace time DEFAULT days Password verify function DE
277. entix RADIUS Service name kerb Credential cache file c tmp krbcache Configuration file c krb5 krb cont 2 Realm translation file e krb5 krb realms Key table o krbS v5srvtab Waiting time before credential expiration 300 The CyberSAFE tab GSSAPI service Define the CyberSAFE service principal Kerberosh CyberSAFE dentis RADIUS GSSAPI service service The Identix tab Database Specify the service name or alias for the authentication fingerprint database Database user Specify the well known user name for the fingerprint database Database password Specify the well known password for the fingerprint database 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 96 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Idenix method Specify the method name for the fingerprint database The method name must be ORACLE Kerberos5 CyberSAFE Identix RADIUS Database 9601 Database user user Database password Identix method The RADIUS tab Host name Specifies the location of the primary RADIUS server either by its host name or IP address Port Listening port of the primary RADIUS server Number of connection retries Times to resend Please note that parameters listed above i e host name port and number of connection retries may be configured for the primary server as well as for the alternative server You need to switch to the appropriate tab Wait duration before disconnection from serv
278. enu or simply double click the key to edit e Edit key properties within the Key Editor Dialog Drop Key To drop the key Open the table or view in the Table Editor View Editor Open the Keys tab Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Key item from the popup menu Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 160 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 4 1 Key Editor The Key Editor allows you to edit the properties of the key It opens when you create a new key or edit the existing one see Create Key and Edit Key for details Using navigation bar Editing key definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Check Editor Trigger Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 161 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual A DDL asso Restore default size o TableorView EMPLOYEES M Key fields E EMPLOYEE ID E FIRST NAME E LAST NAME E EMAIL E PHONE NUMBER E HIRE DATE EJ SALARY COMMISSION PCT E MANAGER ID E DEPARTMENT 10 y Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 5 4 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to General bar e Compile the current key definition e Refresh the content of the active tab e Bring the window to its default size The next bar
279. er Time to wait for response RADIUS secret key file Specifies the full path to the file containing the RADIUS shared secret Default keyword This parameter sets the keyword to request a challenge from the RADIUS server User types no password on the client Interface class name Sets the name of the Java class that contains the graphical user interface when RADIUS is in the challenge response asynchronous mode Send accounting Turns accounting on and off If you enable accounting packets will be sent to the active RADIUS server at the listening port plus one By default packets are sent to port 1646 You need to turn this feature on only when your RADIUS server supports accounting and you want to keep track of the number of times the user is logging on to the system Challenge response This parameter turns on or turns off the challenge response or asynchronous mode support 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 97 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Kerberos CyberSAFE Identix RADIUS Servers Host name localhost Port 1645 Number of connection retries Wait duration before disconnection from server RADIUS secret key file Default keyword challenge Interface class name DefaultR adius Interface C Send accounting C Challenge response 4 4 3 2 Integrity and Encryption Encryption Here you determine a list of encryption algorithms used by this client or server acting as a clien
280. er filename Directory Specify the directory and filename of a previously created file on the operating system and server file containing the sequence Force Uncheck the option to roll back the results of this CREATE command if you have specified either RESOLVE or COMPILE and the resolution or compilation fails If you do not specify this option then Oracle takes no action if the resolution or compilation fails That is the created schema object remains Auto compile The option defines whether Java class compilation should occur automatically The Resolver field lets you specify a mapping of the fully qualified Java name to a Java schema object where e match string is either a fully qualified Java name a wildcard that can match such a Java name or a wildcard that can match any name e schema name designates a schema to be searched for the corresponding Java schema object A dash as an alternative to schema name indicates that if match string matches valid Java name Oracle can leave the name unresolved The resolution succeeds but the name cannot be used at run time by the class 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 260 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Java Class SAMPLE on OracleDB Joke Object a JavaClass SAMPLE on OracleDB w General Server file name SERVER Force g Directory MEDIA_DIR w C Auto compile Compile Ea Restore default siz
281. eration Enable constraints Disable constraints Target Check constraints Foreign Keys Primary Key Foreign Keys reference Click Finish to convert constraints 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 509 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 5 Backup Database The Backup Database wizard is intended for creating backups of your Oracle database During its work the script to perform backup will be created which can be edited manually if needed Important Please note that you should have a clear idea of the backup restore mechanism Note that a wrong combination of backup restore settings can damage your database To start the wizard please select the Services Backup menu item The wizard will guide through the entire process checking instance current settings tuning all the options necessary both for User managed backup script and Oracle Recovery Manager backup First at the corresponding boxes specify the desired database for backup destination directories for the script and the backup itself to be stored Oracle Backup Database Wizard Oracle Backup Database Specify the source database name directory where backup files will be copied to and script output directory Welcome to the Backup Database Wizard This wizard helps you to backup your Oracle database 2 The wizard will quide you through the entire process of checking current settings of the I instance
282. eriods of continuous inactive time during a session expressed in 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 290 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual minutes Long running queries and other operations are not subject to this limit Logical reads per session Specify the permitted number of data blocks read in a session including blocks read from memory and disk Logical reads per call Specify the permitted number of data blocks read for a call to process a SQL statement a parse execute or fetch Composite limit Specify the total resource cost for a session expressed in service units Oracle calculates the total service units as a weighted sum of CPU_PER_SESSION CONNECT_TIME LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION and PRIVATE_SGA Private SGA Specify the amount of private space a session can allocate in the shared pool of the system global area SGA Password parameters Failed login attempts Specify the number of failed attempts to log in to the user account before the account is locked Password lifetime Specify the number of days the same password can be used for authentication If you also set a value for PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME the password expires if it is not changed within the grace period and further connections are rejected Password reuse time Specifies the number of days before which a password cannot be reused Password reuse max Specifies the number of password changes required before the curr
283. ery Add new query g Delete curent query g Clear all queries Rename current query Bd iun Query Builder db SQL Editor option Results on E dit tab A Restore default size By default data returned by a query are displayed as a grid see Data View for details The context menu of the grid allows you to Export Data Export as SQL Script 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 328 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Drag column header here to group by that column FIRST NAME LAST N ME De Haan Haed 488 1700 SALARY v COMMISSION DEPARTMENT NAME Hull Executive Decus Null IT Null IT Null IT Null IT 4200 Null IT Greenberg e200 sine 7700 ose Manuel lexander Tobias Babe s Purchasing 14 Puhesng ee Null Finance Finance Hull Finance Hull Finance Null Finance Null Finance 2800 Null Purchasing e r Himuro 2600 Null Purchasing Colmenares Form View Print Data rid View See also Using Navigation bar Working with SQL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Viewing query logs Using PL SQL Code Debugger Viewing query logs This tab allows you to view the query Editor 2500 Null Purchasing log The log is available within the Logs tab of SQL 2007 EM
284. es Functions Triggers DB and Schema Triggers Indices Packages Package Bodies Sequences Clusters Materialized Views Materialized View Logs Synonyms Database Links Object Types Object Type Bodies Array Types Libraries Java Sources Java Classes Java Resources Index Types Operators Dimensions Contexts Users v Roles Profiles Consumer Groups Resource Plans Directories Tablespaces Rollback Segments Redo Log Groups Reports Projects Test Connect Copy Alias from 4 24 Setting default directories Set the default directories for database extract data export data import and misc e g these paths will be used by default when saving HTML reports 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 81 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Registration Info Connection fei ptions Display Options Default directory for Extract Metadata ie Directories c ems extractmeta Logs Default directory for Export Data SSH Tunneling c ems export Default directory for Import Data c ems import 8 Default directory for HTML Report c ems htmlrep 8 Default directory for Reports C Documents and Settings ss SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Reports SAMPLE on OracleD 8 4 25 Setting log options Specify log file names for metadata changes logging and SQL query logging if necessary Note This log is useful when you are going to move
285. essed frequently Cache specifies that the blocks retrieved for this log are placed at the most recently used end of the least recently used LRU list in the buffer cache when a full table scan is performed This attribute is useful for small lookup tables Nocache specifies that the blocks are placed at the least recently used end of the LRU list Logging Specify either Logging or Nologging to establish the logging characteristics of the tablespace in which the materialized view log resides New values This group lets you determine whether Oracle saves both old and new values for update DML operations in the materialized view log With Use the With group to indicate whether the materialized view log should record the primary key rowid object ID or a combination of these row identifiers when rows in the master are changed Specify With object ID to indicate that the system generated or user defined object identifier of every modified row should be recorded in the materialized view log Specify With primary key to indicate that the primary key of all rows changed should be recorded in the materialized view log Specify With ROWID to indicate that the rowid of all rows changed should be recorded in 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 231 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual the materialized view log Specify With sequence to indicate that a sequence value providing additional ordering information
286. etup additional options Controlfile Don t restore controlfile Restore controlfile Recreate controlfile Recreate with set database OS specific options Unix goovecessesceessecsso nmm Hd Copy command Recreate temporary files Close on success Logan gt HOST C Recreate password file Controlfile Specify whether the controlfile should be restored OS specific options Specify the OS which commands should be used in the script generated or select script now for immediate execution Close on success Closes wizard window automatically on successful completion 11 6 2 Recovery Manager RMAN 11 6 2 1 Setting additional options The additional options of the Restore Database Wizard are set at this step Run 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 520 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Restore Database Wizard Oracle Restore Database Setup additional options Target Target database user RMAN d Database name SAMPLEDB Using catalog SQL Catalog user RMAN n Manager Database name for Oracle RMAN script execution Build command file for Unix Run script now Build command file for Windows C Restore controlfile from autobackup Restore from online backup Snapshot controlfile name snap cf f Close on success ee T User Target user under which the RMAN session will be cr
287. f keywords and functions in query text on the Edit tab Asis saves the original case upper case Lowercase sets all the keywords functions to lower case and sets the first letters of all keywords functions to upper case You can set style and color for all Uppercase sets all the keywords functions to First upper Query Builder objects by using Style and Color Palette Environment Options E Preferences Confirmations B FEE General options 3 4 Took C Allow SELECT queries only DB Explorer Select condition row Ef Object Editors 1 Drag field name gf SQL Editor Hide selection when inactive t SQL Monitor C Show field types G SQL Script Union all by default Style amp Color Palette 7 Visible tabs Script format GH5 Visual Database Designer Criteria Keywords format EE Color Palette Selection Asis v lt Print Metadata Group criteria Functions format a ER Data Export Sorting Reis mul Fonts Grid Data Options lt Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 29 Localization 12 1 4 6 1 Style amp Color Palette Style These options specify how Query Builder objects look like 3D flat etc Color Palette page These options define colors of different Query Builder elements condition row active caption table client area etc Click an item to select a color for the appropriate Query Builder element 2007 EMS Database Management Solut
288. f the art graphical user interface and more See also What s new Scroll to top 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 33 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 9 EMS SQL Manager FAQ Please read this page attentively if you have questions about EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Table of contents Product questions e What is EMS SQL Manager for Oracle What is the difference between Full Lite editions of EMS SQL Manager for Oracle What do I need to start working with EMS SQL Manager for Oracle What is the difference between the Export Import functions in SQL Manager and the Data Export Import utilities What is the difference between the Query Builder module in SQL Manager and the SQL Query for Oracle utility What is the difference between the Extract Database function in SQL Manager for Oracle and the DB Extract for Oracle standalone utility Common questions e I can t modify DDL Why e How can I customize data formats in grid e I need to perform some changes in database objects of my test database and then make the same changes on another database Are there any tools for this purpose in SQL Manager for Oracle e When I create database objects their names are always converted to upper case How I can prevent it Export Import questions e I tried to export data from a table but found that I can export only the first 1000 records Can I export all the records from a table if it conta
289. fault tablespace for objects that the user creates Temporary tablespace Specify the tablespace or tablespace group for the user s temporary segments in the Name field Quota on Specify the maximum amount of space the user can allocate in the tablespace 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 283 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual User Tablespace Quotas Proxy Users DDL Default tablespace Name E USERS v Quota on default tablespace 2147483648 v Ed bytes Temporary tablespace Name B TEMP v Quota on temporary tablespace v bytes UNLIMITED 5 4 2 1 4 Setting quotas The Quotas tab allows you to view and set the quotas for existing tablespaces For your convenience you may call the built in byte calculator by pressing the arrow down button User Tablespace Quotas Proxy Users DDL Tablespace Quota 2147483648 Byte calculator B TEMP Gigabytes Megabytes Kilobytes Bytes B UNDOTBS1 y oL v E USERS Result D bytes 5 4 2 1 5 Proxy Users This tab let you expose user to proxy use by database user activate all some or none of the roles of the user and specify whether authentication is required Proxy users To include users to the list move them from the Available list to the Included by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the users from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow butto
290. file 3 New script E Open script Save script kd Save as E Disable parsing uf Enable result log db SQL Script options Restore default size Explorer 4 Database Tables 4 dy Views Procedures Er Functions Triggers E Indices CJ Packages gt 9 3 2 Using popup menu The popup menu of the edit area contains standard functions for working with the text Cut Copy Paste Find Replace Toggle Bookmarks etc and also functions for processing the script which allow you to save load script to from file and preview print script 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 444 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 3 3 General D Execute script 3 Execute script from file a New script ge pen script Save script ka Save as E Disable parsing E Enable result log db SQL Script options Script CREATE TABLE SCOTT BONUS ENAME VARCHAR2 10 JOB VARCHAR2 9 SAL HUMBER COMM HUMBER NOPARALLEL PCTFREE 10 INITRANS 1 STORAGE MINEXTENTS 1 MAXEXTEHTS 2147483645 BUFFER POOL DEFAULT TABLESPACE USERS Using script explorer 4 LOGGING Restore default size HO Explorer MONITORING HOROWDEPENDENCIES Database 9 89 Tables 4 ix Views 6 Procedures Definition for TABLE DEPT Functions Triggers ES Indices CREATE TABLE SCOTT DEPT j Pack
291. first letters of the array type name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Array Type Array Type Name item in the popup menu or simply double click the array type e Edit array type subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Array Type Editor Drop array type To drop a array type e Select the array type for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Array Type Array Type Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 246 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 22 1 Array Type Editor Array Type Editor allows you to edit properties of the array types Array Type Editor can be open automatically after the array type is created and is available on editing the array type see Create Array Type and Edit Array Type for details To open a array type inthe Array Type Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing array type definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 247 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual HF P Array Type SAMPLE on OracleDB Name sonia g Compile VAray Restore default size Object schema Object Size Scale 5 3 22 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar RRAY
292. ft allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a library for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current library definition e Print metadata of the current library e View Dependency Tree for the library e Refresh the content of the active tab 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 252 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual gt Object SAMPLE on OracleDB 5 ORDSYS ORDIMLIBS v lt General ga Print sig Dependency tree Refresh Restore default size 5 3 23 1 2 Editing Library definition Name Specify the name that will represent this library when a user declares a function or procedure with a call_spec Schema Specifies the schema in which the array type or a nested table type is created Library filename Specify a string literal enclosed in single quotation marks This string should be the path or filename your operating system recognizes as naming the shared library DB Link name Specify a certain DB link if you want external procedures to be run from a database link other than the server 4 New Library SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object Libra DDL 9 SAMPLE on DracleDB v Name LIBRARY Schema ORDSYS M g Compile Library filename C oracle product 10 2 0 db_1 bin oraordim A Restore default size DB Link name Default gt 5 3 24 Java Sources Use Java Source Editor to create a schema object
293. fy the username and password on the target instance These parameters authenticate the user to the remote server and are required for security New Database Link SAMPLE on OracleDB Jog Object 4 Database Link DDL 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name General A Public DB link Shared DB link C Use CURRENT LISER Compile F Op Remote database connection EA Restore default size User name Kid Password Remote database Authenticated by Schema Password Object Types Use the Object Type Editor to create the specification of an object type a SQLJ object type or an incomplete object type Create object type To create a new object type e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Object Type in the New Object dialog e Edit object type definition within the Object Type Editor Hint To create new object type you can also right click the Object Types node of the explorer tree and select the New Object Type item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 238 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To create a new object type with the same properties as one of the existing object types has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit object type To edit the existing object type e Select the object type for editing in the explorer tree
294. g Click the button next to the Program box to select the program exe file or set the program execution file manually in this box e Set the program title hot key working directory and execution parameters if necessary in the proper boxes of the External Tool Info Editor e Click OK inthe External Tool Info Editor and External Tools dialogs This adds the icon and the title of the program you selected to the Tools External Tools submenu Now you can run this tool quickly without stopping work with SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Removing External Tool To remove an external program Select the Options External Tools menu item Select the tool to remove from the Tools list in the External Tools dialog Click Delete button Click OK to confirm removing the tool and closing the dialog The selected tool is removed and is no longer accessible from the Tools External Tools submenu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 579 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 580 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 13 1 External Tools Window The External Tools window allows you to add executable programs to the Tools External Tools menu to access them quickly from SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle To call this window select the Options External Tools menu item Tools Lists all added external tools Add Opens External Tool Info Editor for addi
295. g Software failures e Free reasonable number of communications for the purpose of consultation on operational aspects of the software 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 24 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual After your maintenance expires you will not be able to update your software or get technical support To protect your investments and have your software up to date you need to renew your maintenance You can easily reinitiate renew your maintenance with our on line speed through Maintenance Reinstatement Renewal Interface After reinitiating renewal you will receive a confirmation e mail with all the necessary information See also How to register SQL Manager 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 25 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 6 How to register SQL Manager If you have not registered your copy of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle yet you can do it by pressing the Register Now button and entering your registration information in the Register SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle dialog About SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle tj SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle 1 5 0 1 1999 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions Inc All rights reserved Company Home Page salmanager net Product Home Page http www sqlmanager net products oracle manager Registered to EMS Business license lic 1 of 2 Software Maintenance Period Valid Till 11 24 2008
296. g e g paraml Note The Allow using of parameters in query text option should be checked at the Options Environment options Tools tab for this feature to be enabled Input parameters dialog The Input Parameters dialog is used to specify the query parameters as well as values of the input parameters of the procedure or function before execution Click OK button to apply the values and execute the query or click Cancel button to abort execution p Input Parameters BAX PARAMI Null Number PARAM2 v Null Number 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 345 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data Management Table data and query results are displayed on the Data or Results tab of Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder etc The data can be displayed in three modes GridView Form View and Print Data See Data View to learn more about these modes The toolbars of these tabs as well as the popup menus activated by right click on the grid provide the following functions for managing data e Export Data Exports data to various formats including MS Excel MS Access RTF HTML PDF and more Export As SQL Script Exports data to the SQL script as a number of INSERT statements Import Data Imports data from MS Excel MS Access DBF TXT and CSV Edit BLOB Allows you to view and edit the content of BLOB and TEXT fields 2007 EMS Database Manageme
297. g data Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies View HR EMP_DETAILS_VIEW SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object j Fields Keys Foreign Keys Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB iy HR EMP DETAILS VI General A C Force Print C With check option 2E Dependency tree a Refresh v Bead only Restore default size gt Fields EMPLOYEE ID JOB ID MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT ID LOCATION ID COU View xS 5 employees e al Edit with Query Builder departments d E jobs j locations 1 countries c regions r WHERE e department id d department id AND d location id l location id AND l country id c country id AND c region id r region id AND j job id e job id 5 3 6 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 178 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object bar Select a database and a view for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current view Print metadata of the current view View Dependency Tree for the view Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of View Editor Object A SAMPLE on OracleDB w HR EMP DETAILS VI se General A e Print SIS Depen
298. g dependencies for materialized view log is fixed now 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 31 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Other small improvements and bug fixes Scroll to top Version 1 1 0 1 Full support of External and Index Organized tables e Invalid status objects are marked with a cross in DB Explorer tree now Users are considered invalid if any of EXPIRED LOCKED EXPIRED GRACE EXPIRED TIMED account statuses takes place their account status is one of the following EXPIRED LOCKED EXPIRED GRACE EXPIRED TIMED e SQL Script Ability to execute selected statements and statement under cursor added SQL Script DBMS output is displayed now e SQL Script Script is not loaded into memory anymore when executing a script from file e SQL Editor DBMS output is displayed now SQL Editor When switching between queries the cursor and scrolling bar position were not saved Fixed now XMLType is added to the list of available fields e Changing Metadata window If any error occurs the cursor is now moved to a place which caused an error e When refreshing tablespaces on Oracle 9 2 an error used to occur Fixed now If table or view lists were not refreshed DBExplorer the first attempt to execute a query in SQL Editor could take a long time especially if connection was slow or the server was overloaded Fixed now In some rare cases on opening the Code Completion window and typing s
299. g group operator To set the group operator left click the operator box by default it specifies AND operator and select OR item from the menu M Filter builder untitled flt 5 lt root gt ev DYEE ID doesnotequal 120 OR hug gr qutten to add a new condition NOLO 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 373 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 2 8 Next Step gt gt Applying filter conditions Click Apply button to see the result of the filtering you made and click OKor Cancel to close the dialog with or without saving your filter correspondingly Filter builder untitled flt AND root 2 EMPLOYEE ID isqreaterthan 100 E AND applies to the following conditions EL EMPLOYEE ID doesnotequal 120 press the button to add a new condition OK Cancel OK Cancel The Filter Builder dialog allows you to save filter criteria to and load them from an external file Clicking Save As or Open buttons activates one of these dialogs Filter settings are stored in a file with flt extension A column in the file is referenced by its position within a view This means that filter settings cannot be correctly restored if columns were deleted from the view after saving the filter to a file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 375 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Import Export Tools SQL Manager 2007 for Ora
300. g one see Create Contextand Edit Context for details Using navigation bar Editing context definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 14 New Context SAMPLE OracleDB BAX Object Context DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB Name CONTEXT1 General 4 Package schema CTXSYS g Compile EA Restore default size Context type Package name CTX_CATSEARCH Accessed locally Initialized externally Accessed globally Initialized globally 5 4 1 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a context for editing within the current window General bar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 278 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Compile the current context definition Print metadata of the current context View Dependency Tree for the context Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Context Editor gt Object lt SAMPLE on OracleDB CE EM_USER_CONTEXT v gt gt General ea Print Refresh A Restore default size 5 4 1 1 2 Editing Context definition Name Specify the name of the context namespace to create or modify Context namespaces are always stored in the schema SYS Schema Specify the schema owning package Pack
301. g registered databases oc Easy management of all Oracle objects including create edit drop opel Managing tables and all their subobjects fields primary unique Managing views and all their subobjects fields triggers primary Managing procedures functions sequences packages and package Managing users roles profiles consumer groups and resource plans Managing database and schema triggers clusters synonyms database Managing object and array types object type bodies libraries Managing java sources resources and classes lt Line 14 1 CAPS 5 oc GridView FommView PrintData Blob View Records fetched 0 Modifie Editing as rich text RTF The Rich Text panel allows you to edit data as a Rich Text format RTF Use Save to File and Load from File items on the navigation bar to save the text to a file or load the text from a file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 364 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Hexadecimal Text Rich text Image HTML 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a i i 1 i 1 EMS SQL Manager for Oracle is a high performance tool for Oracle Database Server administration and development SOL Manager for Oracle works with any Oracle versions from 8 1 7 to 10g and supports all Oracle objects and all Oracle data
302. g the object name in the text with the Ctrl key pressed COMMISSION PCT DEPARTMENT NAME JOB TITLE CITY STATE PROVINCE COUNTRY NAME REGION NAME FROM HR EMP DETAILS VIEW Please note that you can change the way highlighted objects look in the editor use the Color section of the Editor Options dialog See also Using Navigation bar Working with SQL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Executing queries Viewing query logs Using PL SQL Code Debugger 6 1 6 Executing queries and viewing results When all the query parameters are set you can immediately execute the query in SQL Editor To execute a query click the Execute query item of the Navigation bar You can also use the context menu or F9 hot key for the same purpose 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 327 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual If the SQL syntax is correct the query is executed and in case the query statement is supposed to return data e g as SELECT statement the returned dataset appears within the Results tab The position of the tab depends on the Results on Edit tab Results on separate tab selection in the Navigation bar If SQL syntax of the query contains any errors the query execution is stopped and the corresponding error message is displayed in the status bar area at the bottom of the editor window Database a SAMPLE on OracleDB w General D Execut BS Explain qu
303. gins Specifying other page settings See also Report Designer Report Viewer 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 463 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 7 1 1 Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your report options Welcome to the Create Report Wizard This wizard will take you through the steps of creating a data aware report The finished report will be saved to your database and can be edited later Hii Database SAMPLE on OracleDB SAMPLEDB Report creation method Sal New report anager Import from file for Oracle Save options Report name report Save to database Save to file Report type Specifying report name and options Select the database for adding a report Choose the action you need to perform create new report or import the existing report from file Set the name for a new report and specify the save options for it Create Report Wizard provides two variants for saving a report If you choose Save to database the report will be created on the server inside the database itself Otherwise choose Save to file the standard save file dialog appears Click Next button to select report bands for a new report or to locate the existing report 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 464 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your
304. gment and any data the table contains can be either session specific or transaction specific data You are able to specify whether the table segment and data are session or transaction specific at the On commit group On commit This option specifies whether the data in the temporary table persists for the duration of a transaction or a session Delete rows Oracle will truncate the table delete all its rows after each commit Preserve rows Oracle will truncate the table delete all its rows when you terminate the session 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 137 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Table Fields Physical Attributes Description DDL Table Properties Table name TABLE1 Schema HR Organization Regular Clustered Duration Transactions O Session On commit Delete rows O Preserve rows Clustered table Select Clustered to define that the table is a part of cluster The columns listed at the field below are the table columns that correspond to the cluster columns To create a clustered table you need to specify name of the cluster and its schema 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 138 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Table Fields Physical Attributes Description DDL Table Properties Table name TABLET _ Schema HR Iv Organization O Regular Globa
305. hared Pool 20 0 21 0 Latch Library Cache 0 ls Lib he Pi 477 Latches Latches low level serialization mechanisms used to protect shared data structures the SGA The implementation of latches is operating system dependent particularly in regard to whether a process will wait for a latch and for how long This tab displays aggregate latch statistics for both parent and child latches grouped by latch name 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 118 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Sessions Storage SGA Drag a column header here to group by that column PID Immediate Immedial se Gets Latches Misses Sleeps Active Checkpoint Queue Latch 2 heckpoint Queue Latch nqueue Hash Chains ash Table Column Usage Latch ash Table Modification Latch Memory Undo Latch ob Workg Parent Latch ob_Queue_Processes Free List Latch s Mem Alloc Latch mcpvec Latch tf Sga Latch HE 2 24 T i oOo nm 31465 271 69507 e Active Service List 54132 0 326875 Alert Log Latch 2 0 0 Cache Buffers Chains 1860513 0 17641298 Cache Buffers Lru Chain 27087 0 177127 Cache Table Scan Latch 1785 1134065 2806923 14029 2713 ce w nw oOo c e 0 0 69655 I 3249285 2772 oo Oo eo
306. he explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing synonym definition Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 233 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Synonym SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object Synonym DDL SAMPLE OracleDB SYNONYM1 4 Schema PUBLIC v v Public synonym g DB Link name lt Default gt v Lompile EA Restore default size Object schema HR v Object name EMP_DETAILS_VIEW Select object 5 3 18 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a synonym for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current synonym definition Print metadata of the current synonym View Dependency Tree for the synonym Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 5 3 18 1 2 Editing synonym definition Synonym name Is the name of the new synonym Schema Specifies the schema in which the synonym is created Public synonym Check this option to create a public synonym Public synonyms are accessible to all users However each user must have appropriate privileges on the underlying object in order to use the synonym DB Link name You can specify a complete or partial database link to create a synonym for a schema object on a remote database where the object is located Object schema Is the
307. iagram area JOINING EBENE HP Setting fields Setting grouping criteria Setting param ters f S rtNO MUR 339 Working with editorarea EN 340 Executing query 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 9 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Query parameters gcse D eden 343 Input parameters dialog 343 Part VII Data Management 345 Data VIEW Me 346 GID VOW e M A 347 GOUPING oa EDU 348 Filtering CONS S 348 Workingirnmulti leveltmode 2 rite rec er nes ge Ainiai abai Eei raan ar Ra 350 Create Grid Level draco ERR 351 Specify master inde d iie e et e dec ne eeu 352 Select table r query for NEW I amp vel 225i et teet Ee etnies Ea 353 Selecting table sees sie Sees tras ERE RE EE EE VE GERA RR E Bind master and detail levels Specify additional parameters Viewing CAA in
308. ible Columns Fit Columns Widths Grid Mode Properties 5 3 5 3 Fields Table fields are managed on the Fields tab ofthe Table Editor Add Field To add a field to the table Open the table inthe Table Editor View Editor Open the Fields tab Right click and select the New Field item from the popup menu Edit field properties within the Fields Editor Dialog Edit Field To edit the table field e Open the table inthe Table Editor e Open the Fields tab 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 155 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Right click the field and select the Edit Field item from the popup menu or simply double click the field to edit e Edit field properties within the Fields Editor Dialog Drop Field To drop the table field Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Fields tab Right click on the field to drop and select the Drop Field item from the popup menu Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 156 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 3 1 Field Editor Field Editor dialog allows you to edit the properties of the table fields e Setting field name and type e Setting field defaults e Setting field description See also Table Editor Edit field FIRST Column name FIRST NAME Column type kind Oracle built in datatype SOL datatype User defin
309. icted by main form and DBExplorer Bar style for child forms Allows you to define the location of action buttons They can be located at the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 526 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Navigation bar at the left and or on the Toolbar You can also Enable floating toolbars feature by clicking the appropriate option Environment Options Ei Preferences Confirmations el Environment style D T WR MDI environment like Microsoft Office applications E DB Explorer Floating windows environment like Borland Delphi IDE Pe eS Windows restrictions Jf SQL Editor C Number of open editors is restricted 3 SQL Monitor SQL Script Number Query Builder EE Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer Color Palette lt Print Metadata ER Data Esport Fonts 5 E3 Grid Bar ed is child forms H Data Options Navigation bar cz Print Data Toolbar Color amp Formats C Both Advanced le floating tool Column Options Enable floating toolbars Localization 12 1 4 Tools Show only connected databases in drop down menu Displays only connected databases the dropdown menus of such tools as QueryBuilder SQL Script etc Allow using parameters in query text This feature allows you to specify different values within a query in a popup dialog just before the query execution Use the colon characte
310. id ub4 ixpid ub4 rtabnm OCISTRING Search Again Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 7 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar Select a database and a procedure for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current procedure Execute the current procedure Print metadata of the current procedure View Dependency Tree for the procedure Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Procedure Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 186 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual gt Object lt SAMPLE on OracleDB si CTXSYS SYNCRN lt gt gt General p Execute Print SIE Dependency tree 2 Refresh Ea Restore default size 5 3 7 1 2 Editing procedure definition The Procedure tab allows you to view and edit the definition for the stored procedure Note to paste input parameters into procedure text use lt Ctrl Shift P gt shortcut 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 187 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual H Procedure CTXSYS SYNCRN SAMPLE on OracteDB Object a 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB Mj CTXSYS SYNCRN vw General 5 D Execute Print 2
311. ide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for SQL Server Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for SQL Server Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for SQL Server Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for SQL Server Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top PostgreSQL 3 5 E SQL Management Studio for PostgreSQL EMS SQL Management Studio for PostgreSQL is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for PostgreSQL Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for PostgreSQL Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 38 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s
312. idth etc 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 403 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize PDF export options Base font name Helvetica E Caption Font Data Font E Footer Font Font size 105 Marains Left Right Top Font encoding Win amp nsiE ncoding SQL Page options Manager Page size for Oracle Width 05 Height 0E Units Inches f Bottom Orientation Portrait Grid options Col spacing 3 Row spacing gt Line width 8 1 5 6 TXT options This step allows you to customize options for target text file Set the Calculate column width options on if you want each column of target file be adjusted to the maximum number of characters in it The Spacing option specifies the number of spaces between columns in target file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 404 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize TXT export options TXT options Calculate column width Spacing 1 Templates p 8 1 5 7 CSV options This step allows you to customize options for target CSV file You can specify column separator and optional values quote character for target file on this step 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 405 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8
313. ifies the position of spin editor buttons Environment Options gl Preferences sid Confirmations B WAS Common options Memo editor options BN To Auto select text Inserting Return characters DB Explorer Hide selection on losing focus C Inserting Tab characters EB Object Editors Word wrap in grid df SQL Editor C Popup memo editors 3 SQL Monitor rj SQL Script Spin editor options Bg Query Builder C Use Ctrl Up instead of Up to increase value Style amp Color Palette C Show large increment buttons Visual Database Designer 15 Color Palette dad gt gt Print Metadata Large increment ug ER Data Export Fonts Spin editor buttons position Grid Vertical E Data Options Horizontal left and right Print Data Horizontal right Color amp Formats E Advanced 29 Localization 12 1 7 Localization The Localization page is provided for managing the SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle localization files You can create your own Ing files similar to those available at the SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Languages folder add them to the list of available languages on this tab and set the new language as a program interface language M Auto scan languages on startup When checked the directory with localization files will be scanned automatically on program startup all the languages found will be added into the list of available languages 2007 EMS Datab
314. ift Ct 2 g Compile parami IH OUT datatype cu Ctrl A Restore default size param2 IN datatype DEFAULT d MEMBER FUNCTION function name parami IH OUT datatype K CtrleV param2 IN datatype DEFAULT d Select All Ctrled RETURH datatype 1 Ctrl F Replace Ctrl R Search Again F3 Copy Ctrl C Go To Line By Number Alt G Change Case Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrle 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 241 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 21 Object Type Bodies You can create object type body to define or implement the member methods defined in the object type specification The object type body defines the name of the object type its attributes methods and other properties The object type body contains the code for the methods that implement the type Create object type body To create a new object type body e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Object Type Body in the New Object window e Edit object type body properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Object Type Body Editor Hint To create a new object type body you can also right click the Object Type Body node of the explorer tree and select the New Object Type Body item from the popup menu To create a new object type body with the same properties as one of the existing object has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menuitem e Follow the instr
315. ifying destination file ensis nnne tnam a tns aatia atta tna sna inmuia anaana 572 Selecting settings Selecting databases Part XIII External Tools 578 External Tools WindOW _eccissesvceesceccdccscsecdes ceecdcdccdvsbevedantecsceceacsccsucccsesceGerenstecedeesedeseeesedeveesese 580 External Tool Info Editor 11 iii cabedvacdvescdndvedhscteddadsasdcueeecsaebsencdeciecesseesees 581 Part XIV Localization 583 Localization Editor 2 hed Fa nnmnnn nnana 584 Select Program Language 586 Part XV Howto 588 Work with Database Objects 588 Life SUR CMT STE ITE 588 Create User Part XVI Appendix Changing Metadata Window 591 593 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 14 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Find Text dialog c c 594 Replace Text dia
316. igation bar e Editing Object Type Body definition e Editing object description 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 243 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Viewing DDL definition e Browsing object dependencies New Object Type Body SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Object Type Body DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB v General a 3 Compile Restore default size BODY ORDSYS OBJTYPEBODY1 Is MEMBER PROCEDURE procedure name parami IN OUT datatype param2 IN datatype DEFAULT defau Is variable name datatype NOT NULL BEGIN statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception name THEN statements EHD MEMBER FUNCTION function name parami IN OUT datatype param2 IN datatype DEFAULT defa RETURH datatype Is variable name datatype NOT NULL BEGIN statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception_name THEN Statements EHD Toggle Bookmarks n d Redo Ctrl Z Shift Ctrl Z Cut Ctrl C Copy 4 Paste Ctrlev Select All Ctrl F Etrl R JJ Find Replace FA Search Again F3 Al Go To Line By Number Change Case Ctrl L Ctrl S Load from File Save to File Preview Print Format SQL Toggle Comment Shift Ctrl F Ctrl 5 3 21 1 1 Using navigation bar A Properties The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a object
317. imum number of concurrently active sessions for a consumer group Timeout Specify time in seconds after which a job in the inactive session queue waiting for execution will time out Max Undo Pool 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 300 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Set a maximum in kilobytes K on the total amount of undo generated by a consumer group Max Execution Time Specify the maximum execution time in seconds allowed for a session Switch Group Specify consumer group to which this session is switched if other switch criteria is met Switch Time Specify time in seconds that a session can execute before an action is taken Switch Estimate If checked Oracle uses its execution time estimate to automatically switch the consumer group of an operation before beginning its execution You can create optional comments to consumer group subplan directives at the Directives Comments tab Resource Plan Directives Options Directives Comments Description DDL 7 0 Level 8 0 Degree Of Parallelism Active Session Pool Timeout Undo Pool Execution Time Switch Group gt 5 4 7 Directories A directory object specifies an alias for a directory on the server file system where external binary file LOBs BFILEs and external table data are located You can use directory names when referring to BFILEs in your PL SQL code and OCI calls rather than hard coding the oper
318. inding The return type can itself be an object type If so then you can optionally qualify it with its schema in the Implementation object schema and Implementation object name fields Implementation type Use this group clause to describe the implementation of the binding Ancillary Use this type to indicate that the operator binding is ancillary to the specified primary operator binding In this case please fill the Ancillary operator schema and Ancillary operator fields Context Use this type to indicate to describe the functional implementation of a binding that is not ancillary to a primary operator binding In this case please fill the Scan context schema and Scan context fields 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 270 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Add Operator Binding Argument types Object types schema name lt Default gt v Selected 3 BFILE Available ig BFILE i85 BINARY DOUBLE 5 BINARY FLDAT 55 BLOB B CHAR m Return type BLOB 1 Implementation Implementation object schema DIP iw Implementation object name object B Select object Implementation type Default Ancillary Ancillary operator schema BI A Ancillary operator Context mum 5 3 29 Dimensions A dimension defines a parent child relationship between pairs of column sets where all the columns of a column set must come from the sa
319. ing all table data with the selected field in ORDER BY expression of the SELECT statement Otherwise the sorting is performed by means of grid If the table consists of huge number of records and the Select only XXX records mode Limit options in table and view editors is used this mode is more preferable e g all the records which field values start with A will be displayed and not those which were in originally opened XXX records All above mentioned is related to the Use SQL filter in data view option If the filter is applied to the tables consisting of many records it is strongly recommended to enable this option After enabling it the filter will be applied to all table records not only to those which are displayed at the present moment Load visible rows mode if records more than Set this option to switch to load visible rows mode when number of records in dataset exceeds specified number String fields width chars Using this option you can limit string fields width that may improve performance on large datasets 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 543 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Optio ns Preferences Confirmations Default Grid Mode 3 Tools Load all rows Ts DB Explorer Load visible rows EB Object Editors gf SQL Editor i SQL Monitor G SOL Script C Use SQL sorting in data view 2 0 Query Builder C Use SQL filter in data view E St
320. ing might be found within longer words Regular Expressions Recognizes regular expressions in the search string Prompt on replace Check this option if you wish to be prompted before replacing upon each occurrence of the search string When this option is off the search string is replaced automatically Replace Text Text to find GNP_old m Text to replace GNP v Options Direction C Case sensitive es Whole words only Regular expressions From ackward Scope Origin GLobal Erom cursor Selected text Entire scope Direction 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 597 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Forward Searches and replaces from the current position to the end of the working area Backward Searches and replaces from the current position to the beginning of the working area Scope 9 Global Searches and replaces within the entire working area in the direction specified by the Direction setting 9 Selected text Searches and replaces only within the currently selected text in the direction specified bythe Direction setting You can use the mouse or block commands to select a block of text Origin 9 From cursor The search and replace process starts at the cursor s current position and then proceeds either forward to the end of the scope or backward to the beginning of the scope depending on the Direct
321. ing operations with database objects by its popup menu Note that popup menu contains object specific items only when some database object is currently selected in the explorer tree Create new database object the New lt object gt item Edit currently selected database object the Edit object name item Drop selected object from the database the Drop object name item Rename selected database object the Rename lt object_name gt item Duplicate selected object the Duplicate lt object_name gt item To open the database object with its editor you can also double click it in the DB explorer tree Databases HR Eg Tables 3 BB BLOB Bd COUNTRI New Table Ctrl N EB DEPARTM Edit Table BLOB TABLE Ctrl 8 EMPLOYEE Rename Table BLOB TABLE Ctl R Bf JOB HIST f Drop Table BLOB TABLE Shift Del B 2085 25 Duplicate Table BLOB_TABLE LOCATION 145 Duplicate Table B A MATERIAL Data Manipulation BB REGIONS al Grants for Table BLOB_TABLE E Retesh Tables F5 Functions ut Database Registration Info Triggers New Tab from Here E Rename Current T ab Indices Packages Delete Current Tab Package Bodie Find Item Ctrl F Sequences 85 Clusters Materialized Views Materialized View Logs 9 48 Synonyms 9 18 Database Links mat a T rn Lx MM sn W
322. ing redo log group e Select the redo log group for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the redo log group name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Redo Log Group Redo Log Group Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the redo log group Edit redo log group definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Redo Log Group Editor Drop redo log group To drop a redo log group e Select the redo log group to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Redo Log Group Redo Log Group Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Redo Log Group Editor The Redo Log Group Editor allows you to define redo log group basic properties It opens when you create a new redo log group or edit the existing one see Create Redo Log Group and Edit Redo Log Group for details e Using navigation bar Editing redo log group definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 313 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Redo Log Group SAMPLE on OracleDB M Obiect 4 Redo Log Group DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB Name 01 General 4 4f Compile A Restore default size File size 41943040 Bytes Reuse existing files Members File Name Directory 1 log E lt M A
323. ing the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 332 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 2 Visual Query Builder Visual Query Builder is implemented in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle for building queries visually The tool allows you to create and edit queries without deep knowledge of SQL You can also prepare and execute queries and view the results of their execution To open Visual Query Builder select the Tools New Query Builder Tools Show Query Builder main menu items or use the corresponding Z toolbar buttons Using navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two database objects by fields Setting the selection criteria Setting output fields for selection Setting the grouping criteria Setting parameters of sorting Working with editor area Executing query and viewing results IZ Query Builder SAMPLE on OracleDB Joe M Database Builder Edit Plan 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB S4 v Select Query 1 Query 1 HR JOB HISTORY x el General a EMPLOYEE_ID START DATE D gt Execute query wi JOB 10 HR EMPLOYEES DEPARTMENT ID EMPLOYEE ID FIRST_NAME LAST NAME X HR JOBS JOB ID JOB TITLE DATE JOB ID MAX SALARY SALARY Visual Builder COMMISSION z M gt amp
324. ins more than 1000 records e What is the difference between the Extract Database and Export as SQL Script functions e How can I change the default directory where exported data are saved Question answer list Product questions Q What is EMS SQL Manager for Oracle A EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle is a powerful tool for Microsoft SQL Server administration and development SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle works with all Oracle versions from 7 to 2005 and supports all of the latest features including Assemblies DDL Triggers Synonyms Typed XML columns and so on It offers plenty of powerful tools for experienced users to Satisfy all their needs SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle has a new state of the art graphical user interface with well described wizard system so clear in use that even a newbie will not be confused with it Q What is the difference between Full Lite editions of EMS SQL Manager for Oracle A These editions of SQL Manager for Oracle differ in price and features To register SQL Manager for Oracle see the Purchase page and to learn about the difference in 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 34 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual features please go to our Feature Matrix page Q What do I need to start working with EMS SQL Manager for Oracle A First of all you must have a possibility to connect to some instance of Oracle server to work with SQL Manager You can download Oracle f
325. ion i e SQL Script Editor and Manage Jobs as well as refer to the SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle or Oracle help systems and link to some useful internet resources f 501 Manager 2007 for Oracle UNREGISTERED SAX Database View Tools Options Windows Help i 2 pid m iil amp Aw Getting Started m Manage existing database s a Edit local naming parameters Database Tools g Execute SQL script e Manage jobs Help and Support SOL Manager 2007 help system Internet Resources 1 SQL Manager 2007 home page 2 Support Center x SOL Manager 2007 on line documentation SOL Manager 2007 FAQ 2 21 Using Desktop Panel The Desktop Panel shown when no child windows are open allows you to Register already existing databases in order to manage them with SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Edit local naming parameters to call the TNS File Constructor Create new table within the current database using New Table window Create new database object within the current database Execute SQL Script in SQL Script Editor Manage Oracle jobs in Jobs Manager Execute a query Grant permissions on database objects to users in Grant Manager Show this help file Browse SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle home page 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 46 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e See SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle on line documentation e Goto Technical Support Center
326. ion setting 9 Entire scope The search and replace process covers either the entire block of selected text or the entire script no matter where the cursor is in the Editor area depending upon the Scope options Click the Replace All button to replace every occurrence of the search string If you have checked the Prompt on replace option the confirmation dialog box appears upon each occurrence of the search string 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 598 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 5 Format Specifiers The following format specifiers are supported in the format string Float Integer format 0 Digit place holder If the value being formatted has a digit in the position where the 0 appears in the format string then that digit is copied to the output string Otherwise a 0 is stored in that position in the output string Digit placeholder If the value being formatted has a digit in the position where the appears in the format string then that digit is copied to the output string Otherwise nothing is stored in that position in the output string Decimal point The first character in the format string determines the location of the decimal separator in the formatted value any additional characters are ignored Thousand separator If the format string contains one or more characters the output will have thousand separators inserted between each group of
327. ion tools SAMPLEDB DESCRIPTION ADDRESS PROTOCOL tcp HOST doom server office ems chel su PORT 1521 CONNECT DATA SERVER DEDICATED SERVICE NAME SAMPLEDE new service DESCRIPTION LIST DESCRIPTION ADDRESS LIST ADDRESS PROTOCOL tcp HOST Host PORT 1521 CONNECT DATA SERVICE NAME Service 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 89 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 4 Editing Profile parameters Profile Parameter Editor enables you to Specify the client domain to append to unqualified names Prioritize naming methods Enable logging and tracing features Route connections through specific processes Configure parameters for external naming Configure Oracle Advanced Security Use protocol specific parameters to restrict access to the database To call the Profile Parameters window right click on the group database and select the Edit Profile Parameters item of the context menu Naming options General options Oracle Advaced Security Configure Utilities Viewing file contents Y Profile Parameters max Connect Using OraHome30 General e Load from file el Refresh 25 Set default values Availability gt General Naming Oracle Advanced Security Utilities File Contents Tracing Client Server Trace level ADMIN vi Trace directory cs T
328. ions 534 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options 80 Preferences Confirmations Si B Windows E 3B Tools Condition button style Raised Iv Ts DB Esplorer Object border kind Raised ha EE Object Editors Flat object s buttons gf SQL Flat objects un dic tables style crip BR Query Builder 1 Show icons on tabs ag 5 Color palette EHS Visual Database Designer Color Palette L Active condition row a Selected field text Print Metadata Bi Condition text Work space E En El Condition item text o Field onts Grid L Table client area L1 peration Data Options E Active table caption L1 Group lt Print Data Color amp Formats E Inactive table caption Predicate E Advanced Field text Subquery Column Options 129 Localization 12 1 4 7 Visual Database Designer Model notation When you work in Visual Database Designer you can choose one of the following modeling notations e Integration DEFinition for Information Modeling IDEF1X notation e Information Engineering IE notation The IDEF1X and IE notations use different symbols to represent entity and table relationships Draw PRIMARY KEY fields separately Separates primary key fields from other fields with the line Draw entities icons Displays icons at the left of entity header according to its type Draw attributes icons Displays icons a
329. ions SQL Source database Manager C Extract all metadata and data of database for Oracle 9 4 2 Specifying destination file name Choose whether to load generated script to SQL Script Editor or to save this script to a file Specify destination file name in case of saving script to a file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 448 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select the script destination You can select file to save script or load script into Script Editor Script destination Automatically load to Script E ditor 9 Save to file Filename C SAMPLEDB saql 9 43 Selecting components to extract Select what to copy database objects table data or both 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 449 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select database components to extract You can select to extract either database structure or table data only or both dii Which components would you like to extract Extract both of structure and data SQL Extract structure only Manager Extract data only for Oracle 9 44 Setting BLOB options Set the desirable extract options for BLOBs Select whether the BLOBs should be extracted as strings or to a file In that case please specify destination file name
330. it the existing view manage its fields indexes data etc e Select the view for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the view name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit View lt View_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the view e Edit view definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the View Editor To change the name of the view e Select the view to rename in the explorer tree 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 176 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Right click and select the Rename View lt View_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit view name in the dialog window Drop view To drop a view e Select the view to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop View View Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 177 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 6 1 View Editor The View Editor allows you to create new view and edit the existing view definition view name and the SELECT statement it implements It opens when you create a new view or edit the existing one see Create View and Edit View for details To open a view in the View Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing View definition Viewing fields Managing keys Managing foreign keys Managing triggers Viewin
331. ixels 11725 Database1 2 9 7 3 Report Viewer Using the Report Viewer you can view edit save and print reports Main operations with the report can be found at Using navigation bar page See also Create report wizard Report Designer 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 476 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual aose 855 45 E 85354 87522 84571 81571 953 54 8875 904 18 a72 0418 94 976 18 976 18 11333 179 11333 1151 41 117085 116856 107086 3 CLIENTS DB KOZ v COSTS REPORT Refresh ig Edit report Save report as d Print Restore default size 9 7 3 1 Using navigation bar The Navigation bar on the left allows you to Select a database and a report for viewing Refresh the current report Edit the current report with Report Designer Save the report to a file Print the current report Bring the window to its default size 8 CENTS De Koz v Refresh Bl Edit report Save report as d Print Restore default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 477 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 8 9 8 1 SQL Monitor SQL Monitor allows you to view the SQL code of all the operations executed over databases and database objects in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle The content of the window can t be edited but can be copied to the clipboard s
332. izard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles Font Borders Fil Aggregate S FIRST NAME ike Raus LAST NAME Size 10 vw EE EMAIL 4 3 G9 3 3 3 858B8 m Aa Zz Reset Item Reset All Templates v 8 1 5 1 1 1 Fields On this tab you can set font options border and fill options and select and aggregate functions for all the fields you want to export You can reset settings at any time using buttons ResetItem and Reset All 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 383 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles Font Borders Fil Aggregate Font 1 Arial vl Size 10 iv BS EMAIL PHONE NUMBER 4 9 G9 3 8 8H B m wu ES SALARY E COMMISSION PCT MANAGER ID S DEPARTMENT ID Aa Zz Reset Item Reset All bed _ Templates 8 1 5 1 1 2 Options On this tab you can set font options border and fill options for all elements of the Excel sheet header caption footer aggregates and hyperlinks You can reset settings at any time using buttons ResetItem and Reset All
333. ized view Compress Use these options to instruct the database whether to compress data segments to reduce disk and memory use Cache For data that will be accessed frequently Cache specifies that the blocks retrieved for this table are placed at the most recently used end of the least recently used LRU list in the buffer cache when a full table scan is performed This attribute is useful for small lookup tables Nocache specifies that the blocks are placed at the least recently used end of the LRU list Rewrite query This group lets you specify whether the materialized view is eligible to be used for query rewrite Specify Enable to enable the materialized view for query rewrite Specify Logging or Nologging to establish the logging characteristics for the materialized view The default is the logging characteristic of the tablespace in which the materialized view resides Cluster The Cluster group lets you create the materialized view as part of the specified cluster A cluster materialized view uses the space allocation of the cluster Inthe Subquery editor you need to create the view definition as SQL statement so it is enough to simply edit the whole definition in the editor area to make changes and click the Compile view item on the navigation bar to apply it to the view on the server 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 223 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Materakzed view Befresh
334. l See Java Sources amp amp EMP_DEPT_FK DEPARTH E SALARY 89 S8 Java Classes EMP_JOB_FK OBS COMMISSION PCT ID se Java Resources EMP MANAGER FK EMF E MANAGER ID 102 1887 Index Types Gig Checks 5 DEPARTMENT ID Aa Iz 104 1999 a Operators EMP EMAIL NN EMAIL 06 1996 EMP_HIRE_DATE_NN H I 08 1998 EMP_JOB_NN 10 1 L 2138 EMP_LAST_NAME_NN L 02 2000 REGION_ID NUMBER REGION NAME VARCHAR2 25 amp gs Indices 5 DSL EMP DEPARTMENT IX E EMP EMAIL UK EMAIL Grid View i EMD EMP In Pk R 24 HR EMP DETAILS VIEW E HR LOCATIONS HR REGIONS Key features Rapid database management and navigation e Multiple host database connections e Registering selected databases to work with 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 17 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Schema restriction to see only required schemas Projects to work with the selected database objects only Connecting via local port forwarding through the SSH tunnel Multiple user defined tabs for any tree node to access it in one click Working with multiple selected objects at a time Grouping ungrouping registered databases Easy management of all Oracle objects including create edit drop operations e Managing tables and all their subobjects fiel
335. l Temporary Clustered Cluster owner SYS m Cluster name SMON S CN TO TIME Table column name Cluster column name Index organized table This type of tables has a storage organization that is a variant of a primary B tree Data for an index organized table is stored in a B tree index structure in a primary key sorted manner Besides storing the primary key column values of an index organized table row each index entry in the B tree stores the nonkey column values as well To set the IOT primary constraint move the primary key which uniquely identifies the row from the Available list into Selected 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 139 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Table Properties SAMPLEDE on 0208 v Table name TABLE1 Schema SCOTT v 4f Compile Organization Restore default size Regular Index organized Global temporary O External Clustered Index name PK EMP on SCOTT EMP 2 PCT threshold IOT Primary Constraint Available L iplain descr External tables Defines that an external table should be created which accesses data in external sources as if it were in a table in the database To obtain more information on this table type please see External table parameters Table storage attributes can be set at the Physical attributes frame 5 3 5 1 2 1 External table parameters An external table does n
336. l be imported from the DBF format XML the XML format XML is a markup language for documents containing structured information TXT the plain text format CSV Comma Separated Value format Note the text formats including Text file and CSV are usually used as working or interchange formats 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 410 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 2 2 8 2 3 Selecting data source Note this step is available only if you import data from an Access database Select a table from table list or type a query in the corresponding text box to specify data source If you choose a query as data source you also can load an SQL query from a file or save the current one to a file using the corresponding buttons C Data Import Import Data Select MS Access table or create SQL query for import would like to import data from a table EXPORT TABLE SQL would like to import data from a SOL query Iu Manager SELECT FROM JOBS we for Oracle Setting fields correspondence The correspondence between import fields is defined at the corresponding step of the Import Data Wizard MS Excel MS Access DBF XML TXT CSV 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 411 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 2 3 1 C Data Import Import Data Set the accordance between source and target table fields Fields Skip E
337. lable consumer group and subplans To include consumer group subplan to the list move them from the Available list to the Included by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the consumer group subplan from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Active Immediately activates a resource plan after compiling 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 299 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 21 New Resource Plan SAMPLE on OracleDB Joe Object a Besouce Plan Directives Options Directives Comments Description DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB Name RESOURCEPLAN1 General a g Compile GA Restore default size Active Available groups and subplans gt Available Selected 98 AUTO TASK CONSUMER GROUP 2 OTHER GROUPS S DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP INTERNAL PLAN 8 10 GROUP SYSTEM PLAN 2 E x 5 4 6 1 3 Resource Plan Directives For each consumer group subplan previously added at the Resource Plan tab you can set a number of parameters directives options Name The name of the consumer group or subplan Level 1 Level 8 Specify the CPU percentage at the corresponding level Degree Of Parallelism Specify a limit on the degree of parallelism for any operation Active Session Pool Specify max
338. lates 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 431 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 1 Dependency Tree The Dependency Tree tool allows you to view all the object dependencies in a one diagram To call the Dependency Tree window select the Tools Dependency Tree menu item To view dependencies of the object click the Select object button on the toolbar Then select the object from the dialog window The dependency tree will appear in the main area of the window The root object is marked out with blue frame The objects which the root object depends from are situated at the left of the tree The objects which depends from the root object are situated at the right of the tree You can switch between the objects by selecting them from the diagram The selected object will become the root object To show hide subobjects click the Show Subobjects Hide Subobjects button on the toolbar There is history of selected root objects available You can move back and forward through this history using arrow buttons on the toolbar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 432 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual ESHRJDB ID PK Refresh EB HR EMPLOYEES e Print E Print setup GG Save as image Restore default size ESHA DEPARTMENTS EA HR DEPT ID PK Previous object M j Hide subobjects e Select object HR EMP EMP ID PK ES HRJDB ID PK HR AD
339. le for the client DB server Routing Route the client to an Connection Manager protocol address Routes the client to a protocol address for an Oracle Connection Manager Always use a dedicated server Enables connections from this client use a dedicated server process even if shared server is configured Advanced Wait duration for active connection probe Use this parameter to specify a the time interval in minutes to send a probe to verify that client server connections are active Client registration ID Set a unique identifier for this client computer This identifier is passed to the listener with 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 91 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual any connection request and is included in the Audit Trail The identifier can be any alphanumeric string up to 128 characters long Disable signal handling for Linux Use this parameter to turn signal handling on or off for UNIX systems Disable Out of Band break messages If turned on disables the ability to send and receive break messages using urgent data provided by the underlying protocol Once enabled this feature applies to all protocols used by this client al Profile Parameters cog Connect Using 4 General Naming Oracle Advanced Security Utilities File Contents OraHome30 Tracing Client Server General A Trace level ADMIN v Load from file i Trace dire
340. le name CONTROLOT CTL Controlfile destination CAORACLENPRODUCT 10 2 0NORADATANSAMPLED se C Restore from online backup Enforce shutdown of the instance Ce J Cee Tenge gt Specify the server home at the Oracle Home field Restore from online backup The previously created online backup will be used to restore the database Enforce shutdown of the instance Adds the command to shutdown the server into script 11 6 1 2 Selecting datafiles At this step of the Wizard you need to select the datafiles to be restored By default all the datafiles of the backup are selected uncheck the unwanted ones 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 518 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Restore Database Wizard Oracle Restore Database Specify datafiles to restore Datafile C ASORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0N0RADATASSAMPLEDB SSAMPLEDB C SORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0N0ORADATANSAMPLEDB SSAMPLEDB C ASORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0NORADATANSAMPLEDB SSAMPLEDB C AORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0N0RADATASSAMPLEDB SSAMPLEDB C ASORACLESPRODUCT 10 2 0NORADATANSSAMPLEDB SSAMPLEDB S S IST IST S SQL Manager for Oracle 11 6 1 3 Setting additional options The additional options of the Restore Database Wizard are set at this step 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 519 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Oracle Restore Database Wizard Oracle Restore Database S
341. lection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift 11 1 2 Setting truncate options Materialized view log options Please specify whether a materialized view log defined on the table is to be preserved or purged when the table is truncated Storage Specify Drop to deallocate all space from the deleted rows from the table or cluster except the space allocated by the MINEXTENTS parameter of the table or cluster This space can subsequently be used by other objects in the tablespace By specifying Reuse the space from the deleted rows allocated to the table or cluster will be retained Storage values are not reset to the values when the table or cluster was created This space can subsequently be used only by new data in the table or cluster resulting from insert or update operations 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 498 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Truncate Table Cluster Wizard E3 Truncate Wizard Specify additional options and click the Finish button Materialized view log options None Preserve Purge Manager Storage for Oracle Ole Reuse SQL Close on success Click Finish to truncate objects Press Finish to start the process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 499 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 2 Advanced Stats Expert The Advanced Statistics Expert wizard allows you to collect various statistics as an aid to impro
342. log 596 Format SpeciflGrs erii ex dre 598 Language Info Editor 601 Using templates a 602 Supported file formals 603 TO DO 605 Window LIST AERE 607 Customize Toolbars 608 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 16 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Welcome to SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle is a high performance tool for Oracle Database Server administration and development SQL Manager for Oracle works with any Oracle versions from 8 1 7 to 10g and supports all Oracle objects and all Oracle data types including the new BINARY_FLOAT and BINARY_DOUBLE types and others It offers plenty of powerful tools for experienced users such as Visual Database Designer Visual Query Builder and powerful BLOB editor to satisfy all their needs SQL Manager for Oracle has a state of the art graphical user interface with a well described wizard system so clear in use that even a newbie will not be confused with it Visit our web site for details http www sqlmanager net
343. ly Check this option if you want the tablespace to be locally managed Locally managed tablespaces have some part of the tablespace set aside for a bitmap Allocation Auto Specifies that the tablespace is system managed Users cannot specify an extent size Uniform Specifies that the tablespace is managed with uniform extents of amount of bytes set in the Block size field of the Extent management group Default Check the option to use default settings for table space management Auto segment Use the option if you want the database to manage the free space of segments in the tablespace using a bitmap If you checked this option then the database ignores any specification for PCTUSED FREELIST and FREELIST GROUPS in subsequent storage specifications for objects in this tablespace 5 4 8 1 3 Managing Tablespace files Specify the datafiles to make up the permanent tablespace or the tempfiles to make up the temporary tablespace Use the corresponding items of context menu either to add remove or edit file Tablespace Files Dependencies DDL Tablespace Files d Add File uy Edit File dg Delete File Adding editing a file Name Specify the name of either a datafile or tempfile Size Specify the size of the file in bytes Reuse Check the box to allow Oracle to reuse an existing file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 308 SQL Manager 200
344. m2 IN datatype DEFAULT defa Go To Line By Number Alt G RETURH datatype Is Search Again Change Case variable name datatype NOT NULL Load from File Ctrl L BEGIN Save to File Ctri S statements EXCEPTION Preview WHEN exception name THEN Print statements Format SQL Shift Ctrl F Toggle Comment Ctrl 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 245 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 22 Array Types Use the Array Type Editor to create the specification of a named varying array varray or a nested table type Create array type To create a new array type e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Array Type in the New Object window e Edit array type properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Array Type Editor Hint To create new array type you can also right click the Array Types node of the explorer tree and select the New Array Type item from the popup menu To create a new array type with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menuitem e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new array type in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the array type Edit array type To edit the existing array type e Select the array type for editing in the explorer tree type the
345. ma or the database or e An anonymous PL SQL block or a call to a procedure implemented in PL SQL or Java Oracle automatically executes a trigger when specified conditions occur Create DB Schema Trigger To create a new DB Schema Trigger e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select DB Schema Trigger in the New Object dialog e Edit DB Schema Trigger definition within the DB Schema Trigger Editor Hint To create new DB Schema Trigger you can also right click the DB Schema Triggers node of the explorer tree and select the New DB Schema Trigger item from the popup menu To create a new DB Schema Trigger with the same properties as one of the existing DB Schema Triggers has 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 197 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit DB Schema Trigger To edit the existing DB Schema Trigger e Select the DB Schema Trigger for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the DB Schema Trigger name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit DB Schema Trigger DB Schema Trigger Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the DB Schema Trigger Edit DB Schema Trigger definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the DB Schema Trigger Editor Drop DB Schema Trigger To drop a DB Schema Trigger e Select the DB Sch
346. mand is used to start the debugging session Break this command stops the current debugging session Continue use this command to continue execution up to the next breakpoint Step over traces the code disregarding the object body procedure function Trace into traces the code using the object body procedure function Trace out traces the code up to the point of leaving the object body procedure function Run to exception traces the code up to the nearest exception point Toggle breakpoint use this command to add remove breakpoints Clear watches allows you to clear the variables added to the Watches list The Watches list allows you to watch the variables that have been declared in the code 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 331 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual and the value of each variable The following attributes are listed for each watched variable Watch name Value The PL SQL code area presents the statement being debugged All points that have been set within the code are marked with corresponding signs Active breakpoints are highlighted red and inactive breakpoints are highlighted green The Call stack box lists the call stacks if applicable The Breakpoints list displays the currently toggled breakpoints The following attributes are listed for each breakpoint Line Status Unit owner Unit name See also Using Navigation bar Working with SQL Editor area Us
347. me table However columns in one column set called a level can come from a different table than columns in another set The optimizer uses these relationships with materialized views to perform query rewrite Create dimension To create a new dimension e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Dimension in the New Object window e Edit dimension properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Dimension Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 271 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 29 1 Hint To create new dimension you can also right click the Dimensions node of the explorer tree and select the New Dimension item from the popup menu To create a new dimension with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menuitem e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new dimension in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the dimension Edit dimension To edit the existing dimension e Select the dimension for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the dimension name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Dimension Dimension Name item in the popup menu or simply double click the dimension e Edit dimension subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Dimension Editor Drop dime
348. ment Solutions 214 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 14 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a sequence for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current sequence definition Print metadata of the current sequence View Dependency Tree for the sequence Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Sequence Editor gt Object lt SAMPLE on OracleDB iy CTXSYS DR ID SEQ v gt gt General a Print 52 Dependency tree ig Refresh 59 Restore default size 5 3 14 1 2 Editing sequence definition Name Set the name of the new sequence in the edit field Increment Specifies which value is added to the current sequence value to create a new value A positive value will make an ascending sequence a negative one a descending sequence The default value is 1 Min Value Determines the minimum value a sequence can generate Max Value Determines the maximum value for the sequence Cache Specifies how many sequence numbers are to be preallocated and stored in memory for faster access The minimum value is 1 only one value can be generated at a time i e no cache Cycle This option allows the sequence to wrap around when the maxvalue or minvalue has been 2007 EMS Database
349. ment Studio for MySQL is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for MySQL Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways s Data Export for MySQL Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for MySQL Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface 4 4 Data Pump for MySQL Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL Oracle DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to MySQL Data Generator for MySQL Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters el DB Comparer for MySQL Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease L3 DB Extract for MySQL Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially d SQL Query for MySQL Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts base
350. meter lets you allocate a large amount of space when you create an object even if the space available is not contiguous Maximum extent Specify the total number of extents including the first that Oracle can allocate for the object Set Free lists properties for the current object in the appropriate group Free lists The default and minimum value for this parameter is 1 meaning that each free list group contains one free list Groups Specify the number of groups of free lists for the database object you are creating The default and minimum value for this parameter is 1 Space usage parameters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 130 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 2 5 3 3 Enable you to control the use of free space for inserts and updates to the rows in all the data blocks of a particular segment The Percent free parameter sets the minimum percentage of a data block to be reserved as free space for possible updates to rows that already exist in that block The Percent used parameter sets the minimum percentage of a block that can be used for row data plus overhead before new rows are added to the block The Parallel and Paralleloptions groups lets you parallelize the creation of the object Select the Parallel option if you want to selecta Degree of parallelism equal to the number of CPUs available on all participating Instances Editing object description The Descriptio
351. mple report in the Report Designer Adding dialog form Adding database component Adding query component Adding fields to the report Viewing the report Note The Object Inspector that allows you to edit report object properties can be 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 470 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual opened by pressing the F11 key See also Create report wizard Report Viewer SR Oy aL 2S BEE W BBE Pagel Page AutoWidth False BandA amp lign baNone CharS pacing 0 DisplayFormat DisplayFormat 5 2 a z g FillColor clTransparent LOYEE ID 2t1 JOB_ID NAGER ID og 0 Font FrameColor clBlack FrameStyle psSolid FrameTyp 0 FrameWidth 1 00 Mester footer Gap 2 1 Height 20 11 HideZeros False Highlight Highlight Left 436 LineS pacing 2 Memo Memo Name Memo8 Restrictions Restrictions RTLReading False e n Memos DialogForm DataSet1 LAST_NAME 9 7 2 1 Adding dialog form Inthe Report Designer right click the page tab and select Add Dialog Form menu item The Dialog Form will be created as shown below 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 471 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual rie 3 frf File Edit Tools X SB o
352. n ii seiner an tt ttt anres LESENE ted ee ae ka te eua a us DUCI M Baez Using navigation ooo E ci scies eb Eten deeds eect Fe igo ci eite deir Ed uve Editing Dimension definition Nonschema objects eu e aaa EE Usingnavigati n DAs E Edititig GorntextdefinitiOEi s os coh res ecrire ET Uers iere User Editor USING NAVIGATION DAM sizes E 51 IS OF cect SSEUIMG Ko Po MEETS Proxy Users a c oL M Role ECMO EE 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 8 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual E 285 EditngroledefinitiON 4 ii i ices 286 Mile
353. n 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 588 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 15 15 1 15 1 1 15 1 1 1 How to Work with Database Objects Work with Users Create User A database user is a security principal enabling object access permission control at the finest level of granularity A user represents a single SQL Server login within the scope of the database in which the user is defined Create user To create a new user e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select User in the New Object dialog e Edit user definition within the User Editor Hint To create new user you can also right click the Users node of the explorer tree and select the New User item from the popup menu To create a new user with the same properties as one of the existing users has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit To edit the existing user e Select the user for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the user name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit User User Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the user e Edit user definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the User Editor To change the name of the user e Select the user to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename User lt User_Name gt item from the p
354. n commit Primary key Fast On demand RowlD Complete Automatic Force Start with TO DATE 12 03 2006 12 30 3 w w Next TO DATE 12 03 2006 12 30 4 5 3 16 1 5 Setting USING INDEX parameters The Using index tab lets you establish the value of the INITRANS and STORAGE parameters for the default index Oracle uses to maintain the materialized view data If Using index is not specified then default values are used for the index Oracle uses the default index to speed up incremental FAST refresh of the materialized view You cannot specify the Percent used parameter here 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 226 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Materialized view Refresh Storage Using index Description DDL Using index Do not define index storage Using index C Using no index Physical attributes Tablespace Default Buffer lt UNSPECIFIED gt Initial number of transactions Extents lt UNSPECIFIED gt as Initial extent DEFAULT bytes Next extent DEFAULT bytes Percent increase DEFAULT x Minimum extents DEFAULT ME Maximum extents DEFAULT mE Space usage Free lists Percent free DEFAULT aim Free lists Percent used EFAUI a Groups v 5 3 16 1 6 Viewing Materialized View data The Data tab allows you to view the data containing in the materialized view Note that the tab is
355. n tab allows you to view and edit the comment for the object Fields Keys Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL Departments table that shows details of departments where employees work Contains 27 rows references with locations employees and job history tables Viewing object DDL definition The DDL tab displays the SQL statements for creating the objects with all its subobjects if there are any This text is read only If you want to change the object definition use the appropriate editor tabs instead or copy the text to the Windows Clipboard and paste itin the SQL Editoror SQL Script Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 131 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies Description CREATE TABLE SH PRODUCTS PROD ID NUMBER PROD NAME VARCHAR2 50 NOT NULL PROD DESC VARCHAR2 4000 NOT NULL PROD SUBCATEGORY VARCHAR2 50 NOT NULL PROD SUBCATEGORY ID NUMBER NOT NULL PROD SUBCATEGORY DESC VARCHAR2 2000 NOT NULL PROD CATEGORY VARCHAR2 50 NOT NULL PROD CATEGORY ID NUMBER NOT NULL PROD CATEGORY DESC VARCHAR2 2000 NOT NULL PROD WEIGHT CLASS NUMBER 3 0 NOT NULL PROD UNIT OF MEASURE VARCHAR2 20 PROD PACK SIZE VARCHAR2 30 NOT NULL SUPPLIER ID NUMBER 6 0 NOT NULL PROD STATUS VARCHAR2 20 NOT NULL PROD LIST PRICE NUMBER 8 2 NOT NULL PROD MIN PRICE NUMBER 8 2 NOT NULL
356. n the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Tablespace lt Tablespace_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 8 1 Tablespace Editor The Tablespace Editor allows you to define tablespace basic properties It opens when you create a new tablespace or edit the existing one see Create Tablespace and Edit Tablespace for details Using navigation bar Editing tablespace definition Managing tablespace files Object storage attributes Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 304 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 New Tablespace SAMPLE on OracleDB Object lablespace Files DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name TABLESPACET General Tablespace type Options OP Logging Online F Temporar C Force Logging C Compress EA Restore default size O Undo Big file Default storage bytes Block size DEFAULT bytes Extent management Allocation Auto Uniform Default C Auto segment 5 4 8 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and an object for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current object definition Print metadata of the current object View Dependency Tree for the object Refresh the content of the active tab B
357. nd desired object type table cluster 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 496 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Truncate Table Cluster Wizard X Truncate Wizard Select the database and object type to truncate Welcome to the Truncate wizard This wizard allows you to truncate tables and clusters in the selected database The wizard will truncate objects using Oracle statements and show you current tables or clusters status Manager pau 9 SAMPLEDB on OraDB S4MPLEDB for Oracle es RE EE Qbiect type 1 Having selected the database you need to choose the schema which contains tables clusters to be processed 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 497 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Truncate Table Cluster Wizard Truncate Wizard Select objects to truncate Schema SCOTT s Available Selected E EB SALGRADE BONUS REGIONS E 00123 Je Mandos 8 LOCATIONS Ef Joes for Oracle JOB HISTORY EMPPLOYEE EMPLOYEES EMP EB DEPT E DEPARTMENTS COUNTRIES 182 Ex To include objects to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the objects from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected objects multiple se
358. nd port Then set Receive buffer Send buffer parameters if needed Testing of a selected address can be done with the help of the corresponding menu item or button 4 Local Nami ng Parameters Jat m Connect Using amp Eonstructor Eile Contents Q 90 x Net services Service Name General MY SAMPLEDB e Load from file D Test address E Refresh Descriptions a 3 ConnectData o Receive Buffer Send Buffer CONNECT DATA SERVER DEDICATED op Append wp insert gt Explorer 24 4 SAMPLEDB 1 Qr qur duca qu eon HE Address List 1 Address list balancing Insert D Test Address 4 3 3 Viewing file contents At this tab you may see the result TNS file contents The contents can be saved to file or copied to clipboard With the help of the navigation bar you can load an existing TNS file to be edited either 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 88 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual within the TNS File Constructor or manually Connection addresses listed in address list may be tested by selecting the corresponding item of Navigation bar Editing Local Naming parameters Constructor File Contents TNSNAMES ORA Network Configuration File C oracle 90 network admin tnsnames ora Generated by Oracle configurat
359. ndow content You can use bookmarks for quick navigation within the text copy search save text to file or print the content of the SQL Monitor window The Properties menu item allows you to configure all the editors and viewers within the Editor Options dialog SELECT EMPLOYEE ID JOB ID Toggle Bookmarks gt Ga Clear contents MANAGER ID Undo Ctrl Z DEPARTMENT_ID _ fy Save to file LOCATION ID Redo Shift Ctrl z JP Find COUNTRY ID BE Copy Ctrl C R Search again FIRST NAME Select All Ctrl A LAST NAME SQL Monitor options db SOL Monitor op omnes Restore default size 2 COMMISSION PCT Replace CtilR DEPARTMENT NAME JOB_TITLE CITY STATE PROVINCE COUNTRY NAME REGION NAME Save to File 5 Change Case Query Execute begin id sys dbms trans All 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 480 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 10 Server Tools SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides Grant Manager for managing grants roles and system privileges including granting privileges on the selected databases tables and fields Managing User Grants To define user grants for database objects e Select the Tools Grant Manager menu item e Select the database host from the drop down liston Grant Manager toolbar e Edit database privileges within the Grant Manager Managing Jobs To create edit suspend jobs please use Job Manager e Sele
360. ne page Move cursor right one page Move cursor to top of page Delete 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 561 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 3 12 3 1 Visual Options This window allows you to customize the application interface style to your liking To open this window select the Options Visual Options menu item Use Scheme Name to select the interface scheme you like Office XP style Windows XP native style etc You can create your own interface schemes by customizing any visual options you like on the appropriate tabs Bars and Menus Trees and Lists Edit Controls Check Boxes Buttons etc and clicking the Save As button All the customizing you make is displayed on the Sample panel Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Bars and Menus Use the Bars and menus tab to customize SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle toolbars style and menus animation 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 562 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual y and menus Trees and lists Bar style Menu animation Edit controls Office 11 iv None iv v Check boxes a Buttons C Sunken border ES Page controls Use F10 for menu Group boxes Menu shows recent commands first i Splitters Show full menus after delay Flat close buttons v Gray scal
361. ng Criteria page you can set the conditions for grouping query records They are set in the same way as the selection of criteria These conditions will be included in HAVING statement of the generated query 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 339 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Builder Edit Result Select Query 1 Query 1 CUSTOMER x CUST NO SALES X CUSTOMER PO NUMBER v CONTACT FIRST CONTACT LAST SALES REP PHONE NO v ORDER STATUS ADDRESS LINE1 ADDRESS LINE2 v CITY OVINCE ON_HOLD lt Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting All of the following are met 1 Add condition Make composite condition N Delete condition 6 2 7 Setting parameters of sorting Set the way of sorting query records on the Sorting page The field list at the left represents all the output query fields the list at the right contains fields by which the query records will be sorted To move the field from one list to another drag the selected field or use the Add and Remove buttons To change the sorting order select a field in the right list and move it using the Up and Down buttons To change the sorting direction select a field in the right list and switch the direction Ascending Descending using the A Z Z A button 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 340 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual
362. ng a new tool Edit Opens External Tool Info Editor for editing title exe file hot key working directory or execution parameter of the tool selected in the Tools list box Delete Removes the selected tool from the list of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle external tools To change the order of tools in the list use the arrow buttons below the list box or press buttons Shift Ctrl Up Shift Ctrl Down on the keyboard You can also drag items in the list box to change their positions External Tools amp Tools Add p Delete Cancel Help ras Q Drag n drop to reorder items or use Ctrl Shift Up Ctrl S hift D own 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 581 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 13 2 External Tool Info Editor The External Tool Info Editor window allows you to set the parameters of calling the external program from SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle This window is available on adding or editing the external tool see Add External Tool and External Tools Title Title displayed in the Tools External Tools submenu for calling the tool Hot Key Press a key or a key combination on the keyboard to set it as a hot key for the tool Program Full path to the program exe file Working Dir Program default directory Parameters Parameters for executing the program New External Tool Title Pum
363. nges you have made To remove a link between objects right click the link line and select the Delete Link item from the popup menu To delete all the links of some object click button next to the object alias To insert a point to the link line right click on the line and choose InsertPoint item from the popup menu A new point will appear using which you can move the link line 6 2 4 Setting criteria Use the Criteria page to set the selection conditions To add a condition click the button at the left and select popup menu Add condition item from the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 336 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Edit the condition by clicking its parts and setting their values Clicking the button at the left of the condition string activates the popup menu which allows you to add a new condition of the same enclosure level add a new enclosure level delete the current condition open or close the condition if it is composite A simple condition string contains three fields an argument a condition and a second argument if required for the condition Clicking each field allows you to set its value Clicking the argument field allows editing it as a text field You can set a table name ora definite value in this field Right clicking the field in the edit mode activates the popup menu which contains the Insert Field function also called by Shift Enter This function all
364. nique Key EMP EMAIL Enter Drop Primary Unique Key EMP EMAIL Del Enable Key EMAIL Disable Key EMP EMAIL UK Enable All Disable All Export Metadata 5 3 5 2 4 Managing foreign keys The Foreign Keys tab is provided for managing table foreign keys Right clicking in the tab area allows you to add new edit or drop the selected foreign key See Foreign Keys for details Fields Foreign Keys Indices Triggers Dependencies Foreign Key Name Columns Foreign T able Foreign Columns amp EMP_DEPT_FK DEPARTMENT ID HR DEPARTMENT DEP amp RTMENT ID EMP_JOB_ JOB_IC HR JOB JOB aay EMP MANAGER FK MANAGER ID HR EMPLOYEES EMPLOYEE ID 5 3 5 2 5 Managing checks The Checks tab is provided for managing table checks Double click a check to open the Check Editor for editing the check A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected check See Checks for details 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 152 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Foreign Keys Checks Name Definition Disabled m EMP EMAIL NN EMAIL IS NOT NLILL o m EMP HIRE DATE NN DATE IS NOT NULL mE EMP JOB NN ID 15 NOT NULL L1 e F j EMP SALARY MIN salary gt 0 Sa Edit Check L amp ST NAME NN Enter Drop Check LAST NAME NN Del Enable Check EMP LAST NAME NN
365. nitor ah Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer Color Palette Print Metadata ER Data Export Fonts Grid Data Options cz Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 39 Localization 12 1 4 6 Query Builder Allow SELECT queries only When this option is checked INSERT UPDATE DELETE statements are not allowed on the Builder tab of Query Builder Select condition row Displays the selected condition in different row on the Criteria and Grouping Criteria tabs of Query Builder Drag field name Displays the dragged field name in the Builder area Hide selection when inactive Hides the selection when Query Builder is inactive M Show field types Displays the field type next to the field in the table box M Union all by default Check this option to use UNION ALL expression in Query Builder by default The UNION keyword enables you to include the results of two SELECT statements in one resulting table The ALL parameter incorporates all rows into the results including duplicates If not specified duplicate rows are removed 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 533 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Visible Tabs These options specify which Query Builder tabs are available and which are not Check boxes to make the appropriate tabs visible Script Format These options specify the case formatting o
366. nnect on startup C Bollback on disconnect C Refresh objects on connection C Create new tab for this database 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 75 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 2 Database Registration Info Use the Database Registration Info dialog to edit the properties of registered database set on its creation To open the dialog select the database in the explorer tree then select the Database Database Registration Info menu item You can also use the corresponding button of the main toolbar Editing connection properties Setting database options Setting display options Setting default directories Setting log options Setting SSH tunnel options Waring Windows authentication is only supported in version 9 0 0 and higher Authentication Directories oe m Logs Windows authentication SSH Tunneling Server authentication User name sys Password Connect as SYSDBA Connect using e 90 Database name SAMPLEDB Database alias SAMPLEDB on OraDB Font charset DEFAULT_CHARSET Edit TNS File Edit SQLNET File Client Checker 4 2 4 Editing connection properties Edit the connection properties in the corresponding boxes authentication type user name and password Also you can edit database alias an optional name to display the database in the explorer tree
367. ns Action Priority User Category correspond to the task parameters Clicking the column caption to sort the task list by the current parameter or change the sorting direction Database Select the database to apply the task list to When switching between the databases you can view different task lists To add a task to this list click the Add Item link of the Navigation bar or select Add Item in the context menu You can also use the Ins key for the same purpose Define the task parameters and click OK to add the new task to the list 18 Edit To Do Item Text Backup database DEMODB Priority User name Category Maintenance v Text Optional text to describe the task Priority Set a numeric value to indicate the priority of the task User Name The database User name this task is applied to Category Set a category for the task Using categories may be useful for grouping tasks 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 606 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To modify a task select the task in the list and click the Edit Item link of the Navigation bar or select Edit Item in the context menu You can also use the Enter key for the same purpose To remove a task select the task in the list and click the Delete Item link of the Navigation bar or select Delete Item the context menu You can also use the Del key for the same purpose To remove all tasks from To Do List
368. ns to move the selected types multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift After that you are to correlate selected users with the roles listed in the Proxy user roles list 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 284 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual User Tablespace Quotas Proxy Users DDL Proxy users Available Selected ANONYMOUS Bl A HR CTXSYS x DBSNMP John DIP MDDATA DMSYS MDSYS EXFSYS MGMT VIEW OE 7 7973 Proxy user roles Available Selected DBA AQ ADMINISTRATOR ROLE DELETE CATALOG ROLE AQ USER ROLE EJBCLIENT 5 AUTHENTICATEDUSER EXECUTE CATALOG ROLE CONNECT EXP FULL DATABASE 9 o RATHER SYSTEM STATISTIC Em o GLOBAL AQ USER ROLE HS ADMIN ROLE uem ARADO gd 5 43 Roles A role is a set of privileges that can be granted to users to other roles You can use roles to administer database privileges You can add privileges to a role and then grant the role to a user The user can then enable the role and exercise the privileges granted by the role Create role To create a new role e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Role in the New Object dialog e Edit role definition within the Role Editor Hint To create new role you can also right click the Roles node of the explorer tree and select the Ne
369. nsion To drop a dimension e Select the dimension for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Dimension lt Dimension_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Dimension Editor Dimension Editor allows you to edit properties of the dimensions Dimension Editor can be open automatically after the dimension is created and is used when editing the dimension see Create Dimension and Edit Dimension for details To open a dimension in the Dimension Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing dimension definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 272 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Dimension 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB 52 CHANNELS_DIM 21 SH CHANNELS DIM v Gahan Ip 3 rLe d Print as Dependency tree Refresh Level Name Level Columns Attributes CHANNEL CHANNEL_ID CHANNEL_DESC CHANNEL CLASS CHANNEL CLASS ID CHANNEL CLASS 27 Restore default size CHANNEL_TOTAL CHANNEL_TOTAL_ID CHANNEL_TOTAL Hierarchy Name Child Level Parent Level Joins d Add hierarchy Delete hierarchy 5 3 29 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a dimension for editing within the cur
370. nt Format SQL Shift CtrleF Toggle Comment Ctrl Ek Properties 5 3 14 Sequences Sequence is a database object from which multiple users may generate unique integers You can use sequences to automatically generate primary key values When a sequence number is generated the sequence is incremented independent of the transaction committing or rolling back If two users concurrently increment the same sequence then the sequence numbers each user acquires may have gaps because sequence numbers are being generated by the other user One user can never acquire the sequence number generated by another user After a sequence value is generated by one user that user can continue to access that value regardless of whether the sequence is incremented by another user Create sequence To create a new sequence e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Sequence in the New Object dialog 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 212 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Edit sequence definition within the Sequence Editor Hint To create new sequence you can also right click the Sequences node of the explorer tree and select the New Sequence item from the popup menu To create a new sequence with the same properties as one of the existing sequences has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit sequen
371. nt Solutions 346 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 1 Data View SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides you with powerful tools for viewing editing and printing data from tables and queries This topic shows how you can work with data in the simplest and the most direct way e Grid View e Form View e Print Data See also Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder Ob 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB SA EB HR EMPLOYEES 8 Table properties amp Print g Dependency tree Refresh Restore default size Table Editor options Ex Export data Export as SOL script Import data FIRST_NAME Lex Alexander David LAST NAME De Haan Hunold Austin EMAIL LDEHAAN AHUNOLD DAUSTIN Valli Pataballa VPATABAL Diana Lorentz DLORENTZ Nancy _ Greenberg NGREENBE Faviet Guy SVOLLMAN KMOURGOS Paste Records Shift Ctrl Data Manipulation Quick Filter Disable Filter Clear Sorting Set Value Edit BLOB Save BLOB to File Expand All Collapse All Next Tab Ctrl Alt N Previous Tab Ctrl Alt P Grid Levels Column Summary Visible Columns Fit Columns Widths Grid Mode Properties 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 347 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Grid View View data as a grid The columns correspond
372. nt style and Options Select Program Language main menu item to change program language Environment style This switch allows you to define the basic window behavior style MDI like MS Office or Floating Windows like Borland IDE Bar style for child forms Allows you to define the location of action buttons They can be located at the Navigation bar the left and or on the Toolbar Program Language Select the interface language from the list of available languages Welcome to SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Welcome to EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle an excellent tool to administer your database Choose the program s environment language preferences and bar style for child forms Environment style MDI environment like Microsoft Office applications Floating windows environment like Borland Delphi IDE Bar style for child forms Navigation bar Toolbar Both Program Language Default no localization English 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 45 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 2 First time started This is how SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle looks when you start it for the first time Click Manage existing database s to register existing databases in the Register Database Wizard or Edit local naming parameters to call the TNS File Constructor The Desktop Panel also allows you to open database tools which do not require database registrat
373. nto brackets Adds a space symbol after the opening bracket and before the closing one Indents in list Sets the size of indent relative to the previous string Key Mapping For your convenience SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides key mapping On this tab you can set the shortcuts for various commands operations according to your needs Select the command for which you want to make a shortcut from Commands the list on the right then place cursor into the Key editor and press key combination you find useful use Ctrl Alt Shift buttons After setting the shortcut press New button to add it into the list of existing Key combinations Note you may set a double key combination e g Ctrl K Ctrl H by using Add button Hotkeys mapping may be saved as a scheme Manage the schemes using Save As and Delete buttons You can export Key mapping scheme into various formats via Export Data Wizard that can be called by pressing Export button 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 560 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Genera 1 Display Quick code tE SOL Formatter Commands Key combinations Key Mapping Move cursor left one char Move cursor right one char Move cursor up one line Move cursor down one line Move cursor left one word Move cursor right one word Move cursor to begining of line Move cursor to end of line Move cursor up one page Move cursor down one page Move cursor left o
374. nual Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard Specify master level and the data source of new level Welcome to Create Grid Level Wizard This wizard allows you to add new detail level to a grid in order to get master detail representation of your data This wizard will guide you through the process of choosing destination master level to which a new level will be added specifying source of the new level data and binding the created level to the existing ones SQL M anager Select master level to which a new level will be added for Oracle HR DEPARTMENTS Source of new level data Table 7 1 1 4 2 Select table or query for new level Select a master table to which a new level should be added or enter a query to be used as a source of new grid level You can use Query Builder tool if query is selected as source type 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 354 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard Specify master level and the data source of new level Welcome to Create Grid Level Wizard This wizard allows you to add new detail level to a grid in order to get master detail representation of your data This wizard will guide you through the process of choosing destination master level to which a new level will be added specifying source of the new level data and binding the created level to the exis
375. nually if he owns it 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 490 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Job Manager BAX D This Date Next Date Last Date What 02 09 2006 NA 02 09 2006 N 09 11 2006 11 09 2006 15 12 54 KAIN Bj Edit Job 22 11 2006 N A P m E dg Delete Job 9 NAS on OraDB NAS General a d E dit job Refresh List dg Delete job D Start job 10 2 2 Job Editor The Job Editor window opens automatically on attempt to create or edit a job The General tab JobID Is set by server automatically Job owner Name of the current user who creates the job Next Time The next execution time for a specified job Set execution date and time at the corresponding boxes Periodically Set the interval between executions for a specified job Use the Every minute Every hour Every day and Custom interval fields for defining a recurrence period Broken Disables job execution Oracle does not attempt to run broken jobs However you can force a broken job to run 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 491 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Add New Job to NAS General PL SQL Code Next time 25 11 2008 00 00 00 Periodically Every minute Every hour Every day 8 gt Custom interval SYSDATE 8 24 Additional Status This date Privilege user Last date Schema user Failu
376. o 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 129 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual tassigned to any buffer pool as well as schema objects that are explicitly assigned to the DEFAULT pool Initial number of transactions Specify the initial number of concurrent transaction entries allocated within each data block allocated to the database object Use the Cache option to indicate how Oracle should store blocks in the buffer cache Specify Row dependencies if you want to enable row level dependency tracking This setting is useful primarily to allow for parallel propagation in replication environments Extents An extent is a logical unit of database storage space allocation made up of a number of contiguous data blocks One or more extents in turn make up a segment When the existing space in a segment is completely used Oracle allocates a new extent for the segment Initial extent Specify the size of the first extent of the object Oracle allocates space for this extent when you create the schema object Next extent Specify in bytes the size of the next extent to be allocated to the object Percent increase Specify the percent by which the third and subsequent extents grow over the preceding extent The default value is 50 meaning that each subsequent extent is 50 larger than the preceding extent Minimum extent Specify the total number of extents to allocate when the object is created This para
377. o save the wizard configuration for future use or to load the previously saved configuration for faster extract Selecting database to extract Specify destination script file name Selecting components to extract Selecting database objects to extract their structure Selecting database objects to extract their data Customizing script options Using templates See also Export As SQL Script Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select the source database Welcome to the Extract Database Wizard This wizard allows you to extract the database structure and table data into SQL script Hii The wizard will quide you through the process of selecting objects to extract structure and data and setting extract options SQL Source database Manager _ Extract all metadata and data of the database Sos for Oracle 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 447 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 41 Selecting source database Select the source database to extract Check Extract all metadata and data of the database option if needed to simplify the wizard Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select the source database Welcome to the Extract Database Wizard This wizard allows you to extract the database structure and table data into SQL script Hii The wizard will guide you through the process of selecting objects to extract structure and data and setting extract opt
378. o use Shift F12 F12 shortcuts for the same purpose Using Navigation bar Working with SQL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries and viewing results Viewing query logs Using PL SQL Code Debugger Database View Tools Services Options Windows Help gf Show SQL Editor F12 New SOL Editor Shift F12 Show Query Builder New Query Builder SQL Monitor Shift Ctrl M SQL Script Shift Ctrl S New SQL Script Extract Database Print Metadata HTML Report Report Designer Dependency Tree Grant Manager fo c Klee EX EIR Job Manager Visual Database Designer External Tools gt See also Visual Query Builder SQL Script Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 320 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 1 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of SQL Editor allows you to select a database for the query execute the current query view estimated query execution plan add a new query note that the current query text will NOT be lost remove the current query remove all queries from the editor rename the query run Visual Query Builder to design the query as a diagram switch the results representation mode on Edit tabor on separate tab configure SQL Editor within the Tools SQL Editor page of the Environment Options dialog activate the Find Text dialog load
379. object with the same properties as one of the existing objects has This wizard will request the source object the name of the new object generate the SOL statement for creating the new object and execute this statement SQL for Oracle Source database l 5 2 1 1 Selecting source database Select the database containing a source object 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 124 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Duplicate Object Wizard Duplicate Object Select the source database Welcome to the Duplicate Object Wizard This wizard allows you to create a new database object with the same properties as one of the existing objects has This wizard will request the source object the name of the new object generate the SOL statement for creating the new object and execute this statement SQL Manager Source database for Oracle 5 2 1 2 Selecting object to duplicate Select a database object to copy its properties to the new object 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 125 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Duplicate Object Select the object to duplicate Schema Objects HR BLOB He HRJOBS HR LOCAT HR MATERI HR REGIONS 5 2 1 3 Selecting destination database Select the database to create a new object set the name of the new database object 2007 EMS Database Manag
380. ociate the namespace with the externally created package that sets the context Create context To create a new context e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Context in the New Object dialog e Edit context definition within the Context Editor Hint To create new context you can also right click the Contexts node of the explorer tree and select the New Context item from the popup menu To create a new context with the same properties as one of the existing contexts has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit context To edit the existing context e Select the context for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the context name for quick search 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 277 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Right click and select the Edit Context lt Context_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the context e Edit context definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Context Editor Drop context To drop a context e Select the context to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Context lt Context_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 1 1 Context Editor The Context Editor allows you to define context basic properties It opens when you create a new context or edit the existin
381. of the number of tables and rows in which it occurs Ina Hash cluster Oracle stores together rows that have the same hash key value The hash value for a row is the value returned by the hash function of the cluster Hash Single Table indicates that the cluster is a type of hash cluster containing only one table This cluster type can provide faster access to rows than would result if the table were not part of a cluster If you choose to to create a hash cluster and specify the number of hash values for the hash cluster Hash function Specify an expression to be used as the hash function for the hash cluster or select to use default values 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 219 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual s New Cluster SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object Cluster Storage DDL 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name CLUSTER1 Index cluster Hash cluster General 4 Schema ANONYMOUS O Hash Single T able B ock Cluster size DEFAULT GA Restore default size Hash Cluster options Number of hash keys 2 gt Cluster columns Hash Function m Add column Default Be Insert column Expression Delete column Cluster columns E Add column Insert column Delete column 5 3 16 Materialized Views A materialized view is a database object that contains the results of a query The FROM clause of the query can name tables views and othe
382. om the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 166 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 5 1 Foreign Key Editor The Foreign Key Editor allows you to edit the foreign key fields and its other properties It opens when you create a new foreign key or edit the existing one see Create Foreign Key and Edit Foreign Key for details e Using navigation bar e Editing foreign key definition e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Check Editor Trigger Editor amp New Foreign Key SAMPLE OracleDB General Foreign Key Options DDL g Compile Name EMPLOYEES FK1 Restore default size Schema HR Table or View EMPLOYEES Key fields Available Selected HIRE_DATE DEPARTMENT ID JOB ID Ed SALARY E COMMISSION PCT E MANAGER ID Referenced fields Schema SCOTT v Table DEPT Available DNAME LOC Selected DEPTNO 3 9S 6 6 amp Delete rule O None Set null Delete cascade 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 167 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 5 5 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to General bar e Compile the current foreign key definition e View Dependency Tree f
383. ome to the Export Data Wizard This wizard allows you to export data from table to most popular data formats such as MS Excel MS Access HTML XML PDF and much more Hii Destination format i MS Excel PDF Q LaTeX SQL O MS Access O Text file O XML Manager ons wou O CSV file O DBF for Oracle ORTF DIF file HTML SYLK file Destination file name C SEMSSOraManagerHR EMPLOYEES xls 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 377 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 1 1 Setting destination file name and format Select one of the available destination formats and set name for the result file The file name extension in the Destination file name box changes according to the selected export type Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Specify destination file name and format for exporting your data Welcome to the Export Data Wizard This wizard allows you to export data from table to most popular data formats such as m MS Excel MS Access HTML XML PDF and much more di Destination format MS Excel PDF LaTeX SQL OMS Access Test file XML Manager os wor O CSV file O DBF for Oracle ORTF DIF file O HTML SYLK file Destination file name C EMS OraManagerK HR_EMPLOYEES xls 8 e Destination format MS Excel the most popular e table format Microsoft Excel The result files are fully compatible with the versions 95
384. on 232 blocks with the maximum size of the single datafile or tempfile is 128 terabytes TB for a tablespace with 32K blocks Online When checked the tablespace is available immediately after creation to users who have 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 306 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual been granted access to the tablespace Compress This clause lets you specify default default compression of data for all tables created in the tablespace not valid for a temporary tablespace Default storage Valid only for a dictionary managed tablespace This group lets you specify default storage parameters for all objects created in the tablespace For more information see Storage attributes c New Tablespace SAMPLE on OracleDB Tablespace Fies ODL Object A 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name TABLESPACE Tablespace type Options nk Logging Online id Compie _ Force Logging C Compress EA Restore default size O Undo Big fie General A Default storage bytes Block size DEFAULT bytes Extent management Allocation Auto Uniform Default C Auto segment Extent management Dictionary Use this option if you want the tablespace to be managed using dictionary tables In this case set the Default storage parameters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 307 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Local
385. on to start the process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 428 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Export as SQL Script HR EMPLOYEES 5 Export as SQL Script Set export options and click the Finish button C Replace non print characters in strings with spaces Data options Records in a block 802 C Insert COMMIT after each block Load generated script into Script E ditor Click Finish to start export process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 430 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Tools SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides a number of powerful tools for working with the databases The following tools are available Dependency Tree Allows you to view all the object dependencies in a one diagram Visual Database Designer Allows you to lay out your database schema visually SQL Monitor Displays all the SQL statements executed while working in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle SQL Script Editor Executes SQL scripts to the database Extract Database Wizard Extracts the table metadata to the SQL script which can be later executed on another machine to reserve the database structure Print Metadata Creates powerful metadata reports in the WYSIWYG mode ready for printing HTML Report Creates powerful metadata reports in the HTML format Report Designer Allows you to build and print database reports Using temp
386. on in Table Editor Fixed now When obtaining a sequence definition the current sequence value was not taken into account Fixed now Database Registration Info The Reconnection prompt used to popup even if no changes were made Fixed now Other minor improvements and bug fixes Scroll to top Version 1 3 0 1 Oracle Client Checker is added to check client and home settings on starting the program It can also be called from Database Registration Info dialog Advanced Statistics Wizard is added to collect delete and import export the statistics on specified objects for optimizer e Truncate Wizard is added for truncating table and cluster data e Enable Disable Constraints Wizard is added to disable and enable the constraints of different types for selected tables Procedures and functions are shown as subobjects for the packages in DB Explorer as well as in the Code Completion list The Recompile Invalid Objects service is added which allows to recompile selected invalid PL SQL objects Code Completion Now the objects are displayed in Code Completion list even if they were not refreshed in the object tree list of DB Explorer can be switched off with the help of corresponding option 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 30 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Extract Database Wrong statements for creating materialized views used to be displayed in target script Fixed now When duplicating a table the s
387. one address selected randomly success Correlates with FAILOVER OFF Use each address for connection by turns until success Correlates with FAILOVER OFF LOAD_BALANCE OFF SOURCE_ROUTE ON Use only the first address for connection Correlates with FAILOVER OFF LOAD_BALANCE OFF Descriptions Connect data Defines the database to which to connect Use context menu to insert append delete a connection You can also test a selected address with the help of the corresponding menuitem Receive buffer Send buffer Specify in bytes the buffer space for receive send operations of sessions This parameter is supported by the TCP IP TCP IP with SSL and SDP protocols SDU Optimizes the transfer rate of data packets being sent across the network with the session data unit SDU size you specify Type of Service Use this parameter to specify the type of service to use for an Oracle Rdb database This parameter should only be used if the application supports both an Oracle Rdb and Oracle 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 87 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual database service and you want the application to load balance between the two Addresses Define a list of protocol addresses Address list Use corresponding buttons above the group or context menu items to add insert delete an address list Click on the name of the protocol to call the menu which allows to set protocol options host protocol a
388. only appears after compiling a materialized view 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 227 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Materialized view Fields Refresh Storage Usingindex Data Dependencies Description DDL 4 4 b P M C Gk SP Find Drag a column header here to group by that column COUNTRY NAME REGION ID AR Argentina Australia Belgium Brazil Canada Switzerland China Germany Denmark Egypt France HongKong Israel India GridView Form View Print Data Records fetched 25 25 l 5 3 17 Materialized View Logs A materialized view log is a table associated with the master table of a materialized view Create materialized view log To create a new materialized view log e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Materialized View Log in the New Object dialog e Edit materialized view log definition within the Materialized View Log Editor Hint To create new materialized view log you can also right click the Materialized View Logs node of the explorer tree and select the New Materialized View Log item from the popup menu To create a new materialized view log with the same properties as one of the existing materialized view logs has e Selectthe Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of th
389. onsumer group e Select the consumer group to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Consumer Group Consumer Group Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 5 1 Consumer Group Editor The Consumer Group Editor allows you to define consumer group basic properties It opens when you create a new consumer group or edit the existing one see Create ConsumerGroup and Edit Consumer Group for details Using navigation bar Editing consumer group definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 293 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual amp New Consumer Group SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX E 5 Consumer Group Descipton DOL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB Name CONSUMERGROUP1 General b 5 Compile Users Restore default size Available Users Selected Users Name Admin Opt Init Group ANONYMOUS DBSNMP CTxsys Fi DIP DMSYS EXFSYS HR Roles Available Roles A Selected Roles Name Name AQ ADMINISTRATOR ROLE AQ USER ROLE DELETE CATALOG ROLE AUTHENTICATEDUSER EJBCLIENT 9 CONNECT EMECUTE CATALOG ROLE EXP FULL DATABASE DBA GATHER_SYSTEM_STATISTICS amp mingal An SFER Y E Parameter 5 4 5 1 1
390. onym 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 232 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Synonym the New Object dialog e Edit synonym definition within the Synonym Editor Hint To create new synonym you can also right click the Synonyms node of the explorer tree and select the New Synonym item from the popup menu To create a new synonym with the same properties as one of the existing synonyms has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit synonym To edit the existing synonym e Select the synonym for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the synonym name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Synonym lt Synonym_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the synonym e Edit synonym definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Synonym Editor Drop synonym To drop a synonym e Select the synonym to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Synonym Synonym Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 3 18 1 Synonym Editor The Synonym Editor allows you to define synonym properties It opens when you create a new sequence or edit the existing one see Create Synonym and Edit Synonym for details p To open a view in the Synonym Editor double click it in t
391. opup menu e Edit user name in the dialog window Drop user To drop a user e Select the user to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop User User Name item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 589 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 591 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 16 1 Appendix Changing Metadata window The Changing Metadata window is used to trace the errors and edit SQL statements during their compilation The compilation window appears each time metadata is changed both when the compilation is successful and when there are compilation errors To hide this window for successful metadata changes select the Don t show this window on success option Compile SQL This area displays the SQL statement pending to be executed to perform metadata changing In this area you can view and edit the SQL statement In case of a compilation error the Error tab also becomes visible here you can view the error description returned by the server Commit This button starts execution of the statement s Click it to commit the current transaction This button is available only if there were no errors in compilation Rollback This button cancels the script execution and allows you to return to the previous stage editor window or DBExpl
392. or the foreign key e Refresh the content of the active Foreign Key Editor tab e Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Foreign Key Editor General a 5 Compile 2 Refresh A Restore default size 5 3 5 5 1 2 Editing foreign key definition Foreign Key Editor allows you to select fields for the foreign key when you add or edit a foreign key to the table or view with the Table Editor View Editor Name Specify the foreign key name or enable the System named option In this case Oracle will generate the check name automatically when compiling check definition Schema Is the name of the schema to which the object belongs Table Select the table or view for which the foreign key is created To include fields to the key move the fields from the Available Fields list to the Included Fields by double clicking or dragging them both in the Table fields group and inthe Foreign table fields group To remove the fields from the key move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected fields multiple fields are selected by Ctrl or Shift Delete rule e None Produce an error indicating that the deletion or update would create a foreign key constraint violation If the constraint is deferred this error will be produced at constraint check time if there still exist any referencing rows This is the default 2007 EMS Database Management
393. orer Changing Metadata ALTER TABLE HR JOB HISTORY DROP COLUMN DEPARTMENT ID NEW Copy information to clipboard C Don t show this window on success If necessary you copy information to clipboard and save it in a text editor afterwards the button is only enabled when a compilation error occurs If you want this window to appear only in case of an error uncheck the M Confirm 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 592 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual metadata changing Changing Metadata Window option checked by default available within the Confirmations section of the Environment Options dialog 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 593 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 2 Tip of the Day This window allows you to see short messages notifying you about interesting particularities and useful features of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle To open this window select the Help Tip of the Day main menu item Tip Of The Day Did you know Y ou can limit the number of editors that can be opened at the same time by specifying the maximum number in the option Windows Objects Count Restricted of the Environment Options dialog Show tips at startup If you check the M Show tips at startup option this window will popup each time you start SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions
394. ot describe any data that is stored in the database Nor does it describe how data is stored in the external source Instead it describes how the external table layer needs to present the data to the server 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 140 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Table Fields Description DDL Table name TABLE2 Schema SCOTT v Organization Regular O Index organized Global temporary External Clustered Type ORACLE_LOADER v Default directory name DATA PUMP DIR v Reject limit z ige Parallel gus Parallel options Default m 2 No parallel Parallel Locations P Directory Type Specify The Access Driver type ORACLE LOADER which lets you read table data from an external table and load it into a database Oracle also provides the ORACLE DATAPUMP type which lets you unload data that is read data from a table in the database and insert it into an external table and then reload it into an Oracle database Parallel options The degree of parallel access to an external table is specified using standard parallel hints and with the PARALLEL clause Default directory name Specify a default directory object corresponding to a directory on the file system where the external data sources may reside Reject limit Specify how many conversion errors can occur during a query of the external data before an Oracle Database error is returned and the que
395. ows you to choose a field from the list of all the table fields available in the query Clicking the condition field activates the popup menu where you can choose the condition you need The way of proceeding the condition is set in the upper string of the area All Any None or Not all of the following are met Click the underlined word to change it Builder Edit Result Select vy Query 1 Query 1 CUSTOMER CUST NO CUSTOMER CONTACT FIRST CONTACT LAST PHONE N ADDRESS LINE1 ADDRESS LINE2 CITY STATE PROVINCE 2 SALES PO NUMBER v COUNTRY CURRENCY lt lt lt lt SALES_REP v ORDER STATUS POSTAL CODE ON HOLD gt Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting All of the following are met 1 SALESPAID y EU NUMBER CUST_NO SALES_REP ORDER STATUS ORDER DATE SHIP_DATE 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 337 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 6 2 5 Setting output fields The Selection page displays the output fields of the query It allows you to edit the names of the query output fields set their displaying order and set the aggregate functions SUM MIN MAX AVG and COUNT for each field To remove the field from the list right click the field row and choose Delete current row from the popup menu To change the input query field dou
396. p Hot Key Ctrl Shift Z Program MSPumpC exe Working Dir c Ems PUMP Parameters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 583 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 14 Localization SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides multi language interface support You can change the program language easily edit existing localizations and create your own localization files Changing Program Language To select the program interface language e Select the Options Select Program Language menu item e Select the interface language in the Select Program Language dialog e Click OK to close the dialog Editing Program Localization To edit the interface localization e Open one of the program windows e g Table Editor SQL Editor to edit the localization of its captions and hints e Press Shift Ctrl L on the keyboard to open Localization Editor window e Edit window captions and hints as you like e Click Save button on the toolbar Note that the Localization Editor window is available only if the selected language is different than default Creating New Localization To create a new localization e Create a new localization file similar to one of those situated in the SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Languages folder Selectthe Options Environment Options menu item Open the Environment Options Localization dialog tab Click Add button on this tab Setthe language name and the path
397. p header Group footer Functionality Prints once at the beginning of report Prints once at the end of report Prints at the top of each page Prints at the bottom of each page Prints at the beginning of master list Data rows of master list Prints at the end of master list Prints at the beginning of detail list Data rows of detail list Prints at the end of detail list Prints at the beginning of subdetail list Data rows of subdetail list Prints at the end of subdetail list Prints at the beginning of each group Prints at the end of each group 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 466 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 7 1 3 Selecting report style Select the report style by clicking one of the buttons demonstrating the future look of the report Create Report Wizard t3 Create Report Wizard Select the report style 9 7 1 4 Specifying paper settings Specify report options such as paper size and orientation page margins Check Open the report after the wizard has finished option to edit generated report with Report Designer Click Finish button to start report generation process 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 467 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your page settings and click the Finish button Paper Ma
398. p table To drop a table e Select the table for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Table lt Table_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 134 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 1 New table New Table window allows you to create new table set table properties specify table fields and edit table description New Table window can be open automatically after the table is created see Create Table for details Using navigation bar Setting table properties Object storage attributes Specifying table fields See also Table Editor Field Editor Database a i Physical Attributes Description Table Properties B SAMPLE on OraceDB v Table name TABLE1 CG n Schema g Compile Restore default size Global Temporary Clustered Logging Monitoring Enable row movement 5 3 5 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 135 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Select a database for creating table General bar e Compile the current table definition e Bring the window to its default size Database a SAMPLE on OracleDB General A Compile Eal Restore default size 5 3 5 1 2 Setting table
399. p to which any session created by that user initially belongs This option sets the initial resource consumer group for a user The CPU method and Mandatory controls are disabled for future use as they are not supported in the current versions of Oracle 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 295 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual amp New Consumer Group SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Consumer Group Description DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name CONSUMERGROUP1 General 5 5 Compile Users Restore default size Available Users Selected Users Name Admin Opt Init Group ANONYMOUS DBSNMP CTXsvs L1 DIP DMSYS EXFSYS HR Ix Available Roles Selected Roles Name Name 9 AQ ADMINISTRATOR ROLE 9 AQ USER ROLE 9 DELETE CATALOG ROLE AUTHENTICATEDUSER EJBCLIENT 9 CONNECT 9 EXECUTE CATALOG ROLE 9 EXP FULL DATABASE DBA GATHER SYSTEM STATISTICt GL nRAL LISFR ROLE Parameter 5 4 6 Resource Plans Use Resource Plan Editor to define resource plans Create resource plan To create a new resource plan e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Resource Plan in the New Object dialog e Edit resource plan definition within the Resource Plan Editor Hint To create new resource plan you can also right click the Resource Plans node of the explorer tree and select the New Reso
400. packages triggers object types Much of the power of the debugger comes from toggling breakpoints getting variables values and fetching call stacks 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 330 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual The Edit tab of the PL SQL Code Debugger window contains the following areas e the Debug pane of the Navigation bar e the Watches list e the PL SQL code area e the Call stack box e the Breakpoints list Note All areas within the Edit tab of the PL SQL Code Debugger window are dockable i e you can drag an area to any location within the parent form The Logs tab of the PL SQL Code Debugger window displays the debug log 1 501 Editor OraDB on TESTSERV Joe err Database A Edt Logs Watches declare OraDB on TESTSERY v d a Watch name Value x oger integer Edit 5 cu Z ret number 0 F OTA ctr integer j Find text begin Save to file o ctr 2 E i Debug a 23 dbms output put line newline Break gt ret ret 1 Es end loop Trace into end 2 Trace out s E 5 Debug tab Run to exception AANA NE ANI AAA ARN AT Toggle breakpoint Call stack Breakpoints Clear watches Line 13 for i in 1 ctr loop Line Status Unit owner Unit name 8 The Debug pane ofthe Navigation bar provides several debug commands Start this com
401. ponding ng localization file This dialog is opened when you add or edit a language see Environment Options Localization Language Name The name of the language that is displayed in the Select Program Language dialog and within the Available Languages list of the Environment Options Localization section Language File The ng file containing the translated string resources See the program_directory Languages folder to find already existing localization files Adding a language The Aad language dialog allows you to specify your own localization file and set the language name Add Language Language Name French Language File DASQL Manager French ing Editing a language The Edit language dialog allows you to change the language name or select another localization file for the specified language Edit Italian new Language Language Name talian new Language File DASQL Manager ttalian_new ing 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 602 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 7 Using templates For your convenience the ability to use templates is provided by SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Instead of performing a long chain of routine steps all the time you can save all the options of the wizard for future use as a template file Select the Templates Save Template drop down menu item specify the template file name and set an optional comment for the
402. ponding items of the navigation bar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual amp Print Preview Restore default size a All Objects EB Tables Views gt g Procedures Eunctions Triggers DB and Schema Triggers Indicies Packages f Package Bodies Available Views EXFSYS USER RLMGR RULE 4 EXFSYS USER RLMGR RULE EXFSYS USER RLM4J ATTRIB 3 EXFSYS USER RLM4J EVTST EXFSYS USER RLM4J RULECI HR EMP DETAILS VIEw 2 MDSYS ALL_SDO_GEOM_MET MDSYS ALL SDO GEOR SYSL MDSYS ALL SDO INDEX INFO MDSYS ALL SDO INDEX MET A MDSYS ALL_SDO_LRS_METAC 4 MDSYS ALL_SDO_MAPS 4 MDSYS ALL_SDO_NETWORK_ MDSYS ALL_SDO_NETWORK_ 4 MDSYS ALL_SDO_NETWORK_ 4 MDSYS ALL_SDO_STYLES MDSYS ALL_SDO_THEMES Views for Printing Description 2 IKAQSORDERS QUEU IX AQ ORDERS QUEI 3 PCAQSORDERS QUEU 4 PCAQSORDERS QUEU PCAQSSTREAMS QUEI IX AQ STREAMS QUE IXAQSSTREAMS QUEI PCAQSSTREAMS QUEI Printing Options v Eields Params Foreign Keys Checks Indices 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 457 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 6 9 6 1 HTML Report Wizard HTML Report wizard allows you to generate a detailed HTML report about the selected database metadata To open HTML Report wizard select the Tools HTML Report menu item
403. port data into table from most popular data formats such as MS Excel MS Access DBF XML and more The wizard will quide you through the process of importing data into the table Import type CSV format parameters MS Excel XML OMS Access TXT DBF CSV for Oracle Source file name xls J 8 2 1 Selecting source file name and format Select the type of the source file MS Excel MS Access DBF XML TXT or CSV and select the source file name The file name extension in the Source file name box changes according to the selected import type Select the delimiter and quote characters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 409 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual for CSV files C Data Import Import Data Specify import format and source file name Welcome to the Data Import Wizard This wizard allows you to import data into table from most popular data formats such as MS Excel MS Access DBF XML and The wizard will quide you through the process of importing data into the table Import type CSV format parameters MS Excel XML OMS Access TXT O DBF csv Source file name xls E for Oracle MS Excel the most popular e table format Microsoft Excel Files created with the versions 95 97 2000 and XP are fully supported MS Access import from Microsoft Access format trough an ADO connection DBF the data wil
404. pply the changes or Cancel Edit to discard them Fields BLOB ad 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 367 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 2 Filter Builder Dialog SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides the Filter Builder dialog to facilitate creating and applying filter criteria for the data grid within Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder etc In addition it allows you to save filter criteria to an external file for future use Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding new condition to the filter Setting filter criteria in condition Setting filter operator in condition Setting filter criteria values in condition Adding new group to condition Setting group operator in the condition Applying filter conditions See also Data View Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies DM AM 4 b P MM o v x Ca X Find Drag a column header here to group by that column FIRST_NAME LAST NAME iv EMAIL PHONE NUMBER DATE E 11 Ismael Sciara ISCIARRA 515 124 4369 30 09 1997 112 Jose Manuel Urman JMURMAN 515 124 4469 07 03 1838 113 Luis Popp LPOPP 515 124 4567 07 12 1999 l SBAIDA 5 127 4563 24 12 1997 1117 STOBIAS 515 127 4564 24 07 1997 Guy Himuro GHIMURO 515 127 4565 15 11 1998 120 Matthew Weiss MWEISS 650 123 1234 18 07 1996 122 PKAUFLIN 650 123
405. profile To drop a profile 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 288 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Select the profile to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Profile lt Profile_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 4 4 Profile Editor The Profile Editor allows you to define profile basic properties It opens when you create a new profile or edit the existing one see Create Profile and Edit Profile for details e Using navigation bar e Editing profile definition e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition e Browsing object dependencies New Profile SAMPLE on OracleDB RAX Object Profile 9 SAMPLE OracleDB Name Profile Resource parameters General 5 Sessions per user DEFAULT wy concurrent sessions F Compile CPU per session DEFAULT v v milliseconds 9 Restore default size gt CPU per call DEFAULT v milliseconds Connect time DEFAULT Y minutes Idle time DEFAULT minutes Logical reads per session DEFAULT gt data blocks Logical reads per call DEFAULT 7 data blocks Composite limit DEFAULT vie service units Private SGA UNLIMITED viv bytes Password parameters Failed login attempts UNLIMITED times Password lifetime 4 viv days Password reuse time DEFAULT days Password reuse max DEFAULT times Password lock DEFAULT days Passwo
406. properties The Table tab lets you set table properties First specify table name and schema to which current table belongs Then define the type of the table For Regular tables set some type specific options Monitoring Use the option to start the collection of modification statistics on this table Set Logging whether the creation of the table will be logged in the redo log file No row movement This option lets you specify whether the database can move a table row It is possible for a row to move for example during table compression or an update operation on partitioned data Select this option to allow the database to move a row thus changing the rowid 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 136 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Table SAMPLE on OracleDB _ Yee Table Fields Physical Attributes Description Database SAMPLE on OracleDB w Table name TABLE1 General Schema HR g Compile Organization A Restore default size Global Temporary Clustered Logging Monitoring Enable row movement Select the Global Temporary table type to specify that the table is temporary and that its definition is visible to all sessions with appropriate privileges The data in a temporary table is visible only to the session that inserts the data into the table Fora Global Temporary table you can set the following parameters Duration The table se
407. pty details Specifies whether to display expand buttons within master rows that don t have associated details Card width Defines the width of the card used in Card View mode M Large Memo Editor Sets number of lines for text typed fields when viewing data in Form view M Word wrap in memo editor Determines whether long strings are wrapped within a memo editor Grid lines Determines whether to display vertical and horizontal lines between cells Show edit buttons Indicates whether an edit button is displayed Detail tabs position Specifies position of the tabs on detail level views Card layout direction Specifies the direction of cards in Card View mode 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 547 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options 12 1 6 5 Column Options Auto select text Preferences Advanced Confirmations um B Advanced options Grid lines amp 9 Tools Invert selection DB Explorer C Cell hints for clipped text Vertical Object Editors _ Focus cell on cycle sf SQL Editor C Focus first cell on new record Detail tabs postion E SE Montas C Next cell on pressing Enter Top G SQL Script oh Re O Left bh Query Builder ow navigator hints Style amp Color Palette MRU list in column filter Card layout direction GH5 Visual Database Designer Expand buttons for empty details Horizontal Color Palette
408. r amp Formats Advanced _ Eg Column Options 498 Localization 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 551 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 2 12 2 1 Editor Options Editor Options allow you to set the parameters of viewing and editing the SQL statements within SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle To open the Editor Options window select the Options Editor Options menu item General Display Color Quick Code SQL Formatter Key Mapping General M Auto indent If this option is checked each new indention is the same as the previous when editing SQL text M Insert mode If this option is checked insert symbols mode is on by default Iv Use syntax highlight Enables syntax highlight in the object editor window Iv Find text at cursor If this option is checked the Text to find field in the Find Text Dialog window is automatically filled with the text on which cursor is set Always show hyperlinks If this option is checked hyperlinks are displayed in the editor window To open a link click it with the Ctrl button pressed Show line numbers If this option is checked line numbers are displayed in the SQL text editor window Trim trailing spaces If this option is checked all spaces after the last symbol in line will be trimmed Use smart tabs If this option is checked tab length will be variable After pressing a Tab button the cursor aligns
409. r Oracle The box below displays the sample text using the selected font 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 539 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options X Confirmations B Windows System font name i Tools amp MS Sans Serif m E DB Expert System font size 8 Object Editors S us 225 IM eu eee eect gf SQL Editor 3 SQL Monitor SQL Script 5 Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette lt Print Metadata ERX Data Esport i ine RR Data Options amp Print Data Color amp Formats 9 Advanced Column Options 29 Localization Sample Text 12345 12 1 6 Grid General options Striped Grids Displays the odd grid rows in a different color defined by the Stripy option Show editor immediately Allows editing the cell value right after the cell is clicked Always show editor Set this option to make the cell editors always active Enable auto search in grid Set this option to enable start typing and have the grid automatically navigate to the closest match Row multi selection With this option set multiple rows can be selected Column auto width With this option set column widths are changed in order to display all columns without 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 540 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual using the
410. r before some identifier e g P1 to specify a parameter within a query Iv Add ROWID to simple SELECT queries to make them updatable Query execution Getting data in object editors Asynchronous execution Check this option to allow executing a query getting object data in the background mode Fetch all data Enables fetching of all records when executing a query getting object data 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 527 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options B Preferences Confirmations B C Show only connected databases in drop down menu 2 1 DB Explorer Add ROWID to simple SELECT queries to make them updatable Object Editors Jf SQL Editor SQL Monitor Asynchronous execution SQL Script Fetch all data Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Getting data in object editors Visual Database Designer C Asynchronous execution Color Palette C Fetch all data lt Print Metadata ER Data Export Fonts Grid Data Options cz Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 29 Localization jd Allow using of parameters in query text Query execution 12 1 4 1 Explorer Show database groups in DB Explorer Shows hides database groups in the DB Explorer tree M Show Table Subobjects Shows hides table subobjects fields indices etc in the DB Explorer tree Sort by aliases Show regis
411. r materialized views Collectively these objects are called master tables a replication term or detail tables a data warehousing term Create materialized view To create a new materialized view e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Materialized View in the New Object dialog e Edit materialized view definition within the Materialized View Editor Hint To create new materialized view you can also right click the Materialized Views node of the explorer tree and select the New Materialized View item from the popup menu To create a new materialized view with the same properties as one of the existing materialized views has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit materialized view To edit the existing materialized view 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 220 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 16 1 e Select the materialized view for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the materialized view name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Materialized View lt Materialized View_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the materialized view e Edit materialized view definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Materialized View Editor Drop materialized view To drop a materialized view e Select the materialized view to drop in the e
412. race file name trace Client trace file name should be unique Logging Client Server Log directory Log file name Routing Route the client to an Connection Manager protocol address Always use a dedicated server Advanced Wait duration for active connection probe Client registration ID Disable Out of Band break messages 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 90 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 4 4 1 General options Here you can take a brief look at the general server configuration options Tracing Trace level Turns tracing on off at a specific level Select client level at the appropriate drop down box Trace directory and Trace filename Specify the name of the trace file and the directory where it should be stored Please note that tracing options may be configured for the server as well as for the client You need to switch to the appropriate tab of the Tracing group Client trace file name should be unique Use the option to specify whether or not a unique trace file is created for each client trace session When the value is set to on a process identifier is appended to the name of each trace file enabling several files to coexist Logging Log directory Specify the destination directory for the client if the Client tab is selected or DB server if the Server tab is selected log file Log file name Specify the name of the log fi
413. racle User s Manual 5 3 6 1 5 Managing foreign keys The Foreign Keys tab is provided for managing table view foreign keys Double click a trigger to open the Foreign Key Editor for editing the foreign key Right clicking in the tab area allows you to add new edit or drop the selected foreign key See Foreign Keys for details Foreign Keys Foreign Key Name Columns Foreign Table Foreign Columns Disabled 8 SAMPLE on OracleDB v HR EMP DETAILS New Foreign Key E Edit Foreign Key EMP_DETAILS_VIEW_FK1 Enter amp Print Drop Foreign Key EMP_DETAILS_VIEW_FK1 Del Dependency tree Enable Foreign Key EMP DETAILS VIEW 1 i Refresh E Disable Foreign Key EMP_DETAILS_VIEW_FK1 Restore default size Enable All Disable All Export Metadata 5 3 6 1 6 Managing triggers The Triggers tab is provided for managing table triggers Double click a trigger to open the Trigger Editor for editing the trigger A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected trigger See Triggers for details View Fields Keys Foreign Keys Triggers 9 SAMPLE on racleDB For Each Row Ir HR EMP DETAILS ij New Trigger Generel A Edit Trigger m 2 Drop Trigger E Print z 2E Dependency tree ERES 8 Refresh Disable Tri Restore default size eee Enable All Disable All D
414. rameters JJ r Constructor File Contents Connect Using Net services 9 OraHomes0 Service Name General 43 SAMPLEDB e Load from file D Test address 8 Refresh tutte thats ee Descriptions Addresses a Connect Data Receive Buffer Send Buffer 52 CONNECT DATA SERVER DEDICATED d Append sp Insert lt gt Explorer a 43 SAMPLEDB 1 r Addresses emi HE Address List 1 Address list balancing Protocol Receive Buffer Send Buffer IDST doom server offic gt Insert Delete D gt Test Address 4 3 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database for editing within the current window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 85 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual General bar e Load contents from an external file e Save current TNS file contents e Test a network address selected for service e Refresh the content of the active tab Net Services bar e Append insert a service to an existing service list e Delete a new net service e Move the service in the list up down The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of TNSFile Constructor gt gt Connect Using DraHome30 General Load from file D Test address 2 Refresh gt gt A
415. rd grace time DEFAULT viv days Password verify function DEFAULT function name 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 289 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 4 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a profile for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current profile definition Print metadata of the current profile View Dependency Tree for the profile Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Profile Editor Object SAMPLE on OracleDB w MONITORING PROFI se General c Print 58 Dependency tree 2 Refresh A Restore default size 5 4 4 1 2 Editing Profile definition Name Specify the name of the profile to be created Use profiles to limit the database resources available to a user for a single call or a single session Resource parameters Sessions per user Specify the number of concurrent sessions to which you want to limit the user CPU per session Specify the CPU time limit for a session expressed in hundredth of seconds CPU per call Specify the CPU time limit for a call a parse execute or fetch expressed in hundredths of seconds Connect time Specify the total elapsed time limit for a session expressed in minutes Idle time Specify the permitted p
416. rection specified by the Direction setting You can use the mouse or block commands to select a block of text Origin 9 From cursor The search starts at the cursor s current position and then proceeds either forward to the end of the scope or backward to the beginning of the scope depending on the Direction setting 9 Entire scope The search covers either the entire block of selected text or the entire script no matter where the cursor is in the Editor area depending upon the Scope options 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 596 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 4 Replace Text dialog The Replace Text dialog is provided for searching and replacing text within the working area of SQL Manager editors Text to find Enter a search string in this box The Arrow Down button which can be found next to the input box allows you to select any of the previously entered search strings Text to replace This box allows you to enter a string to replace the search string The Arrow Down button which can be found next to the input box allows you to select any of the previously entered strings To replace the search string with an empty string leave this input box blank Options Case Sensitive This option can be used to differentiate uppercase characters from lowercase ones during the search process M Whole words only Use this option to search for words only with this option off the search str
417. rent window General bar Compile the current dimension definition Print metadata of the current dimension View Dependency Tree for the dimension Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 273 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual gt Object SAMPLE on OracleDB w 21 SH CHANNELS DIM General e Print Sig Dependency tree ie Refresh Restore default size 5 3 29 1 2 Editing Dimension definition Name Specify the name of the dimension to be created The name must be unique within its schema Schema Specify the schema in which the dimension will be created Levels A level defines dimension hierarchies and attributes Use plus sign and minus sign buttons to add or remove a dimension level 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 274 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Dimension DDL Name DIMENSION Schema SH v Levels 1202 Level Name Level Columns Attributes Hierarchies t2 3 Hierarchy Name Child Level Parent Level Joins Editing dimension level Specify the name of the level schema name and define the columns in the level the tables you specify in here must already exist To include columns to the list move them from the Available list to the Selected by double clicking or dragging their names To remove the columns from the list
418. report options Welcome to the Create Report Wizard This wizard will take you through the steps of creating a data aware report The finished report will be saved to your database and can be edited later SQL Manager for Oracle 8 SAMPLE OracleDB SAMPLEDB Report creation method Database New report Import from file Save options Report name Save to database Save to file Report type report 9 7 1 2 Selecting report bands Select required bands to be placed in the report by moving them from the Available Bands list to the Report Bands one Create datasets for data bands if necessary by dicking Edit button Brief information about ban information ds functionality is listed below See FastReport help for more 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 465 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Select the bands you want in your report SQL Manager for Oracle Avalaible Bands Report Bands E Page header f Report title Page footer w S daa i g Master header Report_summary Master footer 4S Detail data E Group header Name Report title Report summary Page header Page footer Master header Master data Master footer Detail header Detail data Detail footer Subdetail header Subdetail data Subdetail footer Grou
419. res Broken The PL SQL Code tab Define the Object type a stored procedure or package containing external C Java procedures Select the schema that contains a package procedure Then in the Routine filed select a desired procedure You can also create a PL SQL anonymous block directly at the What editor Parse If the option is enabled then Oracle parses the procedure associated with the job When finished press OK to compile SQL script that creates a job 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 492 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual General PL SQL Code Object type Schema Package Routine What Job ID Job owner Package CTXSYS CTX CATSEARCH CATSEARCH CTXSYS CTX CATSEARCH CATSEARCH 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 494 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 Services SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle provides graphical wizard interface for many native Oracle services which are intended for database and table maintenance To make your work with the server easier SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle also provides some graphical tools for working with the server as a whole The following services and server tools are available Truncate Wizard The Truncate Wizard allows you to truncate tables and clusters in the selected database Advanced Statistics Expert Wizard The Advanced Sta
420. rgins Other Size Orientation 2 a Partrait SQL Manager Landscape gt for Oracle Open the report after the wizard has finished Click Finish to create report 9 7 1 5 Specifying margins Iv Stretch to print area If this option is checked size of report adjusts to the print area If this option isn t checked you can specify exact left right top and bottom margins in millimeters IV Open the report after the wizard has finished If this option is checked the report will be opened after creating 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 468 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 9 7 1 6 Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your page settings and click the Finish button Paper Margins Other Page margins dii C Stretch to print area SQL Left mm 20 Right mm 1025 Manager JE 3 _ for Oracle Top mm Bottom mm E p Open the report after the wizard has finished Click Finish to create report Specifying other page settings Options Print to previous page This option allows to use white space on a previous page This option can be used in case when a report template consists of several pages or when printing batch composite reports lv Two pass report If this option is selected report s formation will be performed in two steps During the first pass a report is fo
421. ridView FomView Print Data Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard allows you to add a new detail level to the grid in order to get master detail representation of your data To open the wizard right click on the grid and select Add Grid Level menu item from Grid Levels submenu e Specify master level e Select a table or a query for new level e Bind master and detail level fields e Specify additional level parameters 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 352 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard Specify master level and the data source of new level Welcome to Create Grid Level Wizard This wizard allows you to add new detail level to a grid in order to get master detail representation of your data This wizard will guide you through the process of choosing destination master level to which a new level will be added specifying source of the new level data and binding the created level to the existing ones SQL M anager Select master level to which a new level will be added for Oracle HR DEPARTMENTS Source of new level data Table 7 1 1 4 1 Specify master level Select master level to which a new level will be added and select the source type of new level data table or query 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 353 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Ma
422. right click the Users node of the explorer tree and select the New User item from the popup menu To create a new user with the same properties as one of the existing users has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit user To edit the existing user e Select the user for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the user name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit User User Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the user e Edit user definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the User Editor Drop user To drop a user e Select the user to drop in the explorer tree 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 280 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 2 1 e Right click and select the Drop User User Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window User Editor The User Editor allows you to define user properties and membership It opens when you create new user or edit the existing one see Create Userand Edit User for details Using navigation bar Editing user definition Setting Tablespace parameters Setting quotas Defining Proxy Users Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies New User SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object A User Tablespace Quotas Prom Users DDL _ S
423. ring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Tablespace Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 305 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object A SAMPLE on OracleDB B EXAMPLE v General e Print as Dependency tree g Refresh A Restore default size 5 4 8 1 2 Editing Tablespace Name Specify the name of the tablespace to be created Tablespace type Permanent Contains persistent schema objects Objects in permanent tablespaces are stored in datafiles Temporary contains schema objects only for the duration of a session Objects in temporary tablespaces are stored in tempfiles Undo A type of permanent tablespace used by Oracle Database to manage undo data if you are running your database in automatic undo management mode Logging Check the option to set the default logging attributes of all tables indexes materialized views materialized view logs and partitions within the tablespace Force logging Use this option to put the tablespace into FORCE LOGGING mode Oracle Database will log all changes to all objects in the tablespace except changes to temporary segments overriding any NOLOGGING setting for individual objects Big file Use this clause to specify that the tablespace is a bigfile tablespace A bigfile tablespace contains only one datafile or tempfile which can contain up to approximately 4 billi
424. rint M Dependency tree Refresh amp 2 Restore default size 5 3 11 1 2 Creating new index Name Set the name of the new index Schema Is the name of the schema to which the object belongs Table schema Table name Specify the schema and table on which you are defining the index Table index Cluster index Specify whether a table or cluster index should be created Logging Specify whether the creation of the index will be logged or not logged in the redo log file Reverse Enable this option to store the bytes of the index block in reverse order excluding the rowid You cannot specify No sort with this option enabled No sort specify NOSORT to indicate to the database that the rows are already stored in the database in ascending order so that Oracle does not have to sort the rows when creating the index Key compress Her you can enable key compression which eliminates repeated occurrence of key column values and may substantially reduce storage Use the Columns field to to specify the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 204 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual prefix length number of prefix columns to compress Index type Select Unique to indicate that the value of the column or columns upon which the index is based must be unique To include columns to the list move them from the Table columns list to the Index columns by double clicking or dragging their name
425. riteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting SALES PAID y All of the following are met ds 2 SALES ORDER DATE gt 01 01 1991 6 2 3 Joining two objects To associate database objects by two fields just drag one field from the object list to another This will set a link between these objects by the selected fields After you finish dragging a line will appear between the linked fields You can view and edit the properties of object association To do that aim cursor at the link line A hint containing the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 335 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual association condition will appear a CUSTOMER CUST_NO SALES X CUSTOMER CONTACT FIRST v COUNTRY x CONTACT LAST SALES REP PH NE NO v CURRENCY vi DRDER STATUS v ADDRESS_LINE1 ADDRESS_LINE2 v CITY STATE_PROVINCE POSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD vj a EA To edit the properties double click the line or right click and choose the Property item from the popup menu A dialog window will appear where you can change the association condition by choosing it from the list gt lt gt lt lt gt Link properties EJ join tables CUSTOMER and SALES CUST_NO w CUST NO C Include all from CUSTOMER Include all from SALES Also you can check or uncheck the Include all option for each object included in the association Click OK to confirm the cha
426. rmed and is divided into pages but the result is not saved anywhere During the second pass a standard report formation with saving a result in the stream is performed Page numbering This option allows to print a page numbers Columns Number This parameter specifies a number of columns for multi column reports printing Gap mm This parameter specifies width of a gap between columns 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 469 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Open the report after the wizard has finished If this option is checked the report will be opened after creating Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your page settings and click the Finish button Paper Margins Other Options Columns Hii Print to previous page Number 4 v SQL C Two pass report 1 Manager Gap mm 1009 for Oracle pen the report after the wizard has finished Click Finish to create report 9 7 2 Report Designer The Report Designer allows you to create and edit reports This tool can be opened after completion of Create Report Wizard to design a new report To edit already existing project use the appropriate Report Viewer navigation bar item This module is provided by FastReport http www fast report com and has its own help system Press F1 key in the Report Designer to call the FastReport help Please find below the instruction on how to create a si
427. rom http www oracle com technology software Besides you need your workstation to satisfy the system requirements of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Q What is the difference between the Export Import functions in SQL Manager and the Data Export Import utilities A The Data Export Import for Oracle utilities include some additional features which are not available in SQL Manager such as e export import data from to several tables simultaneously e export import data from to tables selected from different databases on one host e a command line utility to export import data using the configuration file with all the export import options Q What is the difference between the Query Builder module in SQL Manager and the SQL Query for Oracle utility A First of all SQL Query for Oracle works faster as it is a much lighter product Besides it provides additional features for query building e g e keeping query history which allows you to rollback to any edited query e various interface improvements for more productive and easier work Q What is the difference between the Extract Database function in SQL Manager for Oracle and the DB Extract for Oracle standalone utility A The DB Extract for Oracle utility includes some additional features which are not available in SQL Manager such as e extracting metadata and or data from several databases on one host e a console application for performing extract in one touch e faster extraction speed
428. rrable Rely Initially immediate O Initially deferred Exceptions processing Schema SCOTT v Table or view DEPT v 5 3 5 5 Foreign Keys Table view foreign keys are managed on the Foreign Keys tab of the Table Editor View Editor A foreign key constraint also called a referential integrity constraint designates a column as the foreign key and establishes a relationship between that foreign key and a specified primary or unique key called the referenced key A composite foreign key designates a combination of columns as the foreign key Add Foreign Key To add a foreign key to the table Open the table or view in the Table Editor View Editor Open the Foreign Keys tab Right click and select the Add Foreign Key item from the popup menu Edit foreign key properties within the Foreign Key Editor dialog Edit Foreign Key To edit foreign key e Open the table or view in the Table Editor View Editor e Open the Foreign Keys tab e Right click the foreign key and select the Edit Foreign Key item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 165 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual or simply double click the key to edit e Edit foreign key properties within the Foreign Key Editor Dialog Drop Foreign Key To drop the foreign key e Open the table view in the Table Editor View Editor e Open the Foreign Keys tab e Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Foreign Key item fr
429. ry is aborted Locations 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 141 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Use the green plus button to specify one or more external data sources red minus button removes selected location Usually the data source is a file but it need not be It is up to the access driver to interpret this information in the context of the external data The dialog called by pressing the corresponding button provides the interface to the external table access driver You specify access parameters when you create the external table The access parameters described in this chapter provide the interface to the external table access driver You specify access parameters when you create the external table Access Parameters Records Fields Character set Data endian LITTLE String size in CHARACTERS Byte order mark CHECK Skip 0 Record length 9 Fixed 256 O Variable Delimited by Delimited by new line Storage Read size 0 2 Data cache 0 4 Load when empid BLANKS lt gt Files Badfile Directory File Discardfile Directory File C Logfile MEDIA DIR Ol bad dat s DATA PUMP DIR LOG FILE DIR s XMLDIR Character set Identifies the character set of the datafile 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 142 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Data endian Indicates the endianne
430. s 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 486 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 SAMPLE General A Delete Execute Debug Refresh e Edit user SK Clear filter Procedures Functions Grantee E A CJ Packages 67996 Materialized Views BI CTXSYS DBSNMP DIP DMSYS EXFSYS Zr HR ab SYS V SESSION x z a amp SYS V STHREAD MDDATA 285 SYS VALIDATE CONTEXT MDSYS f SYS DBMS LOCK MGMT_VIEW SYS DBMS_PIPE OE SYS DBMS_REGISTRY OLAPSYS E Libraries Object Types Operators Database specific privileges Column Insert References Granted E oB 4 Granted with grant option li PROCEDURES 9 Revoke OVERLOAD Has grants for columns Eg PROCEDURE POSITION 10 1 3 Managing system privileges To edit the specific privileges of a user to the database select the database from the Database and the user from the Grantee list box at the navigation bar and the to which these privileges should be applied Right click on a cell right to the desired system privilege then select the Grant item from the popup menu to grant the privilege to the selected user role or select the Revoke item from the popup menu to forbid the selected privilege 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 487 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Grant Manager m
431. s Create Java class To create a new Java class e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Java Class in the New Object dialog e Edit Java class definition within the Java Class Editor Hint To create new Java class you can also right click the Classes node of the explorer tree and select the New Java Class item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 257 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To create a new Java class with the same properties as one of the existing Java classes has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit Java class To edit the existing Java class e Select the Java class for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the Java class name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Java Class lt Java Class_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the Java class e Edit Java class definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Java Class Editor Drop Java class To drop a Java class e Select the Java class to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Java Class lt Java Class_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 258 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 25 1 Java Class Editor Th
432. s Displays the second with a leading zero 00 59 z Displays the millisecond without a leading zero 0 999 zzz Displays the millisecond with a leading zero 000 999 t Displays the time using the Short Time Format tt Displays the time using the Long Time Format am pm Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays am for any hour before noon and pm for any hour after noon The am pm specifier can use lower upper or mixed case and the result is displayed accordingly a p Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays a for any hour before noon and p for any hour after noon The a p specifier can use lower upper or mixed case and the result is displayed accordingly ampm Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays the contents of the TimeAMString global variable for any hour before noon and the contents of the TimePMString global variable for any hour after noon Displays the date separator character using the Date Separator Displays the time separator character using the Time Separator xx xx Characters enclosed in single or double quotes are displayed as is and do not affect formatting 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 601 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 6 Language Info Editor The Language Info Editor dialog allows you to set the language name and specify the corres
433. s Save Settings Wizard allows you to export SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle settings wholly or partially to a single reg file which you can apply to SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle installed on another machine or use to backup previous settings To open the wizard select the Options Save Settings menu item e Specifying destination file e Selecting settings e Selecting databases e Saving settings Save Settings Wizard Save Settings Select the file name and location Welcome to the Save Settings Wizard This wizard allows you to save program settings into file dii The wizard will help you to select file name and settings to save SQL Manager for Oracle ae C ManagerSettings reg 12 5 1 Specifying destination file Specify a reg file to save SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle settings to 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 573 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Save Settings Wizard Save Settings Select the file name and location Welcome to the Save Settings Wizard This wizard allows you to save program settings into file The wizard will help you to select file name and settings to save SQL Manager _ for Oracle C ManagerSettings reg 12 5 2 Selecting settings The options of this step specify the information saved to the result file e g Database Registration Info Environment options etc 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 574 SQL Manager 2007 for Or
434. s To remove the columns from the list move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected types multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Use the Arrow up and Arrow down buttons to move the fields in the list up an down Use the Plus sign and Cross buttons to add delete the expression built from columns of table constants SQL functions and user defined functions New Index SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Index Storage DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB Name INDEX1 Table index Schema DE v C Cluster index General A Table schema DE g Compile Restore default size CUSTOMERS C Reverse Table name Logging Key compress No Compress Compress Index type Unique columns O Non Unique Table Columns Index Columns Name Type Order CUSTOMER_ID NUMBER DESC CUST FIRST NAME VARCHARZ DESC Type EUST ADDRES PHONE LIST T Name CUST_ADDRESS E PHONE_NUMBERS Es NLS LANGUAGE NLS TERRITORY CREDIT LIMIT VARCHAR2 VARCHAR2 NUMBER CUST LAST NAME VARCHAR DESC EMAIL VARCHAR2 ACCOUNT MGR ID CUST GEO LOCATION SDO GEOMETR EH DATE OF BIRTH DATE MARITAL STATUS VARCHAR2 E GENDER VARCHAR2 E INCOME LEVEL VARCHAR2 Oe ee M Primary Makes index a primary key Iv Fulltext Makes index fulltext Unique
435. s Viewing query logs 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 323 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Using PL SQL Code Debugger Using the context menu The context menu of SQL Editor area contains execution commands most of the standard text processing functions Cut Copy Paste Select All and functions for working with the query as a whole e g you can move the cursor to a particular line change the case of selected text view the query properties or print the text of the query Each of these operations can be also performed with the corresponding hot keys used Implementation of the Find Text and the Replace Text dialogs contributes to more efficient work with the SQL code Find the complete list of SQL Editor context menu items below The context menu allows you to execute the query selected text text under cursor and reset execution point if necessary e manage markers Drop Marker Collect Marker Swap Marker toggle bookmarks allowing you to navigate through the query text and jump to a line with a particular number perform editing operations Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Select all perform search and replace operations change case of the selected text save load a query to from an external 59 file perform preview print operations format the selected code using SQL Formatter to make the code easier to read toggle a comment for a code fragment openthe Editor Options dialog
436. s click the link at the navigation bar to perform the search 8 SAMPLEDB 008 m Qbiectype re z SCOTT PROCEDURE1 Find invalid objects z D Recompile Clear content To recompile an invalid object click corresponding link at the navigation bar 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 505 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 4 Enable Disable constraints The Enable Disable Constraints wizard allows you to enable and disable constraints it finds the them and converts them using Oracle statements Enable Disable Constraints Wizard Enable Disable constraints Specify the constraint type and the operation to be performed Operation Enable constraints Disable constraints Target Check constraints Foreign Keys Primary Key Foreign Keys reference Click Finish to convert constraints To start the wizard please select the Services Enable Disable Constraints menu item See also Services 11 4 1 Selecting target table At the first step please select target database from the list 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 506 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Enable Disable Constraints Wizard Enable Disable constraints Select the required database Welcome to the Enable Disable Constraints Wizard This wizard allows you to enable and disable constraints The wizard will find the constraints and
437. s HTML Applying changed to data See also Data View Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 361 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 1 4 1 7 1 4 2 SAMPLE on OracleDB SA w Ef HR BLOB TABLE iv 601 e Print Dependency tree 4 EMS Database Management Solutions 8 Refresh Restore default size db Table E ditor options ER Export data d E Export as SQL script j Type JPEGImage Size 10K 4 EA Import data Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 0 Navigating with the BLOB Editor The BLOB Editor provides an ability to navigate among the records using DBNavigation buttons on the toolbar Also you can load the new BLOB content and save or clear the current content by using the appropriate items on the toolbar Editing as hexadecimal dump The Hexadecimal panel allows you to edit data in hexadecimal mode Use the Ins key to switch between Insert and Overwrite modes 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 362 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 7 1 4 3 020040 30 3D 30 27 27 38 4C 39 3D 43 45 48 49 48 2B 36 O 0 8L9 CEHI H 6 00050 4F 55 4E 46 54 40 47 48 45 FF DB 00 43 01 OC 00 OUNFT GHEab C Ox0060 00 11 OF 11 21 12 12 21 45 2E 27 2E 45 45
438. s Native style 4 Splitters i Navigation bar Export settings 12 3 7 Group boxes Use the Group boxes tab to customize all SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle group boxes to your liking 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 568 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style v Save As and menus 2885 Trees and lists Border style Edit controls Ultaflat v v Check boxes c Buttons C Shadow Page controls v Native style 4 Splitters i Navigation bar Sample group Sample check box 1 C Sample check box 2 Sample check box 3 C Cis 12 3 8 Splitters Usethe Splitters tab to customize all SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle splitters to your liking 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 569 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style v Save As anc merus E 5 Trees and lists Hot zone style Edit controls Windows task bar v Check boxes Buttons Hat zone drags a splitter ES Page controls Group boxes i Navigation bar 12 3 9 Navigaton bar Use the Navigation bar tab to customize all SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle navigation bars to your liking 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 570 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual x 11 Trees and lists View style
439. s of the navigation bar allows you to kill or disconnect session selected At the lower part of the frame the information on hit ratio processes and locks is displayed Hit Ratio Process Locks 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 113 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 7 3 4 Hit Ratio This tab provides session hit ratio details and displays hit ratio dynamics graphically The hit ratio of a user session is the ratio of number of correct predictions and the total number of links the user traversed in the session Hit Ratio Details for the Session Hit Ratios Username sys 100 Terminal WRITER 90 Consistent gets 1927748 Block gets 2492 80 Physical reads 1100 70 Hit ratio 99 94 E 60 25 50 Buffer cache E 40 Q Consistent Gets 4308405 30 DBBlockGets 184944 3 Q PhysicalReads 25817 20 Hit Ratio 99 43 10 5 Dictionary Cache B Gets 448196 0 20 000 000 40 000 000 60 000 000 80 oot Get Misses 69644 Timestamp Hit Ratin Ad AR Buffer Cache Dictionary Cache Library Cache lt Sort Execute no parse Hit Ratios Process Locks 4 7 3 2 Process This tab provides details on processes and displays CPU usage by sessions graphically Parameter Value OS PID 19284 DB User SYS 0 5 User ss Login time 19 03 2007 19 02 12 Server type DEDICATED OS Machine EM
440. s option is on the program requires confirmation of metadata changing See 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 525 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 1 3 Changing Metadata window Environment Options Preferences i Fal s B Windows 9 Tools Confirm dropping of object Tg DB Explorer C Confirm exit from SQL Manager Object Editors gf SQL Editor t SQL Monitor Confirm transaction rollback Ej SQL Script Confirm deleting records 5 Query Builder Style amp Color Palette e Visual Database Designer Color Palette lt Print Metadata ERX Data Esport Fonts a Grid Data ptions cz Print Data Color amp Formats 9 Advanced Column Options 29 Localization Confirm saving of object documentation on closing editor Confirm transaction commit C Confirm metadata changing Changing Metadata window ims Lime Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes Windows Environment Style This switch allows you to define the basic window environment MDI like MS Office or Floating Windows like Borland IDE Windowsrestrictions This option allows you to set the number of editors Table Editor SQL Editor etc that can be opened at a time Zoom options This option is available only if Environment Style is Floating windows environment It allows you to set the window maximization size full screen restricted by main form restr
441. sedes any other agreement oral or written and may not be changed except by a written signed agreement 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 29 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 8 Version history Product name Version Release date SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle Version 1 4 0 1 August 17 2007 SQL Manager 2005 for Oracle Version 1 3 0 1 June 5 2007 SQL Manager 2005 for Oracle Version 1 2 0 1 March 27 2007 SQL Manager 2005 for Oracle Version 1 1 0 1 January 24 2007 SQL Manager 2005 for Oracle Version 1 0 0 1 December 5 2006 Full version history is available at http www sqlmanager net products oracle manager news Version 1 4 0 1 Backup Restore Database feature is implemented the User managed and RMAN user strategies are available Recompile Invalid Objects is also available for users who have no SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE privilege e The Dependency Tree building speed significantly increased e It was impossible to obtain data via a WITH prefixed query Fixed now e Extract to SQL script When extracting the CLOB field data as string the symbol was not processed correctly Fixed now e Key Mapping The Quick Code settings used to be displayed incorrectly Fixed now The Ctrl Alt Q key combination used to invoke procedure list in default scheme which made it impossible to enter the symbol in the German layout Fixed now A wrong script used to be generated when setting the Not Null opti
442. selected in the Grid View The selection is limited to 1000 by default so you should increase this value to select all the records to be able to export them all Also you can set the default limit value using the Grid page of the Environment Options dialog Q What is the difference between the Extract Database and Export as SQL Script functions A Export as SQL Script is intended for exporting table data that will be inserted into a database system other than Oracle Use Extract Database Wizard to copy metadata and or data to a database Oracle afterwards Q How can I change the default directory where exported data are saved A Follow the steps below to change the default directory 1 Right click the database alias in DB Explorer and select the Database Registration Info context menu item you can also find this item in the Database main menu to open the Database Registration Info dialog 2 Proceed to the Directories section within the dialog 3 Set the Default directory for Export Data Scroll to top If you still have any questions contact us at our Support Center 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 36 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 10 Other EMS Products Quick navigation 9 MySQL Microsoft SQL PostgreSQL InterBase Oracle IBM DB2 DBISAM Tools amp FireBird components MySQL 89 SQL Management Studio for MySQL EMS SQL Manage
443. ses Working with database objects Using database popup menu Using object popup menu Switching between child windows Enjoy your work with SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle 0 Manager 2007 for Oracle UNREGISTERED SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLEDB Table HR EMPLOYEES SAMPLEDB on OraDB Database View Tools Options Windows BLOB_TABLE Ef COUNTRIES Ef DEPARTMENTS EMPLOYEES JOB HISTORY Joes LOCATIONS MATERIALIZE REGIONS Views 1 amp EMP_DETAILS Procedures 380 Functions Triggers amp X DB and Schema Tri Indices t 3 Packages 9 Package Bodies H Sequences 8 Clusters 89 18 Materialized Views 59 i8 Materialized View L ai Synonyms 8 88 Database Links 8 Object Types 89 4 Object Type Bodies Array Types 9 2 Libraries zl Java Sources zl Java Classes 8 s Java Resources E Index Types PLEDB on OraDB Schemas HA T Field E REGION ID iE REGION NAME VARCHAR2 25 NUMBER HR EMP DETAILS VIEw Object EJ SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLE HR EMPLOYEES iv General EJ 8 Table properties Print 2E Dependency tree 8 Refresh Table Editor options Data Management EX Export data EX Export as SQL script GS Import data Explorer 185 Fields 11 ia E EMPLOYEE ID NUMBERI E FIRST NAME VARCHAR E LAST NAM
444. setting all necessary options for building user managed backup script Also the wizard will quide you through the backup process with Oracle Recovery Manager used SQL Database m SAMPLEDB on OraDB S amp MPLEDB v Manager for Oracle Script directory j CAEMS Backup directory c NBackupl Backup using User managed script wizard Recovery manager Then at the Backup using group select the desired backup strategy 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 510 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual User managed backup script or Recovery manager RMAN See also Restore Database Services 11 5 1 Checking DB and instance options Database and destination directories specified at the previous step please check current database settings for selected User managed script backup strategy Then select the desired backup mode online or cold During cold backup the database is shut down and copying of the datafiles is performed by means of the operating system itself In online mode there is no need to shutdown the database but the it needs to be in the ARCHIVELOG mode Oracle Backup Database Wizard Oracle Backup Database Current database and instance options Check current database options And choose between the two ways online or cold backup Parameter Name Parameter Value Database name SAMPLEDB Instance name sampledb Version 10 2 0 1 0 Archivemode NOARCH
445. should be recorded in the materialized view log Sequence numbers are necessary to support fast refresh after some update scenarios Specify With filter columns for the columns whose values you want to be recorded in the materialized view log for all rows that are changed Fields for materialized view log To specify the fields whose values are to be recorded into the materialized view log move them from the Available Fields list to the Selected fields by double clicking or dragging them To remove the fields from the index move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected fields multiple fields are selected by Ctrl or Shift s New Materialized View Log SAMPLE on OracleDB _ Object 4 Materialized view log Storage DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name Genoa Schema HR vi g Compile Log table name COUNTRIES v Restore default size Cache Logging New values Cache Logging Default Inclulding Nocache Nologging Excluding With object ID C With primary key With filter columns With ROWID C With sequence Available EN Selected 1 COUNTRY NAME COUNTRY ID E REGION ID 6 6 6 5 3 18 Synonyms Synonym is an alternative name for a table view sequence procedure stored function package materialized view Java class schema object user defined object type or another synonym Create synonym To create a new syn
446. sing object dependencies is New Materialized View Log SAMPLE on OracleDB OREA 4 Materialized view log Storage DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name General 5 HR LM Compile Log table name COUNTRIES vj Restore default size Cache Logging New values Cache Logging Default Inclulding Nocache Nologging Excluding With object ID C With primary key With filter columns With ROWID C With sequence Available Selected Ed COUNTRY NAME COUNTRY ID REGION ID E E EX 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 230 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 17 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a materialized view log for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current materialized view log definition Print metadata of the current materialized view log View Dependency Tree for the materialized view log Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size 5 3 17 1 2 Editing Materialized View Log definition Name Specify the name of the materialized view log to be created Schema Specify the schema containing the materialized view log master table Table Specify the name of the master table for which the materialized view log is to be created Cache For data that will be acc
447. specially among mathematicians and physicists macroextension of TeX pack developed by D Knut 9 XML A markup language for documents containing structured information xm 9 DBF Database file format dbf used by dBASE and a number of xBASE applications 9 MS Excel 2007 The contemporary e table format used by Microsoft Excel 2007 x sx The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Excel 2007 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 604 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual MS Word 2007 The contemporary text processing format used by Microsoft Word 2007 docx The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Word 2007 9 opF Spreadsheets OASIS Open Document Format for Office Applications open document file format for spreadsheets ods used by a number of applications including OpenOffice org and KOffice ODF text OASIS Open Document Format for Office Applications open document file format for word processing odt documents used by a number of applications including OpenOffice org and KOffice 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 605 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 16 9 To Do List The To Do List window allows you to make up a list of tasks for the database To call this window select the View To Do List main menu item or use the Shift Ctrl T shortcut The task list is displayed in a form of a grid Its colum
448. ss of data whose byte order may vary depending on the platform that generated the datafile String size in Indicates whether the lengths specified for character strings are in bytes or characters Byte order mark Specify whether or not the datafile should be checked for the presence of a byte order mark BOM e UNCHECK indicates that the datafile should not be checked for a BOM and that all the data in the datafile should be read as data e CHECK indicates that the datafile should be checked for a BOM This is the default behavior for a datafile in a Unicode character set Skip Skips the specified number of records in the datafile before loading This parameter can only be specified when nonparallel access is being made to the data Record length Fixed Identifies the records as all having a fixed size of length bytes The size specified for Fixed records must include any record termination characters such as newlines Compared to other record types fixed length fields in fixed length records are the easiest field and record formats for the access driver to process Variable Indicates that the records have a variable length and that each record is preceded by a character string containing a number with the count of bytes for the record The length of the character string containing the count field is the size argument that follows the Variable parameter Note that size indicates a count of bytes not characters The count at the b
449. st PORT 1521 NAMES DIRECTORY PATH TNSNAMES NAMESCTL NO INITIAL SERVER TRUE NAMESCTL INTERNAL USE TRUE NAMESCTL NOCONFIRM ON NAMESCTL SERVER PASSWORD iSptV12983 TRACE LEVEL CLIENT ADMIN TRACE FILE CLIENT traceOl TRACE DIRECTORY CLIENT USE TRUE USE DEDICATED SERVER ON SOLNET A UTHENTICATION SERVICES KERBEROSS SQLNET IDENTIX FINGERPRINT DATABASE db01 SQLNET ENCRYPTION TYPES CLIENT RC4 256 SQLNET CRYPTO SEED SOLNET A UTHENTICATION KERBEROSS SERVICE kerb SQLNET AUTHENTICATION GSSAPI SERVICE service SQLNET IDENTIX FINGERPRINT DATABASE USER user weklrhflkdfl sdfhz sdlf haldfgha43253980pg34rt4ert All 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 105 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 5 Oracle client checker The Oracle client checker dialog allows you to check the validity of Oracle client It also provide common information on client settings The Oracle client checker dialog is called by pressing the appropriate button at the Register Database Wizard also available at the Database Registration Info dialog Oracle Client Checker Oracle Home Detail Oracle Home Name OraHomeS0O Oracle Home C oracle ora90 OCI Version Version 9 0 TNS names file OK Oracle SID Nis Lang AMERICAN_AMERICA WESISO8859P1 SQL Bin OK SQL Path C oracle oraS0 dbs RDBMS Archive RDBMS Control 2007 EM
450. t O Fields Primary unique keys Foreign keys O Triggers Definition Description Procedure details in SQL Assistant Parameters Definition Function details in SQL Assistant Parameters Definition Other objects details in SQL Assistant Definition Description 12 1 4 2 Object Editors Convert created object s names to uppercase Set this option to create all objects with names in uppercase Always open the Fields tab Always opens the Fields tab default on activating the Table Editor M Show Object Explorer Enables disables displaying the object explorer tree by default at the left of each Editor Table M Do not retrieve record count for a table Enable this option for not to retrieve record count as this can take a long time for large tables 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 529 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Environment Options Ei Preferences F Confirmations Al B Windows 3 4 Tools Convert created object s names to upper case E DB Explorer Always open on first tab gf SQL Editor Table E ditor 3 SQL Monitor Always open the Fields tab SQL Script Show Object Explorer gt B Query Builder Style amp Color Palette C Do not retrieve record count for a table Visual Database Designer Color Palette ga Print Metadata ER Data Export Fonts Grid F Data Options lt Print Data Color amp Formats
451. t This list is used to negotiate a mutually acceptable algorithm with the other end of the connection lt gt lt gt To include an item from to the Selected move it from the Available list to the by double clicking or dragging their names To remove an item from the list move it back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected items multiple selection can be performed using Ctrl or Shift Please note that you need to switch to the Server tab to form a list of encryption algorithms used by server Encryption seed The characters that form the value for this parameter can be used to seed the random number generator that is used to generate cryptographic key material The more random the characters entered into this field are the stronger the keys are 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 98 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Authentication Integrity and Encryption TCP IP Access Rights SSL Encryption Client Server Encryption type ACCEPTED v Available Methods 3DES168 RC4_128 3DES112 RC4 56 DES RC4 40 Selected Methods RC4 255 E 0 A x Encryption seed weklrhflkdfl sdfhz sdlf haldfgha43253980pq34rt4ert Integrity po Ulient Server Checksum level REQUESTED v Available Methods SHA1 Selected Methods MD5 ES A Integrity This p
452. t Solutions 297 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 12 New Resource Plan SAMPLE on OracleDB Object 4 Resource Plan Directives Options Directives Comments Description DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB RESOURCEPLAN General b g Compile GA Restore default size Active Available groups and subplans Available Selected S AUTO_TASK_CONSUMER_GROUP OTHER GROUPS S DEFAULT_CONSUMER_GROUP INTERNAL PLAN 28 LOW GROUP 9 5v5 GROUP INTERNAL QUIESCE iz SYSTEM PLAN 5 4 6 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a resource plan for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current resource plan definition Print metadata of the current resource plan View Dependency Tree for the resource plan Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Resource Plan Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 298 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual gt Object SAMPLE on OracleDB w INTERNAL PLAN gt gt General c Print 2B Dependency tree g Refresh Eal Restore default size 5 4 6 1 2 Editing Resource Plan Use Resource Plan Editor to define resource plans Name The name of the resource plan Avai
453. t fields to export Available fields Selected fields EMAIL EMPLOYEE ID PHONE NUMBER FIRST NAME HIRE DATE LAST NAME JOB ID SALARY COMMISSION PCT MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT ID 2 E E A 8 3 5 Editing result SQL script This step is available only if Add CREATE TABLE statement option was checked on the Setting destination file name step of the Wizard It allows you to edit the SQL script for creating table 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 427 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 3 6 Export as SQL Script HR EMPLOYEES Export as SQL Script Edit the table definition CREATE TABLE HR EMNPLOYEES EMPLOYEE ID NUMBER 6 0 NOT HULL FIRST NAME VARCHAR2 20 LAST NAME VARCHAR2 25 HULL EMAIL VARCHAR2 25 HOT HULL SQL PHONE NUMBER VARCHAR2 20 Manager HIRE DATE DATE HULL JOB ID VARCHAR2 10 NOT NULL for Oracle SALARY NUMBER S 2 COMMISSION PCT NUMBER 2 2 MANAGER ID HUMBER 6 0 DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER 4 0 PCTFREE 10 iv THTTDAWS 1 i Cancel Setting export options Specify export options according to your needs Check Load generated script into Script Editor option to load the result to SQL Script Editor after executing Choose if the block of records should be commited and define the size of the block Click Finish butt
454. t from the project e Right click the object and select the Remove Object menu item e Confirm removing in the dialog window Note This does not drop the object out of database but only removes it from the project tree 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 60 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Databases G OraDB 5 8 OracleDB 5 9 SAMPLE OracleDB Schemas 29 Contexts Tablespaces Rallback Segments Redo Log Groups Reports Rename Folder Shift Ctrl Del Ins Remove Folder Favourites Add Object Database Registration Info New Tab from Here Rename Current T ab 7171777 Delete Current Tab Find Item Ctrl F 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 61 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 5 Navigating database objects with tabs To make your work with Database Explorer even more convenient SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle supports working with several tabs in Database Explorer Use tabs when you wish to work only with exact node of explorer tree with one specific database with tables of some database or with specific database project Creating such tabs will minimize scrolling on the large trees For example you can create a tab for each registered database and switch between them with a single click on a tab Creating tab To create a new tab e Right click the node for which you wish
455. t list and select a source Access field from the right list then click Add button This adds a link for these fields to the lower list Click Remove or Clear button to remove the selected or all items from the lower list Use Auto Fill button to set the correspondence between the source and target fields according to the way they are ordered 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 413 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 2 3 3 C Data Import Import Data Set the accordance between source and target table fields Destination Fields Add Source Fields DEPARTMENT ID E EMP_NO Auto Fill FIRST_NAME LAST NAME PHONE EXT X Clear ES HIRE DATE Remove Destination Fields HIRE_DATE EMAIL MANAGER_ID COMMISSION_PCT JOB_COUNTRY JOB_GRADE JOB_CODE DEPT_NO PHONE_NUMBER HIRE_DATE PHONE_EXT BES LACT MAME wv DBF LACT BARC Select a target field from the left list and select a source DBF field from the right list then click Add button This adds a link for these fields to the lower list Click Remove or Clear buttons to remove the selected or all items from the lower list Use Auto Fill button to set the correspondence between the source and target fields according to the way they are ordered Use Skip deleted records option to ch ose skipping records marked as deleted 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions
456. t of the registered databases where those you are connected to are displayed in bold Double clicking the database alias in the SQL Assistant connects you to the database or disconnects you from it If you select a database in the DB Explorer the SQL Assistant displays the list of the database object groups and a number of objects for each group Selecting an object group in the DB Explorer displays the list of objects in the SQL Assistant Double clicking the object name in the SQL Assistant makes the object available for editing in the proper editor window Right clicking the object or group of objects selected with the Ctrl or Shift buttons allows you to edit or drop the selected objects What is displayed in SQL Assistant when a table is selected DB Explorer depends on the position of the Tables Details switch It can be called via the View Mode button Tables Details menu on the toolbar or via the popup menu of the SQL Assistant Selecting other objects in the DB Explorer displays its DDL definition or description in the SQL Assistant depending on position of the Other Objects Details switch It can be called via the View Mode button Other Objects Details menu on the toolbar or via the popup menu of the SQL Assistant X Views 1 Procedures 2 44 Functions 0 Table Details 7 Show Fields Triggers Unkn View Details gt Show Primary Unique Keys serene gere a Proced
457. t the left of attribute according to its type primary key foreign key ordinary field M Show grid Displays dots on the diagram area to make the grid visible Snap to grid 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 535 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Automatically aligns entities on the form with the nearest gridline You cannot place an entity in between gridlines Grid size Sets grid spacing in pixels along the x and y axes Specify a higher number to increase grid spacing Entity header font Select a font type and size to dislpay entity headers Attributes font Select a font type and size to dislpay attributes You can set color for all database designer diagram objects by using Color Palette Environment Options t3 Preferences Visual Database Designer Confirmations ean isual settings Windows Tools Model notation IDEF 1x Integration DEFinition of for information modeling DB Explorer Draw PRIMARY KEY fields separately Object Editors Draw entities icons df SQL Editor Draw attributes icons 3 SQL Monitor SQL Script Grid options B Query Builder Show arid Sie So Se Snap to grid Visual Database Designer Color Palette Grid sze x 10 10 2 5 Print Metadata Data Esport Entity header font een E Name iP Verdana v Size 8 ia 7 a ta Opti Attributes font E Data Options 7 cz Print Data Hama Size 8
458. t to collapse current DB Explorer tree branch and switch to the parent node 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 54 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Databases 5 18 OracleDB 5 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB 81 Schemas 29 _ amp ANONYMOUS o dE Bl fi CTXSYS 9 02 DBSNMP 28 DIP 9 09 DMSYS fis EXFSYS HR 6S Tables 9 c amp Views 1 ab EMP DETAILS VIEW 98 Procedures 2 38 Functions Triggers 2 Count Al Views Procedures 31 Functions Triggers DB and Schema Triggers Indices WWWWTu ur sswusususmsuawuuuusuwsusussssssses Packages 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 55 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 1 Managing database registration info Database Explorer allows you to perform the following operations related with registering databases from its popup menu e Register database e Unregister database e Edit database registration info k Create Databases 5 18 OracleDB 3 SAMPLE on 5 Schemas 29 12 ANONYMOUS H CTXSYS DBSNMP DIP 9 00 DMSYS Gf EXFSYS 2 g HR Tables 9 2e Views 1 h EMP DET 91380 Procedures Functions 8 1 Triggers 2 Connect to Database Shift Ctrl C Shift Ctrl D tH Register Database Shift Alt R Unregister Database Shift Alt U amp amp 4 m Unregister Database Group
459. tabase backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for Oracle Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 40 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual GE ui 1 i gl e amp Data Comparer for Oracle Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top SQL Management Studio for DB2 EMS SQL Management Studio for DB2 is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for DB2 Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for DB2 Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for DB2 Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for DB2 Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL Oracle MySQL
460. ted all of them except BLOBs will be exported Available fields Selected fields PHONE NUMBER EMPLOYEE ID HIRE DATE FIRST NAME amp JOB ID LAST NAME SQL E SALARY EMAIL E COMMISSION PCT for Oracle MANAGER ID DEPARTMENT ID Allow captions nr eR 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 379 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 1 3 Adjusting data formats This step allows you to customize formats applied to exported data Edit the format masks to adjust the result format in the way you need For more details see Format specifiers Export Data Wizard Data Wizard Export Data Adjust formats for exported data if necessary Data formats Integer format HHHH HHO pu Float format Date format dd MM yyyy SQL Time format h mm Manager DateTime format dd MM yyyy h mm for Oracle Currency format p Null string null 8 1 4 Setting header and footer Set header and footer text for the result file This text will appear before or after data in the result file respectively 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 380 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 8 1 5 1 Data Wizard Export Data Define headers and footers for the result files Employee Exported List Data Export Ens SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle gt Setting format specific options Data Export Options
461. ter tables of a materialized view are modified then the data in the materialized view must be updated to make the materialized view accurately reflect the data currently in its master tables Here you can schedule the times and specify the method and mode for the database to refresh the materialized view Refresh type Correlates with the corresponding server refresh methods NEVER FAST COMPLETE and FORCE Refresh time type Correlates with the corresponding server refresh methods ON COMMIT ON DEMAND AUTOMATIC Refresh method Specify Primary key to create a primary key materialized view Primary key materialized views allow materialized view master tables to be reorganized without affecting the eligibility of the materialized view for fast refresh Specify RowID to create a rowid materialized view RowID materialized views are useful if the materialized view does not include all primary key columns of the master tables Start with Specify a datetime expression for the first automatic refresh time 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 225 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Next Specify a datetime expression for calculating the interval between automatic refreshes a eee Materialized view Refresh Storage Using index Description DDL Refresh Do not define refresh options 9 Define refresh options Refresh type Refresh time type Refresh method O None None None Never O
462. ter with the same properties as one of the existing clusters has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit cluster 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 216 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual To edit the existing cluster e Select the cluster for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the cluster name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Cluster lt Cluster_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the cluster e Edit cluster definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Cluster Editor Drop cluster To drop a cluster e Select the cluster to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Cluster lt Cluster_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 217 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 15 1 Cluster Editor The Cluster Editor allows you to define default properties It opens when you create a new default or edit the existing one see Create Cluster and Edit Cluster for details To open a view in the Cluster Editor double click it in the explorer tree Using navigation bar Editing cluster definition Object storage attributes Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 55 New Cluster SAMPLE on OracleDB
463. tered databases sorted by its aliases in the DB Explorer tree lv Rename objects by editing in place Allows you to edit object names right in the DB Explorer by selecting them and clicking on them one more time Recent objects count Defines the number of objects displayed on the Recent tab of the DB Explorer Tables Details in SQL Assistant Switches the SQL Assistant mode for displaying table fields indices foreign keys table status definition or description 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 528 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Preferences Confirmations B Windows GM Tools EBObjctEdtos gf SQL Editor 3 SQL Monitor SQL Script 5 Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette b Print Metadata ERX Data Esport Fonts a Grid Data ptions 25 Print Data Color amp Formats 9 Advanced Column Options 29 Localization fg DB Explorer Environment Options E3 DB Explorer General options Show database groups C Show table subobjects C Show view subobjects C Sort by aliases C Rename objects by editing in place C Refresh object on showing in SQL Assistant Recent objects count 109 Table details in SQL Assistant Fields Primary unique keys O Foreign keys O Checks O Indices O Triggers Table status Definition Description View details in SOL Assistan
464. teristics for the rollback segment For more information see Storage attributes New Rollback Segment SAMPLE on OracleDB Joe Object 4 Rollback Segment L DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB w Name ROLLBACKSEGMENT1 Tablespace EXAMPLE C Public C Online General a g Compile A Restore default size Storage Initial size DEFALILT v Bytes Byte calculator Bytes Gigabytes Megabytes Kilobytes Bytes 0 EN 0 p Bytes Result 1048576 bytes Extents Extents 5 4 10 Redo Log Groups Use Redo Log Group Editor to add one or more redo log file groups to the specified thread or instance making them available to the instance to which the thread is assigned Create redo log group To create a new redo log group e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Redo Log Group in the New Object dialog e Edit redo log group definition within the Redo Log Group Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 312 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 4 10 1 Hint To create new redo log group you can also right click the Redo Log Groups node of the explorer tree and select the New Redo Log Group item from the popup menu To create a new redo log group with the same properties as one of the existing redo log groups has e Selectthe Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit redo log group To edit the exist
465. tes column statistics even if locked No invalidate Does not invalidate the dependent cursors if checked 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 503 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 3 Recompile invalid objects The Recompile Invalid Objects service allows you look up for inavlid object in selected schema and recompile its definition To start the service please select the Services Recompile Invalid Objects menu item e Recompile Invalid Objects a Schema SCOTT J SAMPLEDB on OraDB w Obisct t Procedure Database General _ Object ID Object Name 2 s BOSSS TSCOTTPROCEDURET J Find invalid objects D Recompile w Clear content 1 invalid objects found See also Services 11 3 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database for editing within the current window General bar e Look for invalid objects e Recompile selected objects e Clear the content of current window The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Recompile invalid objects service 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 504 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 SAMPLEDB on w ps Find invalid objects D Recompile w Clear content 11 3 2 Working with recompile service Select the schema and object type at the corresponding boxe
466. the first one again if a second one is not specified Everything between those two delimiters is considered part of the field The Optionally parameter means the Start End delimiters can either both be present or both be absent Trim Used to specify that spaces should be trimmed from the beginning of a text field the end of a text field or both Spaces include blanks and other nonprinting characters such as tabs line feeds and carriage returns 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 145 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Missing field values are null Indicates that if there is not enough data in a record for all fields then those fields with missing data values are set to NULL Reject rows with all null fields Indicates that a row will not be loaded into the external table if all referenced fields in the row are null The Field list group identifies the fields in the datafile and their datatypes Field name is a string identifying the name of a field in the datafile Data type Indicates the datatype of the field If datatype is omitted the access driver assumes the datatype is CHAR 255 Size Define the maximum size for the Data type StartPos Number of bytes or characters from the beginning of the record to where the field begins It positions the start of the field at an absolute spot in the record rather than relative to the position of the previous field EndPos Indicates the a
467. three digits to the left of the decimal point The placement and number of characters in the format string does not affect the output except to indicate that thousand separators are wanted E Scientific notation If any of the strings E E e or e are contained in the format string the number is formatted using scientific notation A group of up to four 0 characters can immediately follow the E E e or e to determine the minimum number of digits in the exponent The E and formats cause a plus sign to be output for positive exponents and a minus sign to be output for negative exponents The E and e formats output a sign character only for negative exponents Date Time format Displays the date using the format using the Short Date Format followed by the time using the Long Time Format The time is not displayed if the date time value indicates midnight precisely d Displays the day as a number without a leading zero 1 31 dd Displays the day as a number with a leading zero 01 31 ddd Displays the day as an abbreviation Sun Sat using the strings of the Short Day Names dddd 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 599 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Displays the day as a full name Sunday Saturday using the strings of the Long Day Names ddddd Displays the date using the Short Date Format dddddd Displays the date using the Long Date Format
468. ting ones SQL M anager Select master level to which a new level will be added for Oracle HR DEPARTMENTS Source of new level data Table 7 1 1 4 3 Selecting detail table Specify the schema and select a table for the detail view at the corresponding drop down lists Set Show tables related by foreign keys only option to narrow list of selectable tables 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 355 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard 9 Create Grid Level Wizard Select table Select source table for the level Table schema HR Table name SQL Show tables related by forg for Oracle 7 1 1 4 4 Bind master and detail levels Define pairs of fields to link master and detail level data sources 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 356 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard Bind master and detail levels Master Level Key Fields Detail Level Key Fields DEPARTMENT NAME E MANAGER 10 LOCATION ID Links Between Master amp EMP DEPT F DEPARTMENT_ID DEPARTMENT_ID 7 1 1 4 5 Specify additional parameters Set the caption for the new level and set the type of view for the level as a table or as a card Click Finish to create new grid level 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 357 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual
469. tion bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 286 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object bar e Select a database and a role for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current role definition Print metadata of the current role View Dependency Tree for the role Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Role Editor Object A SAMPLE on OracleDB w DELETE CATALOG General A a Print Dependency tree 2 Refresh A Restore default size 5 4 3 1 2 Editing role definition Name Specify the name of the role to be created Authentication method Password authentication Indicates that the user must specify password to log on to the database Set the password and confirm it at the corresponding boxes Operating system authentication A user must be authenticated by an external service such as an operating system or a third party service In this case Oracle relies on authentication by the operating system or third party service to ensure that a specific external user has access to a specific database user Global authentication A user must be authorized by the enterprise directory service Oracle Internet Directory Not identified Indicates that this role is authorized by the database and that no pass
470. tions EXFSYS wM ADMIN ROLE XDBADMIN 9 XDBWEBSERVICES 2 Refresh 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 489 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 10 2 10 2 1 Job Manager Job Manager allows you to create schedule and run single or recurring execution of the tasks in database Job routine is a stored procedure PL SQL anonymous block or external C Java procedure Jobs are executed in server processes in the background mode e Managing jobs e Job Editor The navigation bar on the left allows you to Servers bar e Select a server to operate with General bar Refresh the content of the active tab Add a new job Edit the current job Delete an existing job Start current job Bring the window to its default size ds Job Manager BAX 4 This Date Next Date Last Date Fee NAS on DraDB NAS D Start Job 09 2 sol N A 02 09 2006 N dbms General ct sys New Job N A 09 11 2006 11 09 2006 15 12 54 dbms r 8 Refresh list 85 Edit Job N 22 11 2006 N dbms r ie Delete Job New job E dit job Refresh List dg Delete job D Start job Managing jobs Select corresponding items of the navigation bar or use the context menu of Job Manager to create edit delete and run a job To open a job in the Job Editor you can also double click its name Note that current user can only run a job ma
471. tistics Expert wizard allows you to collect various statistics as an aid to improve the performance Recompile Invalid Objects Wizard The Recompile Invalid Objects service allows you look up for inavlid object in selected schema and recompile its definition Enable Disable Constraints Wizard The Enable Disable Constraints wizard allows you to enable and disable constraints it finds the them and converts them using Oracle statements Backup Database The Backup Database wizard is intended for creating backups of your Oracle database Restore Database The Restore Database wizard is intended for restoring your Oracle database from backups 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 495 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 11 1 Truncate The Truncate Wizard allows you to truncate tables and clusters in the selected database To start the wizard please select the Services Truncate menuitem Truncate Table Cluster Wizard Truncate Wizard Select the database and object type to truncate Welcome to the Truncate Wizard This wizard allows you to truncate tables and clusters in the selected database The wizard will truncate objects using Oracle statements and show you current tables or clusters status Database SAMPLEDB on OraDB SAMPLEDB EBlse See also Services 11 1 1 Selecting objects to truncate At the first step please select target database from the list a
472. to the fields and rows correspond to the records Clicking the column caption sorts data by the values of this column in ascending or descending mode The navigation bar allows you to switch the records quickly insert update or delete records The navigation bar of the parent tool as well as the grip popup menu provides you with the following data functions Export Data Import Data Export As SQL Script and more The popup menu of the grid also provides the following additional functions use current field value as a filter set the field value as Null edit BLOB for BLOB fields see BLOB Viewer Editor Note The status bar displays the number of records in the current data set e Grouping data within the grid e Filtering records e Working in multi level mode e Viewing data in card view Fields Foreign Keys Checks Indices Triggers Dependencies FIRST_NAME Lex LAST NAME De Haan EMAIL MAM 4 M A v x Ca X s SP Find Drag a column header here to group by that column LDEHAAN 515 123 4568 515 123 4569 Description PHONE_NUMBER Alexander Hunold AHUNOLD 590 423 4567 Bruce Ernst BERNST 530 423 4568 David T Austin DAUSTIN 590 423 4569 Valli Pataballa VPATABAL 590 423 4560 Diana Lorentz DLORENTZ 590 423 5567 Nancy Greenberg NGREENBE 515 124 4569 Daniel Faviet DFAVIET 515 124 4163 John
473. to the new Ing file in the dialog window The new language is added to the list of available languages Now you can set it as a program interface language via the Select Program Language dialog or the Localization tab ofthe Environment Options 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 584 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 14 1 Localization Editor The Localization Editor window allows you to edit the captions and hints of any SQL Manager window if the selected program language is different from the default one call this window use the Shift Ctr L shortcut in any child window of SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle The working area of the window contains the element names and the corresponding strings divided by the character These strings are what you see in the program as menu items window captions button hints etc Edit them to change the program appearance Be careful and do not edit the identifiers that stand before the character this will not produce any effect For your convenience the Find and Replace features are provided the corresponding pe age toolbar buttons are used to call the Find Text dialog or the Replace Text dialog respectively The Search Again button enables the repeated search for the text that was last searched 1i Localization Editor fmOraSQLBuilder Caption Visual Query Builder ngDatabase Caption Database ngGeneral Caption General nbgBuilder Caption Visual
474. to the table Open the table inthe Table Editor Open the Indices tab Right click and select the New Index item from the popup menu Edit the index properties within the Index Editor Edit Index To edit the table index Open the table inthe Table Editor Open the Indices tab e Right click the index and select the Edit Index Index Name or simply double click the index to edit e Edit the index properties within the Index Editor Drop Index To drop the table index e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Indices tab e Right click on the index to drop and select the Drop Index item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 173 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 5 8 Triggers Atable trigger is a stored PL SQL block associated with a table Table view triggers are managed on the Triggers tab of the Table Editor View Editor Create Trigger To add a trigger to the table or view e Open the table or view in the Table Editor View Editor e Openthe Triggers tab e Right click and select the New Trigger item from the popup menu 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 174 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Edit the trigger properties within the Trigger Editor Edit Trigger To edit the trigger e Open the table view in the Table Editor View Editor e Open the Triggers tab e Right
475. tore default size Table schema Table name V Logging Key compress No Compress Compress OE CUSTOMERS C Reverse Index type Unique O Non Unique z Table Columns Index Columns 3 Order CUSTOMER_ID NUMBER DESC E CUST FIRST NAME DESC gjCUST LAST NAME VARCHARz DESC CUST ADDRESS CUST ADDRES g PHONE NUMBERS PHONE LIST T ES INLS LANGUAGE IVARCHAR2 amp gNLS TERRITORY VARCHAR2 CREDIT LIMIT NUMBER CUST EMAIL IVARCHAR2 E ACCOUNT MGR ID NUMBER E CUST_GEO_LOCATION SDO_GEOMETA EH DATE DF BIRTH DATE EgMARITAL STATUS VARCHAR2 E GENDER VARCHAR2 j INCOME LEVEL VARCHAR2 Availability Windows Full Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 11 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and an index for editing within the current window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 203 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual General bar e Compile the current index Print metadata of the current index View Dependency Tree for the index Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Index Editor Object a SAMPLE on OracleDB w DE CUST ACCOUNT ve General A P
476. tored procedure function has parameters the Input Parameter dialog appears before executing it It allows you to specify the values for all parameters After changes are done click the OK button to execute the stored procedure function or the Cancel button to abort the execution 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 188 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual T Input Parameters P_IN v Null Number 05 PES ES JE dA 5 3 8 Functions A stored function also called userfunction or user defined function is a set of PL SQL statements you can call by name Stored functions are very similar to procedures except that a function returns a value to the environment in which it is called User functions can be used as part of a SQL expression Create Function To create a new user defined function e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Function in the New Object dialog e Edit user defined function definition within the Function Editor Hint To create new user defined function you can also right click the Functions node of the explorer tree and select the New Function item from the popup menu To create a new user defined function with the same properties as one of the existing user defined functions has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit Function To edit the existing
477. trace files can co exist TNSPing utility Trace level Turn tracing on off If set to on sets a specific level of tracing for the TNSPing utility Trace directory Specify the destination directory for the TNSPing utility trace file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 103 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual General Naming Oracle Advanced Security Utilities Eile Contents Oracle Enterprise Manager Daemon Trace level v Trace directory Trace mask Oracle Names Control utility Server password Encrypt password internally Enable a set of internal undocumented commands Suppress any connection error messages Trace level Trace directory Trace file name 9 9 lt C Trace file name should be unique TNSPing utility Trace level Trace directory lt 4 4 5 Viewing file contents At this tab you may see the result SQLNET ORA Network Configuration file contents The contents can be saved to file or copied to clipboard With the help of the navigation bar you can load an existing TNS file to be edited either 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 104 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual within the Profile Parameter Editor or manually General Naming Oracle Advanced Security Utilities File Contents NANES PREFERRED SERVERS ADDRESS LIST ADDRESS PROTOCOL tcp HOST Ho
478. trieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for InterBase Firebird Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top SQL Management Studio for Oracle EMS SQL Management Studio for Oracle is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for Oracle Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for Oracle Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for Oracle Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for Oracle Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL MySQL DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to Oracle Data Generator for Oracle Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for Oracle Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for Oracle Create da
479. ts of an optional list of local variables and their data types and a block of statements in Oracle procedure and trigger language bracketed by BEGIN and END These statements are performed when the trigger fires 0 New DB or Schema Trigger SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object Trigger 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name DBTRIGGER1 C Disabled n Event General a Schema DE DDL Database g Trigger type Trigger on Compile E Restore default size Before Database Analy Associate statistics Audit O After Schema Comment Create Disassociate statistics IlF IDop A Body when Use PL SQL Block Use existing procedure DECLARE variable name datatype statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception_name THEN Indices An index is a schema object that contains an entry for each value that appears in the indexed column s of the table or cluster and provides direct fast access to rows Create index To create a new index 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 201 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 11 1 e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select index inthe New Object dialog e Edit index definition within the Index Editor Hint To create new index you can also right click the Indices node of the explorer tree and select the New index item from the popup menu To creat
480. type the first letters of the object type name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Object Type Object Type Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the object type e Edit object type definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Object Type Editor Drop object type To drop a object type e Select the object type to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Object Type lt Object Type_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 3 20 1 Object Type Editor The Object Type Editor allows you to define object type properties It opens when you create new object type or edit the existing one see Create object type and Edit object type for details Using navigation bar Editing object type definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 239 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 15 New Object Type SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Object Type DDL Sheer cee TYPE ORDSYS OBJTYPE1 AS OBJECT 3 SAMPLE on racleDB Ad Toggle Bookmarks attribute name datatype General Undo Ctrl eZ ere MEMBER PROCEDURE procedure nam Fedo Cie parami IN OUT datatype A Restore default size param2 IN datatype DEFAULT d MEMBER FUNCTION function name parami IN OUT datatype Ctrl V param2 IN datatype
481. types including the new BINARY FLOAT and BINARY DOUBLE types and others It offers plenty of powerful tools for experienced users such as Visual Database Designer Visual Query Builder and powerful BLOB editor to satisfy all their needs SOL Manager for Oracle has a state of the art graphical user interface with a well described wizard system so clear in use that even a newbie will not be confused with it All EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle EMS SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle is a powerful graphical tool for Oracle Server administration and development Its easy to use graphical interface and rich functionality will make your work with Oracle as easy as it can bel SOL Manager 2007 Lite for Oracle EMS SOL Manager 2007 Lite for Oracle 1s a light and easy to use freeware graphical tool for Oracle administration It has minimal required set of instruments for those users who are new to Oracle Server and need only its basic functionality Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 0 Modified 7 1 4 5 Editing as image The Image panel shows field data as image Use Save to File and Load from File items on the navigation bar to save the image to a file or load the image from a file 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 365 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Fields Foreign Keys Indices Triggers Dependencies j
482. uble click the _ Trigger e Edit Trigger definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Trigger Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 193 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 9 1 Drop Trigger To drop a Trigger e Select the user to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Trigger lt Trigger_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Trigger Editor The Trigger Editor allows you to define trigger properties It opens when you create a new trigger or edit the existing one see Create triggerand Edit trigger for details Using navigation bar Editing trigger definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 194 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 New Trigger SAMPLE on OracleDB Object Trigger DDL 9 SAMPLE on OracleDB we Name TRIGGER1 d DE Trigger on Table O View General A Schema g Compile Object schema OE Restore default size Object name Trigger type For each On Event References Before Bow Insert New as O After Delete Old as Statement Update Parent as Body When X Use PL SQL Block Use existing procedure DECLARE variable name datatype BEGIN statements EXCEPTION WHEN exception_name THEN statements Availability Windows F
483. uctions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new object type body in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the object type body Edit object type body To edit the existing object type body e Select the object type body for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the object type body name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Object Type Body lt Object_Type_Body_Name gt item in the popup menu or simply double click the object type body e Edit schema subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Object Type Body Editor Drop object type body To drop a object type body e Select the object type body for dropping in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Object Type Body lt Object_Type_Body_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 242 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 21 1 Object Type Body Editor Object Type Body Editor allows you to edit properties of the object type bodies Object Type Body Editor can be opened automatically after the object type body is created and is available on editing the object type body see Create Object Type Body and Edit Object Type Body for details To open a object type body inthe Object Type Body Editor just double click it in the explorer tree e Using nav
484. uire server X 509 name match Use the option to enforce that the distinguished name DN for the database server matches its service name If you enforce the match verifications then SSL ensures that the certificate is from the server If you select to not enforce the match verification then SSL performs the check but allows the connection regardless if there is a match Not enforcing the match allows the server to potentially fake its identify 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 101 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 4 4 4 Authentication Integrity and Encryption TCP IP Access Rights SSL Wallet configuration Method Entrust wallets v None Profile Inifile Entrust wallets Certificate revocation checking Method REQUESTED Ms Cipher suite configuration Available ssl rsa with 3des ede cbc sha _ ss rsa with rc4 128 md5 1 ss rsa with des cbc sha ss dh anon with 3des ede cbc ss dh anon with rc4 128 md5 T LH MI L 1 1 Selected ssl_tsa_with_tc4_128_sha Require SSL version 3 0 Require client SSL authentication Require server 25 508 name match Configure Utilities Oracle Enterprise Manager Daemon Trace level Turn tracing on or off Set a specific level of tracing for the Oracle Enterprise Manager daemon Trace directory Specify the destination directory of the Oracle Enterprise Manager daemon trace file Trace mask
485. ull Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 9 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a trigger for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current trigger definition Print metadata of the current trigger View Dependency Tree for the trigger Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of the Trigger Editor 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 195 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Object a SAMPLE on OracleDB DE INSERT ORD General A Print a Dependency tree 2 Retrest Ea Restore default size 5 3 9 1 2 Editing trigger definition The main trigger parameters are set on the Trigger tab Name Name of the trigger it must be unique to the database Trigger on Table or view name the trigger is created for Trigger type Specify whether the trigger should fire after before instead of executing the triggering event instead of mode is only available for views For row triggers the trigger is fired before each affected row is changed For each Specify Row value for this option to designate the trigger as a row trigger Oracle fires a row trigger once for each row that is affected by the triggering statement and meets the optional trigger constraint defined in the WHEN condition On Event Con
486. uplicate Trigger Shift Ins Export Metadata A 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 182 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 5 3 6 1 7 Viewing view data The Data tab displays the view data as a grid see Data View for details The popup menu of this tab and the Data Management navigation bar allow you to Export Data Import Data Export as SQL Script Description 210 DEPART Neena Kochhar LAST NAME iw SALARY Lex De Haan Hunold Alexander Bruce Ernst David Austin V alli Pataballa Diana Lorentz Nancy Greenberg Daniel Faviet John Chen Ismael Sciarra Jose Manuel Urman GridView Form View Print Data Records fetched 106 106 5 3 7 Procedures A procedure is a group of PL SQL statements that you can call by name A call specification sometimes called call spec declares a Java method or a third generation language 3GL routine so that it can be called from SQL and PL SQL The call spec tells Oracle which Java method to invoke when a call is made It also tells the database what type conversions to make for the arguments and return value Creating Procedure To create a new procedure e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Procedure in the New Object dialog e Edit procedure within the Procedure Editor Hint To create new proced
487. urce Plan item from the popup menu To create a new resource plan with the same properties as one of the existing resource plans has 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 296 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit resource plan To edit the existing resource plan e Select the resource plan for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the resource plan name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Resource Plan lt Consumer group_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the resource plan e Edit resource plan definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Resource Plan Editor Drop resource plan To drop a resource plan e Select the resource plan to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Resource Plan Resource Plan Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 6 1 Resource Plan Editor The Resource Plan Editor allows you to define resource plan properties It opens when you create a new resource plan or edit the existing one see Create Resource Plan and Edit Resource Plan for details Using navigation bar Editing resource plan definition Resource Plan Directives Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Managemen
488. ure Details b Show Foreign Keys Packages Unkn Function Details Show Checks Package Bodies Unkni Other Objects Details gt Show Indices Sequences Unknown Show Triggers Clusters Unknown Show T able Status Materialized Views Unknown Show Definition Maiden View Logs ee Show Description 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 66 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 3 10 Configuring Database Explorer Use View Mode button on the Database Explorer toolbar to configure Database Explorer for your needs The dropdown menu of this button allows you to e Show hide table subobjects as child nodes of database objects Show hide view subobjects as child nodes of database objects Show hide host nodes for registered databases Sort list of databases by its aliases Hide disconnected databases from the tree Setup the SQL Assistant area Use Environment Options DB Explorer to see more options configuring DB Explorer 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 67 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Show View Subobjects Show Database Groups Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases Table Details View Details Procedure Details EXFSYS 9 ke HR 9 88 Tables 9 X Views 1 2 Procedures 2 8 Functions amp S Triggers i DB and Schema Triggers Indices 3 Packages
489. ure you can also right click the Procedures node of the explorer tree and select New Procedure item from the popup menu To create a new procedure with the same properties as one of the existing procedures 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 183 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Editing Procedure To edit an existing procedure e Select the procedure for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the procedure name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Procedure item from the popup menu or simply double click the procedure e Edit procedure definition in the editor area of the Procedure Editor To change the name of a Procedure e Select the procedure to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename Procedure item from the popup menu e Edit procedure name in the dialog window Executing Procedure To execute a procedure e Select the procedure in the explorer tree type the first letters of the procedure name for quick search e Right click and select Edit Procedure item from the popup menu or simply double click the procedure e Execute procedure by clicking on the Execute Procedure item in the Procedure Editor Dropping Procedure To drop a Procedure e Select the procedure to drop in the explorer tree e Right click
490. ve the performance You can choose to collect and manage statistics for whole system or database schemas tables and domain indexes To start the wizard please select the Services Advanced Statistics Expert menu item See also Services 11 2 1 Selecting object and stats type At the first step please select target database from the list Advanced Statistics Wizard Advanced Statistics Wizard Specify the source database select the operation and the object to get statistics for Welcome to the Advanced Statistics Wizard This wizard allows you to collect statistics of several different types as an aid to improve the performance Y ou can collect and manage statistics for the database system Hii schemas tables and domain indexes efficiently using this wizard SQL Database Stats operation Gathering M for Oracle T Get statistics for System Table Database Index Schema Having selected the database you need to choose the schema which contains the desired table 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 500 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Advanced Statistics Wizard Advanced Statistics Wizard Select objects for the statistics management Available Selected a ORA_MONITOR SCOTT 7 ORDPLUGINS d 1 ORDSYS ded OUTLN SQL 15 PM Manager for Oracle its SH 1 1 SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA 19 svs 1E SYSM
491. w Role item from the popup menu To create a new role with the same properties as one of the existing roles has e Selectthe Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 285 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Edit role To edit the existing role e Select the role for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the role name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Role lt Role_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the role e Edit role definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Role Editor Drop role To drop a role e Select the role to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Role lt Role_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 3 1 Role Editor The Role Editor allows you to define role basic properties It opens when you create a new role or edit the existing one see Create Role and Edit Role for details Using navigation bar Editing role definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies New Role SAMPLE on OracleDB BAX Object 5 Role DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name ROLE1 Authentication method General a 5 Compile Password authentication Global authentication O Not identified 5 4 3 1 1 Using naviga
492. will allow you to import your data to the database from files in the most popular data formats Advanced PDF Generator Advanced PDF Generator for Delphi gives you an opportunity to create PDF documents with your applications written on Delphi or C Builder Builder intended for visual building SQL statements for the SELECT INSERT UPDATE and DELETE clauses Advanced Excel Report Advanced Excel Report for Delphi is a powerful band oriented generator of template based reports in MS Excel Advanced Localizer Advanced Localizer is an indispensable component suite for Delphi for adding multilingual support to your applications e Advanced Query Builder Advanced Query Builder is a powerful component suite for Borland Delphi and C ey Source Rescuer EMS Source Rescuer is an easy to use wizard application for Borland Delphi and C Builder which can help you to restore your lost source code Scroll to top 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 43 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 Getting Started To start working with Oracle databases in SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle you should first register a database or several databases using the you can connect to database manage its objects table data and so on See the instructions below to learn how to perform these operations in the easiest way How the product looks when you start it for the first time Working with databa
493. word is required to enable the role 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 287 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Role SAMPLE on OracleDB RAX Object Role DDL SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name ROLE1 Authentication method General A 3 ompile tore default size Password authentication Global authentication Not identified 5 44 Profiles Profile is a set of limits on database resources If you assign the profile to a user then that user cannot exceed these limits Create profile To create a new profile e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Profile in the New Object dialog e Edit profile definition within the Profile Editor Hint To create new profile you can also right click the Profiles node of the explorer tree and select the New Profile item from the popup menu To create a new profile with the same properties as one of the existing profiles has e Selectthe Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit profile To edit the existing profile e Select the profile for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the profile name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Profile Profile Name item from the popup menu or simply double click the profile e Edit profile definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Profile Editor Drop
494. xplorer toolbar for the same purpose Environment Options DB Show Table Subobjects menu item in the 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 49 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 2 5 Using database popup menu The popup menu of registered database or an object group in the explorer tree allows you to e Connect to the selected database e Disconnect from the selected database e Register new database through the Register Database Wizard e Unregister the selected database e Unregister the selected database group and all its databases e Edit the selected database registration info within the Database Registration Info Dialog Edit local naming parameters to call the TNS File Constructor Edit Profile parameters Customize DB Explorer look see Configuring Database Explorer Create new tab for the selected database for quick accessing it through this tab f ANONYMOUS f CTWSVS Shift Alt R DBSNMP Unregister Database Shift Alt U DIP Unregister Database Group 9 00 DMSYS ff EXFSYS HR a Tables 9 Views 1 h EMP DET d Procedures Sort by Aliases Functions Hide Disconnected Databases Triggers 2 2 Refresh Database DB and Scher sofa New Tab from Here Show Database Groups Rename Current T ab Delete Current T ab Find ltem Ctrl F 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 50 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual
495. xplorer tree Right click and select the Drop Materialized View Materialized View Name item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window Materialized View Editor The Materialized View Editor allows you to define materialized view properties It opens when you create a new materialized view or edit the existing one see Create Materialized View and Edit Materialized View for details Using navigation bar Editing materialized view definition Object storage attributes Viewing Materialized View fields Setting Refresh parameters Setting USING INDEX parameters Viewing Materialized View data Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Browsing object dependencies 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 221 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual New Materialized View SAMPLE on OracleDB Jeg Object Materialized view Befresh Storage Using index Description DDL e 3 SAMPLE on OracleDB v Name MATERIALIZED_VIEW1 On prebuilt table Schema CTXSYS C Updatable g Compile Materialized view type Compress Cache Rewrite query Logging Restore default size Default None Cache None O Logging Compress Enabled View Organization index 7 Nocompress O Nocache O Disabled Nologging g Edit with Query Builder Cluster schema lt Default gt Cluster name Subquery cluster fields Subquery SELECT FROM HR Proce
496. y Statements of type MERGE INTO USING were parsed incorrectly Fixed now An Access Violation error occurred on attempt to Recompile invalid objects Fixed now The application used to freeze upon adding an object to Visual Database Designer when a large number of objects were opened Fixed now Other minor improvements and bug fixes Added Polish localization e Updated English localization See also Ve rsion history 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 20 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 2 System requirements System requirements for SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle e 300 megahertz MHz Intel Pentium II compatible or faster processor 600 megahertz MHz or faster processor recommended Microsoft Windows NT4 with SP4 or later Microsoft Windows 2000 Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Microsoft Windows Vista 64 MB RAM or more 128 MB or more recommended e 50MB of available HD space for program installation Super VGA 800x600 or higher resolution video adapter and monitor Super VGA 1024x768 or higher resolution video adapter and monitor recommended e Microsoft Mouse or compatible pointing device e Oracle Client 8 1 7 or higher Possibility to connect to any local or remote Oracle server 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 21 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual 1 3 Feature Matrix
497. yle amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer E Color Palette String fields width chars 0 ie ca Print Metadata ERX Data Esport T Fonts a Grid Data Options lt gt Print Data E Color amp Formats Advanced Note Changes of the options marked with the asterix symbol do not influence the way data are Column Options viewed in currently opened windows To apply these options to the windows you can re open the 5 window press the Refresh button for Table Editor or re execute query for SQL Editor and Query Builder Advanced C Shared connection within database need Auto commit option set Load visible rows mode if records more than 10000 a dea 12 1 6 2 Print Data Save restore following print data properties These options specify which Print Data properties will be saved between work sessions e g if you tick off the Page settings item those the settings will be saved and stored between sessions 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 544 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Preferences Confirmations B Windows GM Tools Ts DB Explorer EB Object Editors gf SOL Editor 3 SQL Monitor SQL Script 5 Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer EE Color Palette cz Print Metadata EX Data Esport T Fonts a Grid E Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options 29 Localization
498. ymbols the window started to blink Fixed now e When closing a report in some cases Access Violation errors used to occur Fixed now The bug with refreshing some objects by a user with no SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE privilege is fixed now Some objects could be refreshed by a user with no SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE privilege Fixed now Visual Database Designer When deleting foreign keys the confirmation dialog did not appear Fixed now Database Registration Databases of default home were always displayed at the database list disregarding which home was selected Fixed now The database list always displayed databases from default home directory irrespective of the selected home Fixed now When creating a tablespace on Oracle 8 or Oracle 9 the Minimum Extent Size parameter was ignored in some cases Fixed now Other small improvements and bug fixes Scroll to top Version 1 0 0 1 Basic features Rapid database management and navigation Easy management of all Oracle objects including create edit drop operations Advanced data management and manipulation tools Impressive data export and import capabilities Effective security management Excellent visual and text tools for query building Report designer with clear in use report construction wizard Powerful visual database designer Latest Oracle version support 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 32 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual e New state o
499. ype values Optimize goal Establishes the default behavior for choosing an optimization approach for the instance AllRows The optimizer uses a cost based approach for all SQL statements in the session regardless of the presence of statistics and optimizes with a goal of best throughput minimum resource use to complete the entire statement FirstRows The optimizer uses a mix of cost and heuristics to find a best plan for fast delivery of the first few rows Statement cashed M Schema restriction Allows to hide a schema to disable refreshing its objects Note that the SYS schema cannot be restricted 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 79 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual C Login prompt before connection Autoconnect on startup C Refresh objects on connection SSH Tunneling C Bollback on disconnect C Enable trace C Auto commit Decimal separator Optimize goal Unchanged Statement cashed Cache size 20 v Schema restriction Allowed schemas PUBLIC SYS OHR PT alt 4 2 3 Setting display options Specify objects you wish to display in the Database Explorer tree 2007 EMS Database Management Solutions 80 SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User s Manual Database Registration Info B Connection Directories Logs SSH Tunneling Objects to display in DB Explorer Tables Views Procedur

SQL Manager 2007 for Oracle User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents